e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark
One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
Commission File Number: 0-21055
TeleTech Holdings,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
84-1291044
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(303) 397-8100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
(Title of Class)
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned
issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of
1934. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ
No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will
not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer þ Accelerated
filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2006, the last business day of the
registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter,
there were 68,824,244 shares of the registrants
common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the
registrants voting and non-voting common stock that was
held by non-affiliates on such date was $381,931,678 based on
the closing sale price of the registrants common stock on
such date as reported on the NASDAQ National Market.
As of February 1, 2007, there were 70,137,732 shares
of the registrants common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.s definitive proxy
statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on
May 24, 2007, are incorporated by reference into
Part III of this
Form 10-K,
as indicated.
PART I
This
Form 10-K
and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based
on current expectations and projections. Statements that are not
historical facts, including those about the beliefs and
expectations of TeleTech Holdings, Inc., are forward-looking
statements. These statements discuss potential risks and
uncertainties and, therefore, actual results may differ
materially. We have set forth, in Item 1A which covers Risk
Factors and Item 7 which covers Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, a detailed discussion of risks and
uncertainties
relating to our business. We caution investors not to place
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, as they are
current as of the date they are made. We undertake no obligation
to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements
whether as a result of new information, future events, or
otherwise, except as required by law.
In various places throughout this
Form 10-K
we use certain non-GAAP (accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (U.S.)
(GAAP)) financial measures when describing our
performance. We believe such non-GAAP financial measures are
informative to the users of our financial information. We
discuss non-GAAP financial measures in Item 7 of this
Form 10-K
under the heading Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Presentation of
Non-GAAP Measurements.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Our
Business
Our 25-year
history has enabled us to become one of the largest global
providers of onshore, offshore and work-from-home business
process outsourcing (BPO) services with a customer management
focus. We help Global 1000 companies enhance their
strategic capabilities, improve quality and lower costs by
designing, implementing and managing their critical front and
back office processes. We provide a 24 x 7, 365 day
fully integrated global solution that spans people, process,
proprietary technology and infrastructure for clients and
governments in the automotive, broadband, cable, financial
services, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment,
retail, satellite, technology, travel, wireline and wireless
industries. Our 47,000 employees provide services from 33,600
workstations across 88 Delivery Centers in 17 countries. We have
approximately 135 global clients, many of who are in the Global
1000. The Global 1000 is a ranking of the worlds largest
companies based on market capitalization. We perform services
for many of our clients subsidiaries and support
approximately 300 unique BPO programs.
We believe BPO is a key enabler of improved business performance
as measured by a companys ability to consistently
outperform peers through business and economic cycles. We
believe the benefits of BPO include renewed focus on core
capabilities, faster
time-to-market,
streamlined processes, moving from a fixed to variable cost
structure, access to global sourcing capabilities, and
proprietary best operating practices and technology, all of
which contribute to increased customer satisfaction and
shareholder returns.
Industry studies indicate that companies with high customer
satisfaction levels enjoy premium pricing in their industry,
which we believe results in increased profitability and greater
shareholder returns. Given the strong correlation between
customer satisfaction and improved profitability, more and more
companies are increasingly focused on selecting outsourcing
partners, such as TeleTech, that can deliver strategic front and
back office capabilities that improve the customer experience
versus simply reducing costs.
Our Business
History
We (TeleTech, Management, or the
Company) were founded in 1982 and organized as a Delaware
corporation on December 22, 1994 to continue the operations
of our predecessor company. We
2
completed an initial public offering in 1996 and since that time
our revenue has grown from $183 million to
$1.2 billion in 2006, which is a compounded annual growth
rate (CAGR) of 21%.
The majority of our revenue, or 97%, comes from BPO services and
is reported in our North American and International BPO
segments. These services involve the transfer of our
clients front and back office business processes to our 88
Delivery Centers or our work-from-home associates. We also
manage the operations of Delivery Centers for our clients. Front
office services include helping clients acquire, grow, serve and
retain their customers. Back office services include: managing
clients critical processes such as products or service
provisioning; lead generation, fulfillment and sales support;
expense, loyalty, reward and supply chain management; claims,
collections, loans, payment and warranty processing; Tier 1
through 3 technical support; retirement plan
administration; data analysis, intelligence and market research;
network management; and workforce recruiting, training and
scheduling.
Our strategy is to sell our services to clients in G-20
countries while performing an increasing amount of the work in
emerging markets where there is a growing pool of high quality,
lower cost labor with strong multilingual skills. The G-20
represents 19 of the worlds largest economies, together
with the European Union.
Of the 17 countries we operate in, seven provide services,
partially or entirely, for offshore clients including Argentina,
Brazil, Canada, India, Malaysia, Mexico and the Philippines. The
total workstations in these countries are 18,700, or 56% of our
total delivery capacity. Many of our clients choose a blended
strategy whereby they offshore work with us in four to five
locations as well as utilize our work-from-home offering. We
believe our ability to offer one of the most geographically
diverse offshore footprints reduces clients operational
and delivery risk in the event of a service interruption due to
environmental or political risks, in any of these locations.
Our offshore revenue is the fastest growing part of our
business. In 2006, our offshore revenue grew 39% to
$400 million and represented 33% of our total revenue. We
believe this makes us one of the largest and most geographically
diverse providers of BPO services. We are currently expanding
into two new emerging markets and plan to selectively increase
the number of offshore markets we operate in over time.
The other 10 countries in which we operate provide services for
onshore clients including the U.S., Australia, China, England,
Germany, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Scotland, Singapore and
Spain. A key part of our future strategy is to perform more
services for these clients in offshore locations.
Historical
Performance
As summarized below, following our initial public offering in
1996 we experienced double-digit revenue growth through 2000,
undertook a business transformation strategy in late 2001 and
began realizing the benefits of this transformation in 2004 and
going forward.
From 1996 to 2000, our revenue grew at a CAGR of 48% from
$183 million to $885 million, while diluted earnings
per share grew at a CAGR of 54% from $0.15 to $0.85. Our growth
during this period was primarily organic and attributable to
strong demand for our services from both new and existing
clients across an expanding array of industry verticals.
Beginning in 1997, we were one of the first companies to provide
BPO services to U.S. clients from Delivery Centers in
Argentina, Canada and Mexico.
While revenue growth continued at a CAGR of 7% from
$885 million in 2000 to $1.0 billion in 2002, we
experienced net losses in 2001 which continued through 2003.
This was due primarily to the global economic downturn, the
dot-com bubble, the September 11, 2001 attacks and the
business transformation we undertook to further strengthen
TeleTechs industry position and future competitiveness.
The business transformation
redefined
our delivery model, reduced our cost structure and improved our
competitive and financial position by:
|
|
|
|
|
Migrating from a decentralized holding company to a centralized
operating company to enhance financial and operating disciplines;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
Centralizing our technology infrastructure and migrating to a
100%
IP-based
delivery platform;
|
|
|
|
Standardizing our global operational processes and applications;
|
|
|
|
Automating and virtualizing our human capital needs primarily
around talent acquisition, training and performance optimization;
|
|
|
|
Rationalizing certain underperforming operations and reducing
our selling, general and administrative expenses;
|
|
|
|
Rationalizing or improving pricing or performance on certain
underperforming client programs;
|
|
|
|
Investing in sales and client account management;
|
|
|
|
Investing in innovative new solutions to diversify revenue into
higher margin offerings, including professional services,
learning services and hosted service offerings which is offered
as TeleTech
OnDemandtm
and that we refer to as OnDemand;
|
|
|
|
Expanding delivery capabilities with expanded onshore,
near-shore, offshore and
work-from-home
solutions;
|
|
|
|
Reducing long-term debt by nearly $120 million from 2003 to
2004 with existing cash balances and borrowings under our
revolving credit facility; and
|
|
|
|
Approving and executing a stock repurchase program.
|
As a result of the above business transformation, we returned to
profitability in 2004. From 2005 to 2006, our
year-over-year
revenue grew 11.5% from $1.1 billion to $1.2 billion
and diluted earnings per share grew 92% from $0.38 to $0.73. Our
2006 operating margin more than doubled from 2.9% in 2005 to
6.0% in 2006 and we ended the fourth quarter of 2006 with an
operating margin of 8.6% and a return on invested capital
(ROIC) of 21%. ROIC is defined as earnings before
interest and taxes (EBIT) divided by average
shareholders equity.
As of December 31, 2006, we had $60.5 million in cash
and cash equivalents and a debt to equity ratio of 20%. We
generated $29.2 million in free cash flow during 2006 and
our cash flows from operations and borrowings under our
revolving credit facility have enabled us to fund
$66 million in capital expenditures. Approximately 70% of
our capital expenditures were related to growth primarily in
offshore markets with the remaining 30% used for the maintenance
of our embedded infrastructure.
Our improved financial performance resulted from strong growth
both with new and existing clients across an expanding array of
industry verticals, a 39% growth rate in offshore revenue and
our achievement of $90 million in cost improvements from
mid-2003 through 2006.
On June 30, 2006, we acquired Direct Alliance Corporation
(DAC), a provider of
e-commerce,
professional
sales and account management solutions to Fortune
500 companies that sell into and maintains long-standing
relationships with small and medium businesses. We acquired DAC
for $46.4 million in cash and used borrowings under our
revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition. DACs
annual revenues are approximately $68 million and they
contributed $34.1 million in revenue to our consolidated
results during the last six months of 2006. The acquisition was
slightly accretive to our earnings during that period.
Since announcing our stock repurchase program in late 2001, the
Board of Directors approved
$165 million
of share repurchases. Since inception of the plan through
December 31, 2006, we repurchased 13.2 million shares
of common stock, or approximately 18% of our shares outstanding
during that period, for $115.7 million, leaving a remaining
balance of $49.3 million for future share repurchases.
4
Our Future Growth
Goals and Strategy
Our financial goals for 2007 are to reach a revenue run-rate of
$1.5 billion, an operating margin of 10% and an earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA) margin of 15% by the fourth quarter of
2007. We plan to achieve this by:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalizing on the favorable trends in the global outsourcing
environment which include more companies:
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
Adopting or increasing BPO services;
|
|
|
-
|
Consolidating outsourcing providers with those that have a solid
financial position, the capital resources to sustain a long-term
relationship and that can provide globally diverse delivery
capabilities across a broad range of solutions;
|
|
|
-
|
Modifying their approach to outsourcing based on total value
delivered versus the lowest priced provider; and
|
|
|
-
|
Increasing their desire to better integrate front and back
office processes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deepening and broadening relationships with existing clients;
|
|
|
|
Winning business with new clients and focusing on targeted high
growth industry verticals;
|
|
|
|
Continuing to diversify revenue into higher margin offerings
such as professional services, talent acquisition, learning
services and OnDemand;
|
|
|
|
Increasing capacity utilization during peak and non-peak hours;
|
|
|
|
Scaling our work-from-home initiative to increase operational
flexibility; and
|
|
|
|
Completing select acquisitions that extend our core BPO
capabilities or vertical expertise.
|
Our Market
Opportunity
The global BPO industry is large and growing. Based on industry
reports, we estimate the total market opportunity for BPO
services is more than $5 trillion.
The global BPO industry is large and growing. According to the
International Data Corporation, the global BPO market was
$385 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow to
$618 billion in 2010, representing a 10% CAGR.
Our Business
Description
We help Global 1000 clients improve front and back office
business processes while increasing customer satisfaction. We
manage our clients outsourcing needs with the primary goal
of delivering a high-quality customer experience while also
reducing their total delivery costs.
Our solutions provide access to skilled people in 17 countries
using standardized operating processes and a centralized
delivery platform to:
|
|
|
|
|
Design, implement and manage industry-specific
end-to-end
back office processes to achieve efficient and effective global
service delivery for discrete or multiple back office
requirements;
|
|
|
|
Manage the customer lifecycle, from acquiring and on-boarding
through support and retention;
|
|
|
|
Support field sales teams and manage sales relationships with
small and medium-sized businesses;
|
|
|
|
Design, implement and manage
e-commerce
portals;
|
|
|
|
Provide a suite of pre-integrated OnDemand customer management
applications through a monthly license subscription;
|
|
|
|
Offer infrastructure deployment, including the development of
data and BPO Delivery Centers;
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
License tools within our human capital suite including talent
acquisition, learning services and performance optimization for
use in clients internal operations; and
|
|
|
|
Offer professional consulting services in each of the above
areas.
|
Our Competitive
Strengths
Entering a business services outsourcing relationship is
typically a long-term strategic commitment for companies. The
outsourced processes are usually complex and require a high
degree of customization and integration with a clients
core operations. Accordingly, our clients tend to enter
long-term contracts which provide us with a more predictable
revenue stream. In addition, given the significant transition
costs to exit the relationship, we have very high levels of
client retention given our operational excellence and ability to
meet our clients outsourcing objectives. As a result, our
client retention in both 2005 and 2006 was 93%.
Clients select us because of our:
|
|
|
|
|
Industry reputation and our position as one of the largest
industry providers with 25 years of expertise in delivering
complex BPO solutions across targeted industries;
|
|
|
|
Ability to scale infrastructure and employees worldwide using
globally deployed best practices to ensure a consistent,
high-quality service;
|
|
|
|
Ability to optimize the performance of our workforce through
proprietary hiring, training and performance optimization
tools; and
|
|
|
|
Commitment to continued product and services innovation to
further the strategic capabilities of our clients.
|
We believe that technological excellence, best operating
practices and innovative human capital
strategies
that can scale globally are key elements to our continued
industry leadership as described more fully below.
Technological
Excellence
Over the past five years, we have measurably transformed our
technology platform by moving to a secure, private 100% internet
protocol (IP) based infrastructure. This
transformation has enabled us to centralize and standardize our
worldwide delivery capabilities resulting in improved quality of
delivery for our clients along with lower capital and
information technology (IT) operating costs.
The foundation of this platform is our six IP hosting centers
known as TeleTech
GigaPOPs®,
which are located on four continents. These centers provide a
fully integrated suite of voice and data routing, work force
management, quality monitoring, storage and business analytic
capabilities. This enables anywhere to anywhere,
real-time processing of our clients business needs from
any location around the globe and is the foundation for new,
innovative offerings including OnDemand, TeleTech@Home and our
suite of human capital solutions. This hub and spoke model
enables us to provide our services at the lowest cost while
increasing scalability, reliability, redundancy, asset
utilization and the diversity of our service offerings.
Prior to this technology transformation, each of our Delivery
Centers had a significant investment in disparate hardware and
software maintained by
on-site IT
staff, which was costly to operate and maintain and did not
provide the level of reliability or failover we now provide.
To ensure high
end-to-end
security and reliability of this critical infrastructure, we
monitor and manage the TeleTech GigaPOPs 24 x 7,
365 days per year from several strategically located
state-of-the-art
Global Command Centers.
Our technology innovations have resulted in the filing of more
than a dozen intellectual property patents.
6
Globally Deployed
Best Operating Practices
Globally deployed best operating practices assure that we can
deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our
clients customers from any of our 88 Delivery Centers or
work-from-home associates around the world. Standardized
processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring,
training, scheduling, evaluating,
coaching and
maximizing associate performance to meet our clients
needs. We provide real-time reporting on performance across the
globe to ensure consistency of delivery. In addition, this
information provides valuable insight into what is driving
customer inquiries enabling us to proactively recommend process
changes to our clients to optimize their customers
experience.
Innovative Human
Capital Strategies
To effectively manage and leverage our human capital
requirements we have developed a proprietary suite of business
processes, software tools and client engagement guidelines that
work together to improve performance for our clients while
enabling us to reduce time to hire, decrease attrition and
improve
time-to-service
and quality of performance.
The three primary components of our human capital
platform Talent Acquisition, Learning Services and
Performance Optimization combine to form a powerful
and flexible management system to streamline and standardize
operations across our global Delivery Centers. These three
components work to allow us to make better hires, improve
training quality and provide real-time feedback and incentives
for performance.
Several of our clients have expressed interest in licensing all
or parts of the above components and over time this will be an
additional opportunity for us to diversify our revenue into
higher margin offerings.
Innovative New
Revenue Opportunities
We continue to develop other new innovative services that
leverage our investment in a centralized and standardized
delivery platform to meet our clients needs and we believe
that these solutions will represent a growing percentage of our
future revenue.
OnDemand
OnDemand delivers a fully-integrated suite of
best-in-class
customer management applications on a hosted (software as a
service) basis, providing streamlined delivery center
technology, knowledge and services. This allows our clients to
empower their associates with the same technology and best
practices we use internally, on a monthly subscription license
model. With OnDemand, there is no need for our clients to
license software, purchase on-premise hardware, or staff up to
provide ongoing technology support.
Our OnDemand solutions are easy to implement and scale
seamlessly to support business growth, encompassing the full
breadth of customer management and BPO operations including:
Interaction Routing, Self-Service, Employee Desktop Management,
Business Intelligence and Performance Management. Because they
are based on our rigorous first-hand use, our hosted services
are proven, reliable, scalable and continually refined and
expanded.
TeleTech@Home
Our dispersed workforce solution enables employees to work out
of their home while accessing the same proprietary training,
workflow, reporting and quality tools as our Delivery Center
associates. TeleTech@Home associates are TeleTech
employees not independent contractors
providing a strong cultural fit, seamless workforce control and
high levels of job satisfaction. Our TeleTech@Home solution
utilizes our highly scalable and centralized technical
architecture and enables secure access, monitoring and reporting
for our Global 1000 clients.
Features of the new TeleTech@Home offering include:
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding quality, low churn, high call resolution and
superior sales and customer care performance;
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
Greater flexibility and scalability through the benefit of
dispersed geography and proven processes;
|
|
|
|
Ability to reach a new and talented employee pool that includes
licensed and certified professionals in a variety of industries
with multiple years of experience; and
|
|
|
|
Access to a unique and flexible employee population that
includes
stay-at-home
parents, workers with physical challenges that make office
commuting undesirable, rural workers and workers in highly
technical urban centers.
|
Clients
Our client concentration has decreased as we continue to grow,
and in 2006 we had one client that represented more than 10% of
total revenue. Sprint Nextel (we contract with IBM, who
contracts with Sprint Nextel) represented 16% of total revenue
in 2006. Our top five and 10 clients represented 42% and 61% of
total revenue, respectively.
Certain of our communications clients, which represent
approximately 30% of our total annual revenue, also provide us
with telecommunication services. We believe each of these
supplier contracts is negotiated on an arms-length basis and may
be negotiated at different times and with different legal
entities. Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent
less than one percent of total costs.
Competition
We compete primarily with the in-house business processing
operations of our current and potential clients. We also compete
with certain companies that provide BPO services including:
Accenture; Convergys Corporation; Computer Sciences Corporation;
EDS; ExlService Holdings; IBM; People Support;
SR.Teleperformance; Sykes Enterprises Incorporated and
WNS Limited among others. We work with Accenture; Computer
Sciences Corporation and IBM on a
sub-contract
basis and approximately 20% of our total revenue is generated
from these system integrator relationships.
We compete primarily on the basis of our 25 years of
experience, our global locations, our quality and scope of
services, our speed and flexibility of implementation, our
technological expertise, and our price and contractual terms. A
number of competitors may have different capabilities and
resources than ours. Additionally, niche providers or new
entrants could capture a segment of the market by developing new
systems or services that could impact our market potential.
Seasonality
Historically, we experience a seasonal revenue lift in the
fourth quarter related to higher volumes from clients primarily
in the healthcare, package delivery and retail industry as they
have seasonality in their business. Also, our operating margins
in the first quarter are typically lower due to higher
payroll-related taxes with our global workforce.
As discussed below, we earned a significant amount of revenue
during the third and fourth quarters of 2005 from a short-term
U.S. Government program to provide disaster relief services
related to hurricanes in the U.S.
Database
Marketing and Consulting Segment
This segment represents 3% of total revenue and provides
outsourced database and marketing services for automotive
dealerships and manufacturers to generate and qualify leads,
schedule, remind and follow up on customer service appointments.
Other services include email campaign management, event
marketing, Internet-based appointment setting, lead
qualification and related customer acquisition and retention
services utilizing email, direct mail and phone based services.
Markets and
Clients
This segment provides services to automotive dealers and
manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada and has contracts with
approximately 2,400 automobile dealers representing 27 different
automotive brand
8
names. Additionally, they provide services directly to
automobile manufacturers primarily related to national sales and
service promotions.
Competition
This segment competes with a variety of companies, including
large national or multi-national companies and smaller regional
or local companies. In addition, this segment competes with the
in-house database marketing and consulting services of our
automotive dealership clients.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, TeleTech had approximately 47,000
employees in 17 countries. Approximately 83% of these employees
held full-time positions and 76% were located outside of the
U.S. Our employees in Spain are subject to a collective
bargaining agreement mandated under national labor laws, which
expired on December 31, 2006. A new collective bargaining
agreement is currently being negotiated. The collective
bargaining agreement in Spain covers approximately
3,300 employees. We have not experienced any significant
work stoppages with our ongoing business. We believe that our
relations with our employees and unions are satisfactory.
Patents and
Trademarks
Our trademarks include, among others,
TELETECH®,
the TELETECH GLOBE Design, TELETECH
GIGAPOP®,
HIREPOINT®,
EXPERT
IN-SITE®,
TELETECH GLOBAL
VENTURES®,
TOTAL DELIVERED
VALUE®
and YOUR CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT
PARTNER®.
We believe that several of our trademarks are of material
importance. None of the material trademarks are of limited
duration and we believe our intellectual property is adequately
protected in customary fashion under applicable law. We have
applied for, and will continue to apply for, in the U.S. and
foreign countries, patents to protect the inventions and
technologies developed by or for us. Fourteen provisional and
utility patent applications for Company inventions (processes
and technologies) are currently pending before the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office, with several more in progress and
international filing rights reserved. While we currently utilize
these processes and technologies in the conduct of our business,
we do not believe our competitiveness and market share are
dependent on the ultimate disposition of our patent applications.
Our Corporate
Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria
Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112 and the telephone number at
that address is
(303) 397-8100.
Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
and current Reports on
Form 8-K
are available free of charge by visiting the
Investors section of our website at
http://www.teletech.com. These reports are posted as soon
as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed
with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC). In addition, we will provide electronic or
paper copies of our SEC filings, free of charge, upon request.
ITEM 1A. RISK
FACTORS
You should not construe the following cautionary statements as
an exhaustive list. We cannot always predict what factors would
cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated
in our forward-looking statements. All cautionary statements
should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking
statements wherever they appear. We do not undertake any
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events, or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and
assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed herein might
not occur.
Forward-looking information may prove to be inaccurate. Some of
the information presented in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
constitutes forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited
to, statements that include terms such as may,
will, intend, anticipate,
estimate, expect, continue,
believe, plan, or the like, as well as
all statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking
statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ
9
materially from current expectations. Although we believe our
expectations are based on reasonable assumptions within the
bounds of our knowledge of our business and operations, there
can be no assurance that actual results will not differ
materially from expectations. Factors that could cause actual
results to differ from expectations or have a material adverse
effect upon our business are as follows.
Our Revenues are
Generated from a Limited Number of Clients
We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global
companies in targeted industries. As a result, we derive a
substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients.
Additionally, client consolidations could result in a loss of
clients. There can be no assurance that we will not become more
dependent on a few significant clients, that we will be able to
retain any of our largest clients, that the volumes or profit
margins of our most significant programs will not be reduced, or
that we would be able to replace such clients or programs with
clients or programs that generate comparable revenue and profits.
Our Business May
be Affected by the Success of Our Clients
In substantially all of our client programs, we generate revenue
based, in large part, on the amount of time our associates
devote to our clients customers. Consequently, the amount
of revenue generated from any particular client program is
dependent upon consumers interest in and use of our
clients products
and/or
services. There can be no assurance that our clients will
continue to market products and services or develop new products
and services that require them to use our services.
Our Financial
Results May be Adversely Impacted by the Global
Economy
Our ability to enter into new multi-year contracts with large
clients may be impacted by the general macroeconomic environment
in which our clients and their customers operate. Weakening
economic conditions, both global and local in nature, could
result in increased sales cycles, delays in finalizing new
business opportunities and slower growth and reduced revenue
from existing contracts. An economic downturn could negatively
impact the financial condition of our clients, thereby
increasing our risk of not receiving payment for services. There
can be no assurance that weakening economic conditions or acts
of terrorism throughout the world will not adversely impact our
results of operations
and/or
financial position.
Our Business is
Subject to Federal, State and International
Regulations
Changes in U.S. federal, state and international
outsourcing requirements, restrictions and disclosures may
affect the sale of our services, including expansion of overseas
operations. In the U.S., some of our services must comply with
various federal and state requirements and regulations regarding
the method and practices of placing outbound telephone calls.
There can be no assurance that changes in these regulations and
requirements, or new restrictive regulations and requirements,
will not slow growth of these services or require us to incur
substantial costs.
Our Success is
Subject to the Terms of Our Contracts
Most of our contracts do not ensure that we will generate a
minimum level of revenue and the profitability of each client
program may fluctuate, sometimes significantly, throughout the
various stages of a program. Our objective is to sign multi-year
contracts with our clients. However, our contracts generally
enable the clients to terminate the contract or reduce customer
interaction volumes. Our larger contracts generally require the
client to pay a contractually agreed amount in the event of
early termination. Additionally, certain contracts have
performance-related bonus
and/or
penalty provisions, whereby the client may pay us a bonus or we
may have to issue a credit based upon our ability to meet agreed
upon performance metrics. There can be no assurance that we will
be able to collect early termination fees, avoid performance
penalties, or earn performance bonuses.
Our Business May
be Affected by Our Ability to Obtain Financing
From time to time, we may need to obtain debt or equity
financing for capital expenditures, for payment of existing
obligations, or to replenish cash reserves. Additionally, our
existing debt agreements require us to comply with certain
financial covenants. There can be no assurance that we will be
able to obtain debt
10
or equity financing, or that any such financing would be on
terms acceptable to us. There can be no assurance that we will
be able to meet the financial covenants under our debt
agreements or, in the event of noncompliance, will be able to
obtain waivers or amendments from the lenders.
Our Business May
be Affected by Risks Associated with International Operations
and Expansion
An important component of our growth strategy is continued
international expansion. There are certain risks inherent with
conducting international business including, but not limited to,
management of personnel overseas, longer payment cycles,
difficulties in accounts receivable collections, difficulties in
complying with foreign laws, unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, political and social instability and potentially
adverse tax consequences. Any one or more of these or other
factors could have a material adverse effect on our
international operations and, consequently, on our business,
results of operations, or financial condition. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to manage our international
operations successfully.
Our Financial
Results May be Impacted by Our Ability to Find New
Locations
Our future success will be dependent upon being able to find
cost effective locations in which to operate, both domestically
and internationally. There is no assurance that we will be able
to find cost effective locations, obtain favorable lease terms
and build or retrofit facilities in a timely or economic manner.
Our Financial
Results May be Adversely Affected by Increases in Business
Costs
Some of our larger contracts allow us to increase our service
fees if and to the extent certain cost or price indices
increase. The majority of our expenses are payroll and
payroll-related, which includes healthcare costs. Over the past
several years, healthcare costs have increased at a rate much
greater than that of general cost or price indices. Increases in
our service fees that are based upon increases in cost or price
indices may not fully compensate us for increases in labor and
other costs incurred in providing services. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to recover increases in our costs
through increased service fees.
Our Financial
Results Depend on Our Ability to Manage Capacity
Utilization
Our profitability is influenced significantly by our Delivery
Center capacity utilization. We attempt to maximize utilization.
However, because the majority of our business is inbound from
customer initiated encounters, we have significantly higher
utilization during peak (weekday) periods than during off-peak
(night and weekend) periods. We have experienced periods of idle
capacity, particularly in our Multi-Client Delivery Centers.
Historically, we experience idle peak period capacity upon
opening a new Delivery Center or termination or completion of a
large client program. On a quarterly basis, we assess the
expected long-term capacity utilization of our Delivery Centers.
We may consolidate or close under-performing Delivery Centers in
order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins.
In the event we close Delivery Centers in the future, we may be
required to record restructuring or impairment charges, which
could adversely impact our results of operations. There can be
no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain optimal
Delivery Center capacity utilization.
Our Business
Operates in a Highly Competitive Market
The market in which we operate is fragmented and highly
competitive and competition may intensify in the future. We
compete with small firms offering specific applications,
divisions of large entities, large independent firms and, most
significantly, the in-house operations of clients or potential
clients. A number of competitors may develop greater
capabilities and resources than ours. Because our primary
competitors are the in-house operations of existing or potential
clients, our performance and growth could be adversely affected
if our existing or potential clients decide to provide in-house
business processing services for customer care they currently
outsource, or retain or increase their in-house business
processing services and product support capabilities. In
addition, competitive pressures from current or future
competitors also could cause our services to lose market
acceptance or result in significant price erosion, which could
have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of
11
operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance
that additional competitors, some with greater resources than
ours, will not enter our market.
Our Future
Success Requires Continued Growth
Continued future growth will depend on a number of factors,
including our ability to: (i) initiate, develop and
maintain new client relationships; (ii) expand existing
client programs; (iii) staff and equip suitable Delivery
Center facilities in a timely manner; and (iv) develop new
solutions and enhance existing solutions we provide to our
clients. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
effectively manage expanded operations or maintain our
profitability.
Our Financial
Results May be Affected by Rapidly Changing Technology
Our business is highly dependent on our computer and
telecommunications equipment and software capabilities. Our
failure to maintain our technological capabilities or to respond
effectively to technological changes could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or
financial condition. Our continued growth and future
profitability will be highly dependent on a number of factors,
including our ability to: (i) expand our existing solutions
offerings; (ii) achieve cost efficiencies in our existing
Delivery Center operations; and (iii) introduce new
solutions that leverage and respond to changing technological
developments. Our ability to effectively market and implement
software solutions developed by our Database Marketing and
Consulting segment, including recoverability of capitalized
costs based on estimated future cash flows, is a factor in our
future success. There can be no assurance that technologies or
services developed by our competitors will not render our
products or services non-competitive or obsolete, that we can
successfully develop and market any new services or products,
that any such new services or products will be commercially
successful, or that the integration of new technological
capabilities will achieve their intended cost reductions.
Our Success
Depends on Key Personnel
Our success will depend upon our ability to recruit, hire and
retain experienced executive personnel who can successfully
execute our business plans. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to hire, motivate and retain highly effective
executive employees on economically feasible terms who can
successfully execute our business plans.
Our Business is
Dependent on Our Ability to Maintain Our Workforce
Our success is largely dependent on our ability to recruit,
hire, train and retain qualified employees. Our industry is
labor-intensive and experiences high employee turnover. A
significant increase in the employee turnover rate could
increase recruiting and training costs, thereby decreasing
operating effectiveness and productivity. Also, if we obtain
several significant new clients or implement several new,
large-scale programs, we may need to recruit, hire and train
qualified personnel at an accelerated rate. We may not be able
to continue to hire, train and retain sufficient qualified
personnel to adequately staff new BPO service programs. In
addition, certain Delivery Centers are located in geographic
areas with relatively low unemployment rates, which could make
it more difficult and costly to hire qualified personnel. There
can be no assurance that we will be able maintain our workforce
at necessary levels.
Our Success May
be Affected by Our Ability to Complete and Integrate
Acquisitions and Joint Ventures
We may pursue strategic acquisitions of companies with services,
technologies, industry specializations, or geographic coverage
that extend or complement our existing business. We may face
increased competition for acquisition opportunities, which may
inhibit our ability to complete suitable acquisitions on
favorable terms. We may pursue strategic alliances in the form
of joint ventures and partnerships, which involve many of the
same risks as acquisitions as well as additional risks
associated with possible lack of control if we do not have a
majority ownership position. There can be no assurance that we
will be successful in integrating acquisitions or joint ventures
into our existing businesses, or that any acquisition or joint
venture will enhance our business, results of operations, or
financial condition.
12
Our Business
Depends on Uninterrupted Service to Clients
Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our
computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems
against damage or interruption from fire, power loss, cyber
attacks, telecommunications interruption or failure, natural
disaster and other similar events. Our operations may also be
adversely affected by damage to our facilities resulting from
fire, natural disaster, or other events. Additionally, severe
weather can cause interruption in our ability to deliver our
services, such as when our employees cannot attend work,
resulting in a loss of revenue. In the event we experience a
temporary or permanent interruption at one or more of our
locations (including our corporate headquarters building),
through the reasons noted above or otherwise, our business could
be materially adversely affected and we may be required to pay
contractual damages or face the loss of certain clients
altogether. We maintain property and business interruption
insurance. However, there can be no assurance that such
insurance will adequately compensate us for any losses we may
incur.
Our Financial
Results May Experience Variability
We experience quarterly variations in operating results because
of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control.
In addition, we make decisions regarding staffing levels,
investments and other operating expenditures based on our
revenue forecasts. If our revenue is below expectations in any
given quarter, our operating results for that quarter could be
materially adversely affected. There can be no assurance that
future quarterly or annual operating results will reflect past
operating results.
Our Financial
Results May be Impacted by Foreign Currency Exchange
Risk
We serve an increasing number of our clients from Delivery
Centers in other countries including Argentina, Brazil, Canada,
India, Malaysia, Mexico and the Philippines. Contracts with
these clients are typically priced in the currency of the
contracting subsidiary while the costs incurred to operate these
Delivery Centers are denominated in the foreign currency of the
operating subsidiary, thereby representing a foreign currency
exchange risk to us.
Although we enter into financial hedge instruments for certain
foreign currencies, we do not hedge 100% of these risks. If
the functional currency of the contracting subsidiary weakens,
the operating income of the operating subsidiary Delivery
Centers, once translated into the functional currency of the
operating subsidiary, decreases in comparison to prior years to
the extent we have not hedged 100%.
In addition, if the U.S. dollar was to materially weaken
against any of the functional currencies of our subsidiaries,
our financial results may be adversely impacted. While our
hedging strategy effectively offsets a portion of these foreign
currency changes during 2006, there can be no assurance that we
will continue to successfully hedge this foreign currency
exchange risk or that the U.S. dollar will not materially
weaken.
Our Financial
Results May be Adversely Impacted by Our Database Marketing and
Consulting Segment
Prior to 2005, our Database Marketing and Consulting segment had
historically experienced high levels of profitability. During
2005 and 2006, the segment reported an operating loss. We have
plans to return this segment to profitability. There can be no
assurance that we will be successful in executing our plans to
return this segment to prior levels of profitability. We have
approximately $13.4 million of goodwill recorded for this
segment whose ultimate recoverability is dependent upon the
profitability of this segment. Our results of operations or
financial condition may be adversely impacted if we are unable
to return that segment to profitability.
13
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood, Colorado.
In February 2003, we purchased our corporate headquarters
building, including furniture and fixtures, for
$38.3 million, which consists of approximately
264,000 square feet of office space.
As of December 31, 2006, excluding Delivery Centers we have
exited, we operated 88 Delivery Centers that are classified as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Multi-Client Center We lease space for these
centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;
|
|
|
|
Dedicated Center We lease space for these
centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and
|
|
|
|
Managed Center These facilities are leased or
owned by our clients and we manage these sites on behalf of our
clients in accordance with facility management contracts.
|
As of December 31, 2006, our Delivery Centers were located
in the following countries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multi-Client
|
|
|
Managed
|
|
|
Dedicated
|
|
|
Total Number
of
|
|
|
|
Centers
|
|
|
Centers
|
|
|
Centers
|
|
|
Delivery
Centers
|
|
|
Argentina
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
China
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
England
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
India
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Northern Ireland
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Philippines
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Scotland
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
United States
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Database Marketing and Consulting segment leases space for
its corporate headquarters in San Diego, California.
The leases for our Delivery Centers have remaining terms ranging
from approximately one to 14 years and generally contain
renewal options. We believe that our existing Delivery Centers
are suitable and adequate for our current operations and we have
plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business.
14
ITEM 3. LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
From time to time we may be involved in claims or lawsuits that
arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals for claims or
lawsuits have been provided for to the extent that losses are
deemed both probable and estimable. Although the ultimate
outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be ascertained, it is
our opinion, based on present information and advice received
from counsel, that the disposition or ultimate determination of
such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect
on our Company.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of our stockholders during
the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31,
2006.
ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
Set forth below are the names, position and ages, as of
December 31, 2006, of our executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Position
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Age
|
|
Assumed
|
|
Kenneth D. Tuchman(1)
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
James E. Barlett(2)
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Brian Delaney(3)
|
|
Executive Vice President of Global
Service Delivery
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Kamalesh Dwivedi(4)
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
Information Officer
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
John Simon(5)
|
|
Executive Vice President of Global
Human Capital
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Alan Schutzman(6)
|
|
Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
John R. Troka, Jr.(7)
|
|
Vice President of
Finance Global Operations and Interim Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
There are no arrangements or understandings between any
executive officer and another person pursuant to which such
executive officer was selected as an officer.
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Tuchman founded TeleTechs predecessor company in
1982 and has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors
since TeleTechs formation in 1994. Mr. Tuchman served
as the Companys President and Chief Executive Officer from
the Companys inception until October 1999. In March 2001,
Mr. Tuchman resumed the position of Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Tuchman is also a member of the Board of
Directors for the Center for Learning and Leadership. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Barlett was elected to the Board of Directors of
TeleTech in February 2000 and has served as Vice Chairman of
TeleTech since October 2001. Before joining TeleTech as Vice
Chairman, Mr. Barlett served as the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Galileo International, Inc. from 1994 to
2001, was elected Chairman in 1997 and served until 2001. Prior
to joining Galileo International, Inc., Mr. Barlett served
as Executive Vice President of Worldwide Operations and Systems
for MasterCard International Corporation, where he was also a
member of the MasterCard International Operations Committee.
Previously, Mr. Barlett was Executive Vice President of
Operations for NBD Bancorp, Vice Chairman of Cirrus, Inc. and a
partner with Touche Ross and Co., currently known as Deloitte
and Touche. Mr. Barlett also serves on the Board of
Directors of Korn/Ferry International, Covansys Corporation and
Celanese Corporation. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Delaney joined TeleTech as Vice President of Technology
in December, 2002 and moved into the Senior Vice President,
North America Operations position in January, 2004. Since
October, 2005, Mr. Delaney has been operating as the
Executive Vice President of Global Service Delivery.
Mr. Delaney is a member of the Board of Trustees for the
National 4-H Council. |
15
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Dwivedi joined TeleTech in August, 2003 as Executive
Vice President and Chief Information Officer (CIO).
Prior to joining TeleTech, Mr. Dwivedi was Vice President
and CIO of ADC Telecommunications, a global manufacturer of
broadband equipment to the telecom and cable industries. Prior
to ADC, he was the CIO of Scientific-Atlanta, now a division of
Cisco and a global manufacturer and supplier of integrated
technology products in video, voice and data to telecom and
cable industries. |
|
(5) |
|
Mr. Simon joined TeleTech in 1999 and served as
TeleTechs Associate General Counsel. In 2001 he became
Senior Vice President of Global Human Capital. Mr. Simon
also temporarily served as TeleTechs interim General
Counsel. Beginning in October, 2005, Mr. Simon was promoted
to Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital. Prior to
joining TeleTech, Mr. Simon was a partner at the New York
law firm Hallenbeck, Lascell, Norris and Heller.
Mr. Simons private law practice focused on litigating
employment and commercial matters, as well as business
counseling for institutional clients. Mr. Simon holds an
undergraduate degree from Colorado College and a law degree from
Georgetown University. |
|
(6) |
|
Mr. Schutzman joined TeleTech in July 2006 as Executive
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. From September
2003 through March 2006, Mr. Schutzman was Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary of Concord Camera Corp.
From January 2001 until September 2001, he served as Associate
General Counsel of Jacuzzi Brands, Inc. (Jacuzzi)
and Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary of Jacuzzi from September 2001 through September 2003.
During the Fall 2005 Semester, Mr. Schutzman served as an
Adjunct Professor of Law at the Shepard Broad Law Center, Nova
Southeastern University, in Fort Lauderdale, Florida where
he taught a corporate workshop on mergers and acquisitions. |
|
(7) |
|
Mr. Troka was named TeleTechs Interim Chief Financial
Officer in August 2006 and has served as TeleTechs Vice
President of Global Finance since joining the company in 2002.
Prior to joining TeleTech, Mr. Troka was Vice President of
Finance for Qwest Communications, formerly known as US West
Communications. |
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under
the symbol TTEC. The following table sets fourth the
range of the high and low sales prices per share of the common
stock for the quarters indicated as reported on the NASDAQ
National Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
First Quarter 2006
|
|
$
|
13.01
|
|
|
$
|
10.96
|
|
Second Quarter 2006
|
|
$
|
13.79
|
|
|
$
|
11.03
|
|
Third Quarter 2006
|
|
$
|
15.95
|
|
|
$
|
10.90
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2006
|
|
$
|
23.97
|
|
|
$
|
14.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter 2005
|
|
$
|
13.04
|
|
|
$
|
9.08
|
|
Second Quarter 2005
|
|
$
|
12.94
|
|
|
$
|
7.34
|
|
Third Quarter 2005
|
|
$
|
10.02
|
|
|
$
|
7.67
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2005
|
|
$
|
12.56
|
|
|
$
|
9.83
|
|
As of February 1, 2007, there were 70,137,732 shares
of common stock outstanding, held by stockholders of record.
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock
and we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.
16
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Plans
This item is discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Stock Repurchase
Program
In November 2001, the Board of Directors (Board)
authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to
$5 million of our common stock. That plan was subsequently
amended by the Board resulting in the authorized repurchase
amount increasing to $165 million. During the three months
ended December 31, 2006, we purchased 126,900 shares
for $1.9 million. During the year ended December 31,
2006, we purchased 1.3 million shares for
$16.6 million. From inception of the program through
December 31, 2006, we have purchased 13.2 million
shares for $115.7 million, leaving $49.3 million
remaining under the repurchase program as of December 31,
2006. The program does not have an expiration date.
Following is a summary of issuer purchases of equity securities
for the fourth quarter of 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number
of
|
|
|
Approximate
Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
Purchased
|
|
|
Value of Shares
that
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of
Publicly
|
|
|
May Yet Be
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Announced
Plans
|
|
|
Purchased Under
the
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
|
Plans or
Programs
|
|
Period
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
per
Share
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
October 1, 2006 -
October 31, 2006
|
|
|
126,900
|
|
|
$
|
15.19
|
|
|
|
126,900
|
|
|
$
|
49,341
|
|
November 1, 2006 -
November 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,341
|
|
December 1, 2006 -
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,900
|
|
|
$
|
15.19
|
|
|
|
126,900
|
|
|
$
|
49,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
ITEM 6. SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with Item 7. Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes
appearing elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Statement of Operations
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,211,297
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,690
|
|
|
$
|
1,001,128
|
|
|
$
|
1,016,935
|
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
(885,602
|
)
|
|
|
(812,174
|
)(8)
|
|
|
(774,521
|
)
|
|
|
(764,687
|
)
|
|
|
(769,700
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(51,429
|
)
|
|
|
(53,317
|
)
|
|
|
(59,378
|
)
|
|
|
(58,596
|
)
|
|
|
(57,725
|
)
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
(201,421
|
)(12)
|
|
|
(189,646
|
)(9)
|
|
|
(170,323
|
)(6)
|
|
|
(160,491
|
)(4)
|
|
|
(187,511
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
72,845
|
|
|
|
31,536
|
|
|
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
17,354
|
|
|
|
1,999
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
680
|
(10)
|
|
|
(14,263
|
)(7)
|
|
|
(11,996
|
)
|
|
|
(10,163
|
)(2)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(14,676
|
)(13)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)(11)
|
|
|
(9,464
|
)
|
|
|
(34,859
|
)(5)
|
|
|
(1,538
|
)
|
Minority Interest
|
|
|
(1,868
|
)
|
|
|
(1,542
|
)
|
|
|
(738
|
)
|
|
|
(1,003
|
)
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle
|
|
|
51,842
|
|
|
|
28,158
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
(30,504
|
)
|
|
|
(8,341
|
)
|
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,541
|
)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,842
|
|
|
$
|
28,158
|
|
|
$
|
24,003
|
|
|
$
|
(30,504
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,882
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighed average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
69,184
|
|
|
|
72,121
|
|
|
|
74,751
|
|
|
|
74,206
|
|
|
|
76,383
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
70,615
|
|
|
|
73,631
|
|
|
|
76,109
|
|
|
|
74,206
|
|
|
|
76,383
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
Balance Sheet
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
658,716
|
|
|
$
|
522,172
|
|
|
$
|
496,795
|
|
|
$
|
554,816
|
|
|
$
|
539,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
$
|
107,417
|
|
|
$
|
61,339
|
|
|
$
|
166,378
|
|
|
$
|
120,370
|
|
|
$
|
88,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes the following items: a $32.8 million non-cash
impairment loss related to property, plant and equipment in the
U.S., Spain and Argentina; $6.3 million of restructuring
charges related to the termination of approximately 400
employees; a $1.2 million loss on the closure of several
Delivery Centers and a $1.9 million charge related to the
early termination of a property lease. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes a $2.3 million loss related to acquiring the
remaining common stock of Enhansiv Holdings, Inc.
(EHI). |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects the impairment of goodwill upon adoption of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
(SFAS 142). |
|
(4) |
|
Includes the following items: $7.0 million charge related
to the impairment of property and equipment in connection with
SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144);
a $5.6 million charge related to a reduction in force and
facility exit charges in connection with SFAS No. 146
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities (SFAS 146); and a
$1.9 million benefit related to revised estimates of
restructuring charges. |
18
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes a $30.9 million charge primarily for the write-off
and impairment of deferred tax assets. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes the following items: $2.6 million charge related
to the impairment of property and equipment in connection with
SFAS 144; a $2.1 million charge related to a reduction
in workforce and facility exit charges under SFAS 146; and
a $1.9 million reversal of part of the sales and use tax
liability. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes the following items: $7.6 million one-time charge
related to restructuring of our long-term debt; and a
$2.8 million one-time charge related to the termination of
an interest rate swap agreement. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes a $2.0 million benefit due to revised estimates of
self-insurance accruals. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes the following items: a $2.1 million charge related
to the impairment of property and equipment in connection with
SFAS 144; a $2.1 million charge related to reductions
in force; a $2.0 million charge related to facility exit
charges in connection with SFAS 146; a $0.6 million
impairment loss related to a decision to exit a lease early and
to discontinue use of certain software; a $1.0 million
benefit due to revised estimates of self-insurance accrual; and
a $0.5 million benefit related to revised estimates of
restructuring and impairment charges. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes a $1.0 million benefit due to a litigation
settlement. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes the following items: a $1.4 million benefit due to
the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Argentina; a
$1.4 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax
valuation allowance for Brazil; a $9.9 million benefit due
to the reversal of U.S. income tax valuation allowance; and
a $3.7 million charge related to the repatriation of
foreign earnings under a Qualified Domestic Reinvestment Plan. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes the following items: a $1.1 million charge related
to reductions in force; a $0.8 million charge related to
facility exit costs in connection with SFAS 146;
$0.6 million charge related to the impairment of property
and equipment in connection with SFAS 144; and a
$3.6 million benefit due to revised estimates of
self-insurance accruals. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes the following items: a $4.5 million benefit due to
the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Spain; a
$1.2 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax
valuation allowance for Argentina; and a $3.3 million
benefit due to the EHI loss carryforward. |
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Introduction
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations contains certain
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
The projections and statements contained in these
forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual
results, performance, or achievements to be materially different
from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed
or implied by the forward-looking statements.
All statements not based on historical fact are forward-looking
statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In
accordance with the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995, following are important factors that could cause our
actual results to differ materially from those expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements, including but not
limited to the following: our belief that we are continuing to
see strong demand for our services and that sales cycles are
shortening; risks associated with successfully integrating DAC
which we acquired on June 30, 2006 and achieving
anticipated future revenue growth, profitability and synergies;
estimated revenue from new, renewed and expanded client business
as volumes may not materialize as forecasted or be sufficient to
achieve our Business Outlook; achieving continued profit
improvement in our International BPO operations; the ability to
close and ramp new business opportunities that are currently
being pursued or that are in the final stages with existing
and/or
potential clients in order to achieve our Business Outlook; our
ability to execute our growth plans, including sales of new
products (such as OnDemand); our ability to achieve our year-end
2007 financial
19
goals, including those set forth in our Business Outlook; the
possibility of our Database Marketing and Consulting segment not
increasing revenue, lowering costs, or returning to
profitability resulting in an impairment of its
$13.4 million of goodwill; the possibility of lower revenue
or price pressure from our clients experiencing a business
downturn or merger in their business; greater than anticipated
competition in the BPO services market, causing adverse pricing
and more stringent contractual terms; risks associated with
losing or not renewing client relationships, particularly large
client agreements, or early termination of a client agreement;
the risk of losing clients due to consolidation in the
industries we serve; consumers concerns or adverse
publicity regarding our clients products; our ability to
find cost effective locations, obtain favorable lease terms and
build or retrofit facilities in a timely and economic manner;
risks associated with business interruption due to weather,
pandemic, or terrorist-related events; risks associated with
attracting and retaining cost-effective labor at our Delivery
Centers; the possibility of additional asset impairments and
restructuring charges; risks associated with changes in foreign
currency exchange rates; economic or political changes affecting
the countries in which we operate; changes in accounting
policies and practices promulgated by standard setting bodies;
and new legislation or government regulation that impacts the
BPO and customer management industry.
Executive
Overview
We serve our clients through two primary businesses, BPO and
Database Marketing and Consulting. Our BPO business provides
outsourced business process, customer management and marketing
services for a variety of industries through Delivery Centers
throughout the world and represents approximately 97% of total
revenue. When we begin operations in a new country, we determine
whether the country is intended to primarily serve
U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in
our North American BPO segment, or if the country is intended to
serve both domestic clients from that country and
U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in
our International BPO segment. This is consistent with our
management of the business, internal financial reporting
structure and operating focus. Operations for each segment of
our BPO business are conducted in the following countries:
|
|
|
North American
BPO
|
|
International
BPO
|
|
United States
|
|
Argentina
|
Canada
|
|
Australia
|
India
|
|
Brazil
|
Philippines
|
|
China
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
Northern Ireland
|
|
|
Scotland
|
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
Spain
|
On June 30, 2006, we acquired 100 percent of the
outstanding common shares of DAC. DAC is a provider of
outsourced direct marketing services to third parties in the
U.S. and its acquisition is consistent with our strategy to grow
and focus on providing outsourced marketing, sales and BPO
solutions to large multinational clients. DAC is included in our
North American BPO segment. The acquisition of DAC contributed
approximately $34.1 million of revenue and was slightly
accretive to earnings during the last six months of 2006, which
were the first six months of combined operations.
Database Marketing and Consulting provides outsourced database
management, direct marketing and related customer acquisition
and retention services for automobile dealerships and
manufacturers.
See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional discussion regarding our preparation of segment
information.
20
BPO
Services
The BPO business generates revenue based primarily on the amount
of time our associates devote to a clients program. We
primarily focus on large global corporations in the following
industries; automotive, communications and media, financial
services, healthcare, government, logistics, retail, technology
and travel. Revenue is recognized as services are provided. The
majority of our revenue is from multi-year contracts and we
expect it will continue to be. However, we do provide certain
client programs on a short-term basis.
We have historically experienced annual attrition of existing
client programs of approximately 7% to 15% of our revenue.
Attrition of existing client programs during 2006 was 7%,
excluding the short-term contract with the U.S. Government
during the third and fourth quarters of 2005. However, during
2005, we experienced net attrition of existing client programs
of 3% (attrition of existing client programs was greater than
the expansion of existing client programs) whereas during 2006,
excluding the short-term contract with the U.S. Government,
we experienced net growth of existing client programs of 11% as
expansion of existing client programs exceeded attrition of
existing client programs. We believe this trend is attributable
to our investment in an account management and operations team
focused on client service.
Our invoice terms with clients typically range from 30 to
60 days, with longer terms in Europe.
The BPO industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily
with the in-house business processing operations of our current
and potential clients. We also compete with certain companies
that provide BPO on an outsourced basis. Our ability to sell our
existing services or gain acceptance for new products or
services is challenged by the competitive nature of the
industry. There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell
services to new clients, renew relationships with existing
clients, or gain client acceptance of our new products.
We have improved our revenue and profitability in both the North
American and the International BPO segments by:
|
|
|
|
|
Selling new business to existing clients;
|
|
|
|
Securing new clients;
|
|
|
|
Continuing to focus sales efforts on large, complex,
Multi-Center BPO opportunities;
|
|
|
|
Differentiating our products and services from those of our
competitors by developing and offering new solutions to clients;
|
|
|
|
Exploring merger and acquisition opportunities;
|
|
|
|
Expansion of off-shore capabilities to support client growth;
|
|
|
|
Increasing sales to absorb unused capacity in existing global
Delivery Centers;
|
|
|
|
Reducing costs and continued focus on cost controls; and
|
|
|
|
Managing the workforce in our Delivery Centers in a
cost-effective manner.
|
Our ability to enter into new or renew multi-year contracts,
particularly large complex opportunities, is dependent upon the
macroeconomic environment in general and the specific industry
environments in which our clients operate. A weakening of the
U.S. or the global economy could lengthen sales cycles or cause
delays in closing new business opportunities.
Our potential clients typically obtain bids from multiple
vendors and evaluate many factors in selecting a service
provider including, among other factors, the scope of services
offered, the service record of the vendor and price. We
generally price our bids with a long-term view of profitability
and, accordingly, we consider all of our fixed and variable
costs in developing our bids. We believe that our competitors,
at times, may bid business based upon a short-term view, as
opposed to our longer-term view, resulting in a lower price bid.
While we believe our clients perceptions of the value we
provide results in our being
21
successful in certain competitive bid situations, there are
often situations where a potential client may prefer a lower
cost.
Our industry is labor-intensive and the majority of our
operating costs relate to wages, employee benefits and
employment taxes. An improvement in the local or global
economies where our Delivery Centers are located could lead to
increased labor-related costs. In addition, our industry
experiences high personnel turnover and the length of training
time required to implement new programs continues to increase
due to increased complexities of our clients businesses.
This may create challenges if we obtain several significant new
clients or implement several new, large-scale programs and need
to recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated
rate.
As discussed above, our profitability is influenced, in part, by
the number of new or expanded client programs. We defer revenue
for the initial training that occurs upon commencement of a new
client contract
(Start-Up
Training) if that training is billed separately to the
client. Accordingly, the corresponding training costs,
consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also
deferred. In these circumstances, both the training revenue and
costs are amortized straight-line over the life of the contract.
In situations where
Start-Up
Training is not billed separately, but rather included in the
production rates paid by the client over the life of the
contract, no deferral is necessary as the revenue is recognized
over the life of the contract and the associated training
expenses are expensed as incurred. For the year ended
December 31, 2006, we incurred $0.4 million of
training expenses for client programs for which we did not
separately bill
Start-Up
Training.
The following summarizes the impact of the deferred
Start-Up
Training for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004 (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Amounts deferred due to new
business
|
|
$
|
(9,432
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,224
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,583
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,371
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,858
|
)
|
Amortization of prior period
deferrals
|
|
|
5,418
|
|
|
|
2,785
|
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
3,154
|
|
|
|
1,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) for the
period
|
|
$
|
(4,014
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,662
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,532
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, we had $7.3 million of net
deferred
Start-Up
Training that will be amortized straight-line over the remaining
life of the corresponding client contracts (approximately
24 months).
We may have difficulties managing the timeliness of launching
new or expanded client programs and the associated internal
allocation of personnel and resources. This could cause a
decline or delay in recognition of revenues and an increase in
costs, either of which could adversely affect our operating
results. In the event we do not successfully expand our capacity
or launch new or expanded client programs, we may be unable to
achieve the revenue and profitability targets set forth in the
Business Outlook section below.
Quarterly, we review our capacity utilization and projected
demand for future capacity. In conjunction with these reviews,
we may decide to consolidate or close under-performing Delivery
Centers, including those impacted by the loss of a major client
program, in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization
and margins. In addition, because clients may request that we
serve their customers from International Delivery Centers with
lower prevailing labor rates, in the future we may decide to
close one or more of our Delivery Centers, even though it is
generating positive cash flow, because we believe the future
profits from conducting such work outside the current Delivery
Center may more than compensate for the one-time charges related
to closing the facility.
Our profitability is significantly influenced by our ability to
increase capacity utilization in our Delivery Centers. We
attempt to minimize the financial impact resulting from idle
capacity when planning the development and opening of new
Delivery Centers or the expansion of existing Delivery Centers.
As such, management considers numerous factors that affect
capacity utilization, including anticipated
22
expirations, reductions, terminations, or expansions of existing
programs and the potential size and timing of new client
contracts that we expect to obtain. We continue to win new
business with both new and existing clients. As a result, we
expanded our capacity in 2006 by approximately 7,000
workstations in Argentina, Canada and the Philippines.
To respond more rapidly to changing market demands, to implement
new programs and to expand existing programs, we may be required
to commit to additional capacity prior to the contracting of
additional business, which may result in idle capacity. This is
largely due to the significant time required to negotiate and
execute a client contract as we concentrate our marketing
efforts toward obtaining large, complex BPO programs.
We internally target capacity utilization in our Delivery
Centers at 85% to 90% of our available workstations. As of
December 31, 2006, the overall capacity utilization in our
Multi-Client Centers was 80%. The table below presents
workstation data for our multi-client centers as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005. Dedicated and Managed Centers
(10,355 workstations) are excluded from the workstation data as
unused workstations in these facilities are not available for
sale. Our utilization percentage is defined as the total number
of utilized production workstations compared to the total number
of available production workstations. We may change the
designation of shared or dedicated centers based on the normal
changes in our business environment and client needs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2006
|
|
|
December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
% In
|
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
% In
|
|
|
|
Workstations
|
|
|
In Use
|
|
|
Use
|
|
|
Workstations
|
|
|
In Use
|
|
|
Use
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
|
13,137
|
|
|
|
10,362
|
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
6,514
|
|
|
|
4,834
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
10,121
|
|
|
|
8,129
|
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
9,447
|
|
|
|
6,695
|
|
|
|
71
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
23,258
|
|
|
|
18,491
|
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
15,961
|
|
|
|
11,529
|
|
|
|
72
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As shown above, there was a significant increase in the total
production workstations resulting from our growth plans (see
discussion under BPO above), a corresponding increase in the
number of production workstations in use and an increase in the
utilization percentage.
Database
Marketing and Consulting
The revenue from this segment is generated utilizing a database
and contact system to promote the sales and service business of
automobile dealership customers using targeted marketing
solutions through the phone, mail,
e-mail and
the Web. As of December 31, 2006, our Database Marketing
and Consulting segment had relationships with more than 2,400
automobile dealers representing 27 different automotive brand
names. These contracts generally have terms ranging from
month-to-month
to 24 months. For a few major automotive manufacturers, the
automotive manufacturer collects from the individual automobile
dealers on our behalf. Our average collection period is 30 to 60
days. A combination of factors contributed to this segment
generating a loss from operations of approximately
$15.4 million after corporate allocations for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
For 2006, we modified our agreement with Ford (whose dealers
represented approximately 47% of the revenue of our Database
Marketing and Consulting segment for the year ended
December 31, 2006), to provide services to Fords
automotive dealerships on a preferred basis, rather than on an
exclusive basis. The new agreement gives us flexibility to
customize service offerings and the ability to contract directly
with Fords dealerships under our defined terms and
conditions. Primarily due to Ford offering a competing product,
our dealer attrition rate has exceeded our new account growth in
2006, resulting in a significant decrease in revenue from the
prior year.
The clients of our Database Marketing and Consulting segment, as
well as our joint venture with Ford, come from the automotive
industry. The U.S. automotive industry is currently
reporting declining earnings, which may result in client losses,
lower volumes, or additional pricing pressures on our operations.
23
As we work to implement the plans outlined above to return this
segment to profitability, we anticipate this segment will incur
a loss from operations in the first quarter of 2007 in the range
of $3.5 million to $4.5 million.
In 2007, we plan to continue our focus on the following to
return this segment to profitability:
|
|
|
|
|
Diversifying our client base by establishing relations with new
automotive manufacturers and dealer groups;
|
|
|
|
Reducing our client attrition rate by improving customer service
and increasing customer contact; and
|
|
|
|
Continuing to manage costs through operational efficiencies.
|
Overall
As shown in the Results of Operations we have
improved income from operations for our North American and
International BPO segments. The increases are attributable to a
variety of factors such as expansion of work on certain client
programs, our multi-phased cost reduction plan, transitioning
work on certain client programs to lower cost operating centers,
increased capacity utilization and improving individual client
program profit margins
and/or
eliminating such programs.
As we pursue merger and acquisition opportunities, it is
possible that the contemplated benefits of any future
acquisitions may not materialize within the expected time
periods or to the extent anticipated. Critical to the success of
our acquisition strategy in the future is the orderly, effective
integration of acquired businesses into our organization. If
this integration is unsuccessful, our business may be adversely
impacted. There is also the risk that our valuation assumptions
and models for an acquisition may be overly optimistic or
incorrect.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Managements discussion and analysis of its financial
condition and results of operations are based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial
statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and
expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions.
These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical
experience and on various other factors believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported
amounts and disclosures may have been different had management
used different estimates and assumptions or if different
conditions had occurred in the periods presented. Below is a
discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high
degree of judgment and complexity.
Revenue
Recognition
For each client arrangement, we determine whether evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery of our service has occurred, the
fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. If all
criteria are met, we recognize revenue at the time services are
performed. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue
recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria
are met.
Our BPO segments recognize revenue under three models:
Production Rate Revenue is recognized based
on the billable time or transactions of each associate, as
defined in the client contract. The rate per billable time or
transaction is based on a predetermined contractual rate. This
contractual rate can fluctuate based on our performance against
certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and
performance.
Performance-based Under
performance-based arrangements, we are paid by our clients based
on achievement of certain levels of sales or other
client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. We
recognize performance-based revenue by measuring our actual
results against the
24
performance criteria specified in the contracts. Amounts
collected from clients prior to the performance of services are
recorded as customer advances.
Hybrid Under hybrid models we are paid a
fixed fee or production element as well as a performance-based
element.
Certain client programs provide for increases or decreases to
monthly billings based upon whether we meet or exceed certain
performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or
decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms
are reflected in revenue as earned or incurred.
Our Database Marketing and Consulting segment recognizes revenue
when services are rendered. Most agreements require the billing
of predetermined monthly rates. Where the contractual billing
periods do not coincide with the periods over which services are
provided, we recognize revenue straight-line over the life of
the contract (typically six to 24 months).
From
time-to-time,
we make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts
(recorded as contract acquisition costs in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets). Those expenditures are capitalized
and amortized in proportion to the initial expected future
revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in
straight-line amortization over the life of the contract.
Amortization of these costs is recorded as a reduction of
revenue.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with
SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS 109), which requires recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included
in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Under this method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax basis of
assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When
circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our net
deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from
future projected taxable income.
As required by SFAS 109, we continually review the
likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future
tax periods under the more likely than not criteria. In making
this judgment SFAS 109 requires that all available
evidence, both positive and negative, should be considered to
determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a
valuation allowance is required. As of December 31, 2006,
we had $56.8 million of deferred tax assets (after an
$19.0 million valuation allowance) and net deferred tax
assets (after deferred tax liabilities) of $49.7 million
related to the U.S. and international tax jurisdictions whose
recoverability is dependent upon future profitability.
In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely
affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our
control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of
revenues and income before taxes in the various domestic and
international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are
subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in
multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as the
requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax,
regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual
effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual
and forecasted results of subsequent quarters. Consequently,
significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted
results may impact the effective tax rate for the current or
future periods.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
recently issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), an
interpretation of SFAS 109. FIN 48 will be effective
for our 2007 fiscal year. See Note 1 and Note 10 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements for a more complete
description of the impact FIN 48 will have on our
consolidated financial statements.
Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts
We have established an allowance for doubtful accounts to
reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable. Each quarter,
management reviews the receivables on an
account-by-account
basis and assigns a
25
probability of collection. Managements judgment is used in
assessing the probability of collection. Factors considered in
making this judgment include, among other things, the age of the
identified receivable, client financial condition, previous
client payment history and any recent communications with the
client.
Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate the carrying value of our individual Delivery
Centers in accordance with SFAS 144. SFAS 144 requires
that a long-lived asset group be reviewed for impairment only
when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the long-lived asset group may not be
recoverable. When the operating results of a Delivery Center
have deteriorated to the point it is likely that losses will
continue for the foreseeable future, or we expect that a
Delivery Center will be closed or otherwise disposed of before
the end of its estimated useful life, we select the Delivery
Center for further review.
For Delivery Centers selected for further review, we estimate
the probability-weighted future cash flows, using EBITDA (see
Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements) as a
surrogate for cash flows, resulting from operating the Delivery
Center over its useful life. Significant judgment is involved in
projecting future capacity utilization, pricing, labor costs and
the estimated useful life of the Delivery Center. We do not
subject to the same test Delivery Centers that have been
operated for less than two years or those Delivery Centers that
have been impaired within the past two years (the Two Year
Rule) because we believe sufficient time is necessary to
establish a market presence and build a client base for such new
or modified Delivery Centers in order to adequately assess
recoverability. However, such Delivery Centers are nonetheless
evaluated in case other factors would indicate an impairment had
occurred. For impaired Delivery Centers, we write the assets
down to their estimated fair market value. If the assumptions
used in performing the impairment test prove insufficient, the
fair market value estimate of the Delivery Centers may be
significantly lower, thereby causing the carrying value to
exceed fair market value and indicating an impairment had
occurred.
The following table presents a sensitivity analysis of the
impairment evaluation assuming that the future results were 10%
less than the two-year forecasted EBITDA for all physical
Delivery Centers containing Company assets (excluding India,
which was impaired during 2006). As shown in the table below,
the analysis indicates that an impairment of approximately
$3.4 million (an increase of $0.4 million from the
third quarter of 2006) would arise. However, for the
Delivery Centers tested, the current probability-weighted
projection scenarios indicated that impairment had not occurred
as of December 31, 2006 (amounts in thousands, except
number of Delivery Centers):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Under
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Book
|
|
|
Delivery
|
|
|
Sensitivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Centers
|
|
|
Test
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delivery Centers tested based
on the Two Year Rule
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positive cash flow in the period
|
|
$
|
54,082
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negative cash flow in the period
|
|
|
1,229
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
55,311
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delivery Centers not tested
based on the Two Year Rule
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positive cash flow in the period
|
|
$
|
27,400
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negative cash flow in the period
|
|
|
9,519
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
36,919
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
2,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positive cash flow in the period
|
|
$
|
81,482
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negative cash flow in the period
|
|
|
10,748
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand total
|
|
$
|
92,230
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
3,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
We also assess the realizable value of capitalized software
development costs on a quarterly basis based upon current
estimates of future cash flows from services utilizing the
underlying software (principally utilized by our Database
Marketing and Consulting segment). No impairment had occurred as
of December 31, 2006.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the
segment level for the Database Marketing and Consulting segment
(which consists of one subsidiary company) and for reporting
units one level below the segment level for the other two
segments in accordance with SFAS 142. Impairment occurs
when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its estimated fair
value. The impairment, if any, is measured based on the
estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Fair value can be
determined based on discounted cash flows, comparable sales, or
valuations of other similar businesses. Our policy is to test
goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year
unless an indicator of impairment arises during a prior period.
The most significant assumptions used in these analyses are
those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future
cash flows, we generally use the financial assumptions in our
internal forecasting model such as projected capacity
utilization, projected changes in the prices we charge for our
services and projected labor costs. We then use a discount rate
we consider appropriate for the country where the business unit
is providing services. If actual results are less than the
assumptions used in performing the impairment test, the fair
value of the reporting units may be significantly lower, causing
the carrying value to exceed the fair value and indicating an
impairment had occurred. Based on the analyses performed in the
fourth quarter of 2006, there was no impairment to the
December 31, 2006 goodwill balance of our North American
and International BPO segments of $36.3 million and
$8.6 million, respectively. If projected revenue used in
the analysis of goodwill was 10% less than forecast (the
projections assumed revenue growth rates ranging from 0% to
25% per annum over a three-year period), there would still
be no impairment to goodwill.
Our Database Marketing and Consulting segment has experienced
operating losses. We have plans to improve the future
profitability of this segment. The goodwill for our Database
Marketing and Consulting segment is $13.4 million as of
December 31, 2006. As a result of this segments
financial performance in the year ended December 31, 2006,
we updated our cash flow analyses (which assume annual revenue
increases approximately 10 percent per annum, calculated on
a smaller revenue base than our historical revenue base and
following our planned efforts to sell business to non-Ford
dealers). Our analyses indicated that an impairment in goodwill
had not occurred as of December 1, 2006. In addition, we
engaged an independent appraisal firm to assess the fair value
of this segment. The independent firm also indicated that no
impairment of goodwill had occurred as of December 1, 2006.
However, a sensitivity analysis of the forecast indicated that,
without considering corresponding reductions in future operating
expenses that we would implement in the event of a further
revenue decline, it would not take a material change in the
revenue forecast for an impairment to arise.
Restructuring
Liability
We routinely assess the profitability and utilization of our
Delivery Centers and existing markets. In some cases, we have
chosen to close under-performing Delivery Centers and complete
reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. We
follow SFAS 146, which specifies that a liability for a
cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized
when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a
plan.
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the
estimated liability for closing Delivery Centers is the
estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant centers,
which we determine based on a third-party brokers
assessment of our ability to successfully negotiate early
termination agreements with landlords
and/or our
ability to sublease the facility. If our assumptions regarding
early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease
payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record
additional losses, or conversely, a future gain.
27
Adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation
Expense
During the first quarter of 2006, we adopted
SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123(R)) applying the
modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all
equity-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, to be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations and Comprehensive Income based on the grant date fair
value of the award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R),
we accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value
method, which followed recognition and measurement principles of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and
related interpretations and equity-based compensation was
included as pro-forma disclosure within the notes to the
financial statements.
We did not modify the terms of any previously granted options in
anticipation of the adoption of SFAS 123(R).
Income from Operations for the year ended December 31, 2006
was adversely affected by the impact of equity-based
compensation due to the implementation of SFAS 123(R). For
the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded expense of
$6.9 million for equity-based compensation. We expect that
equity-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 and 2008 from
existing awards will be approximately $6.6 million and
$5.8 million, respectively. However, any future significant
awards granted or required changes in the estimated forfeiture
rates may impact this estimate. See Note 17 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Contingencies
We record a liability in accordance with SFAS No. 5
Accounting for Contingencies for pending litigation
and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably
estimable. Each quarter, management, with the advice of legal
counsel, reviews all litigation and claims on a
case-by-case
basis and assigns probability of loss and range of loss based
upon the assessments of in-house counsel and outside counsel, as
appropriate.
Explanation of
Key Metrics and Other Items
Cost of
Services
Cost of services principally include costs incurred in
connection with our BPO operations and database marketing
services, including direct labor, telecommunications, printing,
postage, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated
with Delivery Centers. In addition, cost of services includes
income related to grants we may receive from
time-to-time
from local or state governments as an incentive to locate
Delivery Centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of
services for those facilities.
Selling, General
and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include
costs associated with administrative services such as sales,
marketing, product development, legal settlements, legal,
information systems (including core technology and telephony
infrastructure) and accounting and finance. It also includes
equity-based compensation expense, outside professional fees
(i.e. legal and accounting services), building maintenance
expense for non-Delivery Center facilities and other items
associated with general business administration.
Restructuring
Charges, Net
Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in
conjunction with reductions in force or decisions to exit
facilities, including termination benefits and lease
liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals.
Interest
Expense
Interest expense includes interest expense and amortization of
debt issuance costs associated with our grants, debt and
capitalized lease obligations.
28
Other
Income
The main components of other income are miscellaneous receipts
not directly related to our operating activities, such as
foreign exchange transaction gains and corporate legal
settlements.
Other
Expenses
The main components of other expenses are expenditures not
directly related to our operating activities, such as corporate
legal settlements and foreign exchange transaction losses.
Presentation of
Non-GAAP Measurements
Free Cash
Flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe
that free cash flow is useful to our investors because it
measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated
that is available for debt obligations and investments other
than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow
is not a measure determined by GAAP and should not be considered
a substitute for income from operations, net
income, net cash provided by operating
activities, or any other measure determined in accordance
with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful,
in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of
net cash provided by operating activities, because
free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. Free
cash flow does not represent residual cash available for
discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for
debt service. Free cash flow also excludes cash that may be
necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may
arise.
The following table reconciles free cash flow to net cash
provided by operating activities for our consolidated results
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
29,206
|
|
|
$
|
3,880
|
|
|
$
|
71,004
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
65,528
|
|
|
|
37,606
|
|
|
|
41,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
94,734
|
|
|
$
|
41,486
|
|
|
$
|
112,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We discuss factors affecting free cash flow between periods in
the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below.
EBIT and
EBITDA
EBIT is defined as net income before interest and taxes. EBITDA
is calculated by adding depreciation and amortization for the
period to EBIT. EBIT and EBITDA are not defined GAAP measures
and should not be considered alternatives to net income
determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of operating
performance, nor an alternative to cash flows from operating
activities determined in accordance with GAAP as a measure of
liquidity. Because others may not calculate EBIT and EBITDA in
the same manner as TeleTech, the EBIT and EBITDA information
presented below may not be comparable to similar presentations
by others.
However, we believe that EBIT and EBITDA provide investors and
Management with a valuable and alternative method for assessing
our operating results. Management evaluates the performance of
our subsidiaries and operating segments based on EBIT and
believes that EBIT is useful to investors to demonstrate the
operational profitability of our business segments by excluding
interest and taxes, which are generally accounted for across the
entire Company on a consolidated basis. EBIT is also one of the
measures Management uses to determine resource allocations and
incentive compensation. Further, we use EBITDA to evaluate the
profitability and cash flow of our Delivery Centers when testing
the impairment of long-lived assets.
29
The following table reconciles net income to EBIT and EBITDA for
our consolidated results (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
51,842
|
|
|
$
|
28,158
|
|
|
$
|
24,003
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(2,209
|
)
|
|
|
(2,789
|
)
|
|
|
(4,045
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,943
|
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
8,542
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
14,676
|
|
|
|
2,516
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT
|
|
|
70,252
|
|
|
|
31,395
|
|
|
|
37,964
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
51,429
|
|
|
|
53,317
|
|
|
|
59,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
121,681
|
|
|
$
|
84,712
|
|
|
$
|
97,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Year Ended
December 31, 2006 Compared to December 31,
2005
The following tables are presented to facilitate
Managements Discussion and Analysis. The following table
presents results of operations by segment for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005 (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
Change
|
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
814,963
|
|
|
|
67.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
678,803
|
|
|
|
62.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
136,160
|
|
|
|
20.1
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
356,106
|
|
|
|
29.4
|
%
|
|
|
325,038
|
|
|
|
29.9
|
%
|
|
|
31,068
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
40,228
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
82,832
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
(42,604
|
)
|
|
|
(51.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,211,297
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
124,624
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
589,832
|
|
|
|
72.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
505,328
|
|
|
|
74.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
84,504
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
272,636
|
|
|
|
76.6
|
%
|
|
|
262,273
|
|
|
|
80.7
|
%
|
|
|
10,363
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
23,134
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
%
|
|
|
44,573
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
%
|
|
|
(21,439
|
)
|
|
|
(48.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
885,602
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
812,174
|
|
|
|
74.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
73,428
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
111,569
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
82,834
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
28,735
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
62,784
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
61,663
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
24,873
|
|
|
|
61.8
|
%
|
|
|
37,765
|
|
|
|
45.6
|
%
|
|
|
(12,892
|
)
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
199,226
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
182,262
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
16,964
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
26,730
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
26,806
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
17,205
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
16,963
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
7,494
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,548
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
(2,054
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,429
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
53,317
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,888
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)%
|
Restructuring charges,
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,057
|
)
|
|
|
(91.1
|
)%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(60.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,630
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,673
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(39.0
|
)%
|
Impairment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
(4,233
|
)
|
|
|
(89.9
|
)%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
(4,146
|
)
|
|
|
(88.0
|
)%
|
Income (loss) from
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
86,642
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
62,675
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
23,967
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
(21,814
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)%
|
|
|
23,397
|
|
|
|
(107.3
|
)%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
(15,380
|
)
|
|
|
(38.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(9,325
|
)
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,055
|
)
|
|
|
64.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
72,845
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
31,536
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
41,309
|
|
|
|
131.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
$
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
$
|
680
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
(5,139
|
)
|
|
|
(755.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income
taxes
|
|
$
|
(14,676
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(2,516
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(12,160
|
)
|
|
|
483.3
|
%
|
31
Revenue
Revenues for the North American BPO for 2006 compared to 2005
were $815.0 million and
$678.8 million,
respectively. The increase in revenue for the North American BPO
between periods was due to new client programs, expansion of
existing client programs and $34.1 million resulting from
the acquisition of DAC. Further, the prior year included
approximately $45.4 million of revenue related to a
short-term government program that did not have 2006 revenues as
previously disclosed.
Revenues for the International BPO for 2006 compared to 2005
were $356.1 million and $325.0 million, respectively.
The increase in revenue for the International BPO between
periods was due to new client programs and the expansion of
existing client programs in Latin America and Europe.
Revenues for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2006 compared
to 2005 were $40.2 million and $82.8 million,
respectively. The decrease is due primarily to a net decrease in
the customer base as previously discussed.
Cost of
Services
Cost of services for the North American BPO for 2006 compared to
2005 were $589.8 million and $505.3 million,
respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the
North American BPO decreased compared to the prior year due to
the expansion of off-shore opportunities with a lower cost
structure. In absolute dollars, the increase in cost of services
corresponds to revenue growth from the implementation of new and
expanded client programs and $19.5 million resulting from
the acquisition of DAC.
Cost of services for the International BPO for 2006 compared to
2005 were $272.6 million and $262.3 million,
respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the
International BPO decreased due to increased capacity
utilization that resulted from the expansion of off-shore
opportunities with a lower cost structure. In absolute dollars,
the increase in cost of services corresponds to revenue growth
from the implementation of new or expanded client programs.
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2006
compared to 2005 were $23.1 million and $44.6 million,
respectively. The decrease from the prior year was primarily due
to the decrease in revenue and cost reductions.
Selling, General
and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the North
American BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were $111.6 million
and $82.8 million, respectively. The expenses increased in
both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue primarily
due to the stock option expense required by the adoption of
SFAS 123(R) (see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements), the acquisition of DAC and increased allocation of
corporate-level operating expenses.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
International BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were
$62.8 million and $61.7 million, respectively. These
expenses for the International BPO remained relatively constant
in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue. The slight
decrease as a percentage of revenue reflects reduced salaries
and benefits expense resulting from headcount
reductions
in our operations in Europe and Asia Pacific.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database
Marketing and Consulting for 2006 compared to 2005 were
$24.9 million and $37.8 million, respectively. The
decrease was primarily due to cost reductions and the lower
allocation of corporate-level operating expenses.
Depreciation and
Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense on a consolidated basis
for 2006 compared to 2005 were $51.4 million and
$53.3 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization
expense in both the North American BPO and the International BPO
remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
32
Depreciation and amortization expense in Database Marketing and
Consulting decreased compared to the prior year due to assets,
primarily software development costs, reaching the end of their
depreciable lives.
Restructuring
Charges, Net
During 2006, we recognized restructuring charges in the amount
of $1.1 million related to reductions in force across all
three segments and facility exit charges in the amount of
$0.8 million related to the International BPO. This was
offset by the reversal of $0.2 million in excess accruals
across both the North American BPO and the International BPO as
the actual costs incurred were less than the estimated accrual.
Impairment
Losses
During 2006, we recognized impairment losses of
$0.6 million related to the following items:
(i) $0.4 million related to the reduction of the net
book value of long-lived assets in New Zealand, Malaysia and
India to their then estimated fair values; and
(ii) $0.2 million for the difference between the
estimated and the actual value received for assets in the closed
South Korea Delivery Center.
Other Income
(Expense)
For 2006, interest income decreased by $0.5 million due to
less average daily cash and cash equivalent balances during the
year. Interest expense increased by $2.4 million due to
increased borrowings compared to the prior year due primarily to
the acquisition of DAC. The remaining change is primarily the
result of foreign currency transaction losses and unfavorable
settlements of non-operating items.
Income
Taxes
The effective tax rate (after minority interest) for 2006 was
22%. This compares to an effective tax rate (after minority
interest) of 8% in 2005. As discussed in Note 10 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2006 we reversed
$5.6 million of the deferred tax valuation allowance during
the year. In addition, we recorded new deferred tax assets of
$3.3 million associated with loss carry forwards that due
to a corporate restructuring, which are now available for use
against future taxable income. Without these items, our
effective tax rate (after minority interest) in 2006 would have
been 36%. The effective tax rate (after minority interest) in
2005 included the reversal of $12.7 million of deferred tax
valuation allowances and additional tax expenses (after minority
interest) of $3.7 million related to our Domestic
Reinvestment Plan. Without these items, our effective tax rate
(after minority interest) in 2005 would have also been 38%.
We expect that our effective tax rate (after minority interest)
in future periods will be approximately 35%.
33
Year Ended
December 31, 2005 Compared to December 31,
2004
The following table presents results of operations by segment
for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
Change
|
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
678,803
|
|
|
|
62.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
638,359
|
|
|
|
60.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,444
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
325,038
|
|
|
|
29.9
|
%
|
|
|
315,938
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
%
|
|
|
9,100
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
82,832
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
98,393
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
(15,561
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,052,690
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
33,983
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
505,328
|
|
|
|
74.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
476,155
|
|
|
|
74.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
29,173
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
262,273
|
|
|
|
80.7
|
%
|
|
|
255,681
|
|
|
|
80.9
|
%
|
|
|
6,592
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
44,573
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
%
|
|
|
42,685
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
%
|
|
|
1,888
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
812,174
|
|
|
|
74.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
774,521
|
|
|
|
73.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
37,653
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
82,834
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
70,849
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
11,985
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
61,663
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
57,855
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
37,765
|
|
|
|
45.6
|
%
|
|
|
36,926
|
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
182,262
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
165,630
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
16,632
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
26,806
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
32,175
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
(5,369
|
)
|
|
|
(16.7
|
)%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
16,963
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
17,313
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
(350
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
9,548
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
9,890
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
53,317
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
59,378
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
(6,061
|
)
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)%
|
Restructuring charges,
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
560
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(54.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,673
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,052
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
621
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
Impairment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
2,070
|
|
|
|
78.4
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,070
|
|
|
|
78.4
|
%
|
Income (loss) from
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
62,675
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
58,580
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,095
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
International BPO
|
|
|
(21,814
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(18,414
|
)
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,400
|
)
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
(9,325
|
)
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)%
|
|
|
8,302
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
(17,627
|
)
|
|
|
(212.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,536
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
(16,932
|
)
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
$
|
680
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
(14,263
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
$
|
14,943
|
|
|
|
(104.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income
taxes
|
|
$
|
(2,516
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(9,464
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
|
$
|
6,948
|
|
|
|
(73.4
|
)%
|
34
Revenue
Revenues for the North American BPO for 2005 compared to 2004
were $678.8 million and
$638.4 million, respectively. The increase in the North
American BPO revenue between periods was driven primarily by the
ramp up, during the third quarter that ended in the fourth
quarter, of a short-term U.S. Government program to aid in
hurricane relief efforts that generated $45 million in
revenue during 2005. Revenue also increased as a result of net
expansion of existing client programs, that was offset by
declining Minimum Commitments.
Revenues for the International BPO for 2005 compared to 2004
were $325.0 million and $315.9 million, respectively.
The increase was primarily due to growth in our operations in
Latin America and favorable changes in foreign currency exchange
rates. These were offset by the loss of certain client programs,
primarily in Scotland.
Revenues for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2005 compared
to 2004 were $82.8 million and $98.4 million,
respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in
their customer base.
Cost of
Services
Cost of services for the North American BPO for 2005 compared
2004 were $505.3 million and $476.2 million,
respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the
North American BPO was essentially flat compared to the prior
year. In absolute dollars, cost of services increased as a
result of the implementation of new programs, which was
partially offset by the implementation of our plans to reduce
costs and increase client profitability.
Cost of services for the International BPO for 2005 compared to
2004 were $262.3 million and $255.7 million,
respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the
International BPO decreased slightly compared to the prior year
due to our efforts to terminate
and/or
renegotiate unfavorable client contracts, which was offset by
increased costs from new client programs in Latin America.
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2005
compared to 2004 were $44.6 million and $42.7 million,
respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue for
Database Marketing and Consulting increased primarily due to
lower revenue without a corresponding decrease in costs. In
addition, costs increased when we transitioned certain
back-office functions to lower cost locations.
Selling, General
and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the North
American BPO for 2005 compared to 2004 were $82.8 million
and $70.9 million, respectively. The increase as a
percentage of revenue and in absolute dollars in the North
American BPO was related to increased sales and marketing
expenses, new product development and software maintenance.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
International BPO for 2005 compared to 2004 were
$61.7 million and $57.9 million, respectively. These
expenses in the International BPO increased both as a percentage
of revenue and in absolute dollars, as a result of changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, a regional litigation
settlement and increased salaries and benefits expense resulting
from headcount additions. These were offset by our efforts to
reduce costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database
Marketing and Consulting for 2005 compared to 2004 were
$37.8 million and $36.9 million, respectively. The
increase as a percentage of Revenue and in absolute dollars in
Database Marketing and Consulting was caused primarily by the
decrease in revenue as costs for selling, general and
administrative expenses are primarily fixed in nature.
Depreciation and
Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense for 2005 compared to 2004
on a consolidated basis were $53.3 million and
$59.4 million, respectively.
35
Depreciation and amortization expense in the North American BPO
decreased in absolute dollars between periods due to the closure
of certain facilities. Depreciation and amortization expenses in
the International BPO remained relatively unchanged.
Depreciation and amortization expense in Database Marketing and
Consulting also remained relatively unchanged, but increased as
a percentage of revenue due to the decrease in revenue discussed
above.
Restructuring
Charges, Net
During 2005, we recognized restructuring charges in the amount
of $2.1 million related to reductions in force across both
BPO segments and facility exit charges in the amount of
$0.7 million related to both BPO segments. This was offset
by the reversal of $0.1 million in excess accruals in the
North American BPO as the actual costs incurred were less than
the estimated accrual.
Impairment
Losses
During 2005, we recognized impairment losses in the amount of
$4.7 million related to the following items:
(i) $2.1 million change in the International BPO
related to its decision to close the Glasgow, Scotland Delivery
Center; (ii) $2.0 million charge in the International
BPO related to the impairment of long-lived assets in its
South Korea Delivery Center when we determined that we
would no longer serve clients from, or market, that Delivery
Center; and (iii) a $0.6 million impairment charge in
the North American BPO related to its decision to exit a lease
early and to discontinue use of certain software.
Other Income
(Expense)
Other income (expense) for 2005 compared to 2004 increased from
an expense of $14.3 million to income of $0.7 million,
respectively. Interest income decreased $1.3 million due to
less average daily cash and cash equivalents during the year.
Interest expense decreased $5.0 million due to decreased
borrowings resulting from the restructuring of our long-term
debt. We also incurred debt restructuring charges of
$10.4 million related to this restructuring. Included in
the debt restructuring charge for 2004 is $7.6 million of
one-time charges of which $6.4 million was a cash charge
and the remaining $1.2 million was a non-cash charge to
write-off previously capitalized debt issuance costs.
Additionally, we recorded a one-time charge of $2.8 million
related to the termination of an interest rate swap.
Income
Taxes
The effective tax rate (after minority interest) for 2005 was
8%. This included the reversal of $12.7 million of deferred
tax valuation allowances and additional tax expenses of
$3.7 million related to our Domestic Reinvestment Plan.
Without these items, our effective tax rate (after minority
interest) in 2005 would have been 38%.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity during 2006 were existing cash
balances, cash generated from operations and borrowings under
the Companys revolving line of credit. We expect that our
future working capital, capital expenditures and debt service
requirements will be satisfied primarily from existing cash
balances and cash generated from operations. Our ability to
generate positive future operating and net cash flows is
dependent upon, among other things, our ability to sell new
business, expand existing client relationships and efficiently
manage our operating costs.
The amount of capital required in 2007 will also depend on our
levels of investment in infrastructure necessary to maintain,
upgrade, or replace existing assets. Our working capital and
capital expenditure requirements could increase materially in
the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other
factors. These factors could require that we raise additional
capital in the future.
The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities
during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
36
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days
of their maturity to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash
equivalents totaled $60.5 million and $32.5 million as
of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Cash Flows from
Operating Activities
We reinvest our cash flows from operating activities in our
business or in the purchases of treasury stock. For the years
2006, 2005 and 2004, we reported net cash flows provided by
operating activities of $94.7 million, $41.5 million
and $112.7 million, respectively. The increase from 2005 to
2006 resulted from increased net income as well as changes in
working capital accounts. The decrease from 2004 to 2005
resulted from changes in working capital accounts, primarily due
to increased accounts receivable. The increase in accounts
receivable primarily resulted from the
ramp-up of
the short-term U.S. Government program discussed previously and
other new or expanded clients that ramped in the fourth quarter
of 2005.
Cash Flows from
Investing Activities
We reinvest cash in our business primarily to grow our client
base and to expand our infrastructure. For the years 2006, 2005
and 2004, we reported net cash flows used in investing
activities of $113.0 million, $41.4 million and
$42.1 million, respectively. The increase from 2005 to 2006
resulted from the acquisition of DAC and expanded capital
expenditures for our embedded client base as well as new client
contracts. The amount from 2004 to 2005 remained relatively
consistent.
Cash Flows from
Financing Activities
For the years 2006, 2005 and 2004, we reported net cash flows
provided by (used in) financing activities of
$43.7 million, ($36.1) million and ($123.0) million,
respectively. The change from 2005 to 2006 resulted from a
decrease in the purchase of treasury stock and increased
exercises of stock options. The change from 2004 to 2005 relates
primarily to the fact that in 2004 we restructured our debt and
there was no such transaction in 2005.
Free Cash
Flow
Free cash flow (see Presentation of
Non-GAAP Measurements for definition of free cash
flow) was $29.2 million, $3.9 million and
$71.0 million for the years 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. The increase from 2005 to 2006 primarily resulted
from higher cash flows from operations, which outpaced the
increase in capital expenditures. The decrease from 2004 to 2005
resulted from lower cash flows from operations due to increased
accounts receivable balances from the ramp up of the short-term
government program discussed above.
Obligations and
Future Capital Requirements
Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual
obligations are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
2 to 3
|
|
|
4 to 5
|
|
|
Over
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Line of credit(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Grant advances(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,451
|
|
|
|
7,451
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
18,974
|
|
|
|
24,135
|
|
|
|
6,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,227
|
|
Operating lease commitments(2)
|
|
|
25,840
|
|
|
|
37,637
|
|
|
|
25,292
|
|
|
|
34,613
|
|
|
|
123,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
44,814
|
|
|
$
|
61,772
|
|
|
$
|
96,410
|
|
|
$
|
42,064
|
|
|
$
|
245,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets |
|
(2) |
|
Not reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets |
37
Purchase
Obligations
Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications
clients (which currently represents approximately 30% of our
annual revenue) to provide us with telecommunication services.
We believe these contracts are negotiated on an arms-length
basis and may be negotiated at different times and with
different legal entities.
Future Capital
Requirements
We expect total capital expenditures in 2007 to be approximately
$60.0 million. 77% of the expected capital expenditures in
2007 are related to the opening
and/or
expansion of Delivery Centers and 23% relates to the maintenance
capital required for existing assets and internal technology
projects. The anticipated level of 2007 capital expenditures is
primarily dependent upon new client contracts and the
corresponding requirements for additional Delivery Center
capacity as well as enhancements to our technological
infrastructure.
We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers,
acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such transactions
could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant
assets, businesses or interests, including joint ventures, or
the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and
could be material to the consolidated financial condition and
consolidated results of our operations.
The launch of large client contracts may result in negative
working capital because of the time period between incurring the
costs for training and launching the program and the beginning
of the accounts receivable collection process. As a result,
periodically we may generate negative cash flows from operating
activities.
Debt Instruments
and Related Covenants
We discuss debt instruments and related covenants in
Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Client
Concentration
Our five largest clients accounted for 42%, 47% and 52% of our
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively. In addition, these five clients accounted
for an even greater proportional share of our consolidated
earnings. The profitability of services provided to these
clients varies greatly based upon the specific contract terms
with any particular client. In addition, clients may adjust
business volumes served by us based on their business
requirements. The relative contribution of any single client to
consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative
revenue contribution on a consolidated basis. We believe the
risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the
long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although
certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by
either party, this risk is mitigated, in part, by the service
level disruptions that would arise for our clients.
The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2009
and 2010. Additionally, a particular client can have multiple
contracts with different expiration dates. We have historically
renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients. However,
there is no assurance that future contracts will be renewed, or
if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing
contracts.
Recently Issued
Accounting Pronouncements
We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting
pronouncements in Note 1 and Note 10 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Business
Outlook
For 2007, we estimate that revenue will grow approximately
15 percent over 2006 as we focus on achieving our
previously stated goal of reaching a $1.5 billion revenue
run-rate by the fourth quarter 2007. Furthermore, we believe
that fourth quarter 2007 operating margin will increase to
10 percent, excluding unusual charges, if any.
38
For 2008, we believe that revenue will grow between 12% and 15%
and operating margin will improve by approximately
200 basis points over 2007.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our
consolidated financial position, consolidated results of
operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in
financial and commodity market prices and rates. We are exposed
to market risk in the areas of changes in U.S. interest
rates, LIBOR and foreign currency exchange rates as measured
against the U.S. dollar. These exposures are directly
related to our normal operating and funding activities. As of
December 31, 2006, we had entered into financial hedge
instruments with several financial institutions to manage and
reduce the impact of changes, principally the U.S./Canadian
dollar exchange rates.
Interest Rate
Risk
The interest rate on our Credit Facility is variable based upon
the Prime Rate and LIBOR and, therefore, is affected by changes
in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2006, there
was a $65.0 million outstanding balance under the Credit
Facility. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased 100 basis
points, there would not be a material impact to our financial
position or results of operations.
Foreign Currency
Risk
We have operations in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada,
China, England, Germany, India, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand,
Northern Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, Singapore and
Spain. The expenses from these operations and in some cases the
revenue, are denominated in local currency, thereby creating
exposures to changes in exchange rates. As a result, we may
experience substantial foreign currency translation gains or
losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the
U.S. dollar, which may positively or negatively affect our
results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, revenue from
non-U.S. countries
represented 64% and 56% of our consolidated revenue,
respectively.
A global business strategy for us is to serve certain clients
from Delivery Centers located in other foreign countries,
including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, India, Malaysia, Mexico and
the Philippines, in order to leverage lower operating costs in
these foreign countries. In order to mitigate the risk of these
foreign currencies from strengthening against the functional
currency of the contracting subsidiary, which thereby decreases
the economic benefit of performing work in these countries, we
may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the foreign currency
exposure related to client programs served from these foreign
countries. While our hedging strategy can protect us from
adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short-term, an
overall strengthening of the foreign currencies would adversely
impact margins in the segments of the contracting subsidiary
over the long-term.
The majority of this exposure is related to work performed from
Delivery Centers located in Canada and the Philippines. During
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the
Canadian dollar appreciated against the U.S. dollar by
0.1%, 3.3% and 6.7%, respectively. We have contracted with
several financial institutions on behalf of our Canadian
subsidiary to acquire a total of $167.3 million Canadian
dollars through June 2010 at a fixed price in U.S. dollars
not to exceed $150.6 million. However, certain contracts,
representing $27.6 million in Canadian dollars, give us the
right (but not obligation) to purchase the Canadian dollars. If
the Canadian dollar depreciates relative to the contracted
exchange rate, we will elect to purchase the Canadian dollars at
the then beneficial market exchange rate.
During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the
Philippine peso appreciated against the U.S. dollar by 7.5%
and 5.9%, respectively, and during the year ended
December 31, 2004, the Philippine peso depreciated by 1.4%.
We have contracted with several financial institutions on behalf
of our Philippine subsidiary to acquire a total of
2.6 billion Philippine pesos through October 2008 at a
fixed price of $50.5 million U.S. dollars.
As of December 31, 2006, we had total derivative assets and
(liabilities) associated with foreign exchange contracts of
$3.5 million and ($6.5) million, respectively. The
Canadian dollar derivative assets
39
and (liabilities) represented $0.9 million and
($6.5) million, respectively of the consolidated balance.
Further, 77% of the asset value and 49% of the liability
balance, settles within the next twelve months. The Philippine
peso derivative assets represented $2.1 million of the
consolidated balance. Further, 89% of the asset value settles
within the next twelve months. If the U.S./Canadian dollar or
U.S. dollar/Philippine peso exchange rate were to increase
or decrease by 10% from current period-end levels, we would
incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any
gain or loss would be mitigated by corresponding gains or losses
in our underlying exposures.
Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the
majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign
operations are denominated in the respective local currency
while some transactions are denominated in other currencies. For
example, the intercompany transactions that are expected to be
settled are denominated in the local currency of the billing
subsidiary. Since the accounting records of our foreign
operations are kept in the respective local currency, any
transactions denominated in other currencies are accounted for
in the respective local currency at the time of the transaction.
Upon settlement of such a transaction, any foreign currency gain
or loss results in an adjustment to income. We do not currently
engage in hedging activities related to these types of foreign
currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we
endeavor to settle these accounts on a timely basis.
Fair Value of
Debt and Equity Securities
We did not have any investments in debt or equity securities as
of December 31, 2006.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements required by this item are located
beginning on
page F-1
of this report and incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
We have had no changes in or disagreements with our independent
auditors regarding accounting or financial disclosure matters.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure
that information required to be disclosed in the reports that
the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures have
also been designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under
the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including the principal executive
officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Evaluation of
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
we have included a report on managements assessment of the
design and effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Our
independent registered public accounting firm also audited and
reported on managements assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting. Managements
report and the independent registered public accounting
firms attestation report are included under the captions
entitled Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting and Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting in Item 15 of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
and are incorporated herein by reference.
40
Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2006, our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer of
the Company have concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) are effective.
Changes in
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in our internal control over financial
reporting during the fourth quarter of 2006 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER
INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Information concerning our executive officers is set forth in
Item 4A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
under the caption Executive Officers of TeleTech Holdings,
Inc.
Information with respect to our directors is incorporated herein
by reference to the information Election of
Directors in our definitive proxy statement to be filed
with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the 2007 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement).
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
We hereby incorporate by reference the information to appear
under the caption Executive Officers Executive
Compensation in our definitive Proxy Statement for our
2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, provided, however, that
neither the Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive
Compensation nor the Performance Graph set forth therein shall
be incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 12. SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
We hereby incorporate by reference the information to appear
under the captions Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Equity
Compensation Plan Information in our definitive Proxy
Statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We hereby incorporate by reference the information to appear
under the captions Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions in our definitive Proxy Statement for our
2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES
We hereby incorporate by reference the information to appear
under the caption Independent Audit Fees in our
definitive Proxy Statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
41
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS,
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
.
|
|
Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Index to Consolidated
Financial Statements is set forth on
page F-1
of this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.
|
|
Financial Statement
Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All schedules for TeleTech have
been omitted since the required information is not present or
not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the
schedule, or because the information is included in the
respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
.
|
|
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock
Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended
and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTechs
Form S-8
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-69668)
filed on September 19, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended
and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTechs
Form S-8
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-96617)
filed on July 17, 2002)
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Newgen Results Corporation 1996
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Newgen Results Corporations
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-62703)
filed on September 2, 1998)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Newgen Results Corporation 1998
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to Newgen Results Corporations
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-62703)
filed on September 2, 1998)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Client Services Agreement,
1996 version (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 1 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on June 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Agreement for Customer Interaction
Center Management Between United Parcel General Services Co. and
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 4 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration No.
333-04097)
filed on July 30, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Client Services Agreement dated
May 1, 1997, between TeleTech Customer Care Management
(Telecommunications), Inc. and GTE Card Services Incorporated
d/b/a GTE Solutions (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 to TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Operating Agreement for Ford
Tel II, LLC effective February 24, 2000 by and among
Ford Motor Company and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to TeleTechs Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of
October 29, 2002 among TeleTech, Bank of America, N.A. and
the other Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Lease and
Deed of Trust Agreement dated June 22, 2000 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to TeleTechs Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Amended and Restated Participation
Agreement dated June 22, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to TeleTechs Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Private Placement of Senior Notes
pursuant to Note Purchase Agreement dated October 30, 2001
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
May 15, 2001 between James Kaufman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
August 16, 2000 between James Kaufman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement dated October 27, 1999 between Michael E. Foss
and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to
TeleTechs Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Promissory Note dated
November 28, 2000 by Sean Erickson for the benefit of
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Promissory Note dated
March 28, 2001 by Sean Erickson for the benefit of TeleTech
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
October 1, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Letter Agreement dated
January 11, 2001 between Chris Batson and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
January 29, 2001 between Chris Batson and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Letter Agreement dated
January 26, 2001 between Jeffrey Sperber and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
March 5, 2001 between Jeffrey Sperber and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
First Amendment to Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of February 1, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and each of the institutional investors
party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29
to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on March 8, 2004
(Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Second Amendment to Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 by and among TeleTech
Holdings, Inc. and each of the institutional investors party
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to
TeleTechs Form 10K filed on March 8, 2004 (Commission
File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Third Amendment to Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and each of the institutional investors
party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31
to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on March 8, 2004
(Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
First Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.32 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of June 30, 2003 by and among TeleTech
Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America,
N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.33 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of October 24, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.34 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Intercreditor and Collateral
Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 2003 among various
creditors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.35 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Pledge Agreement dated as of
October 24, 2003 by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., each
subsidiary of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.36 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Security Agreement dated as of
October 24, 2003 by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., each
subsidiary of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.37 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.38*
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., Insight Enterprises, Inc. and Direct
Alliance Corporation dated June 14, 2006
|
|
10
|
.39*
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders
named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as
Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated
as of September 28, 2006
|
|
10
|
.40*
|
|
First Amendment to the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as
Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank
National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and
Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
List of subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of CEO of TeleTech
|
|
31
|
.2*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of CFO of TeleTech
|
|
32
|
*
|
|
Written Statement of Chief
Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer Pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed
pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report. |
44
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned;
thereunto duly authorized on February 7, 2007.
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kenneth
D. Tuchman
|
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below on February 7,
2007, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
D. Tuchman
Kenneth
D. Tuchman
|
|
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
R. Troka,
Jr.
John
R. Troka, Jr.
|
|
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING
OFFICER
Vice President Finance Global Operations and
Interim Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
E. Barlett
James
E. Barlett
|
|
DIRECTOR
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
A.
Linnenbringer
William
A. Linnenbringer
|
|
DIRECTOR
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ruth
C. Lipper
Ruth
C. Lipper
|
|
DIRECTOR
|
|
|
|
/s/ Shrikant
Mehta
Shrikant
Mehta
|
|
DIRECTOR
|
|
|
|
/s/ Shirley
Young
Shirley
Young
|
|
DIRECTOR
|
45
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TELETECH HOLDINGS,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the
Board of Directors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholders equity
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, in fiscal year 2006, Teletech Holdings, inc. changed
its method for stock-based compensation in accordance with the
guidance provided in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.s internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission and our report dated February 7, 2007
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Denver, Colorado
February 7, 2007
F-2
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f).
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim
Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2006 based on the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2006.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006 has been audited by Ernst &
Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as
stated in their report which is included elsewhere herein.
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
February 7, 2007
John R. Troka, Jr.
Interim Chief Financial Officer
February 7, 2007
F-3
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Stockholders and the
Board of Directors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited managements assessment, included in the
section entitled Managements Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting, that TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the
Company) maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). TeleTech Holdings,
Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness
of the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that TeleTech
Holdings, Inc. maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly
stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria.
Also, in our opinion, TeleTech Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO
criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
income, stockholders equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and our
report dated February 7, 2007 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.
Denver, Colorado
February 7, 2007
F-4
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
60,484
|
|
|
$
|
32,505
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
237,353
|
|
|
|
207,090
|
|
Prepaids and other current assets
|
|
|
34,552
|
|
|
|
29,004
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
12,212
|
|
|
|
12,990
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
16,543
|
|
|
|
16,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
361,144
|
|
|
|
297,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
156,047
|
|
|
|
133,635
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
58,234
|
|
|
|
32,077
|
|
Contract acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
9,674
|
|
|
|
12,874
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
44,585
|
|
|
|
30,621
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
29,032
|
|
|
|
15,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term assets
|
|
|
297,572
|
|
|
|
224,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
658,716
|
|
|
$
|
522,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
30,738
|
|
|
$
|
30,096
|
|
Accrued employee compensation and
benefits
|
|
|
76,071
|
|
|
|
59,196
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
39,165
|
|
|
|
40,583
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
26,211
|
|
|
|
17,398
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
2,556
|
|
Other short-term liabilities
|
|
|
9,521
|
|
|
|
11,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
182,015
|
|
|
|
160,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
26,700
|
|
Grant advances
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
6,476
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
6,741
|
|
|
|
6,821
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
27,676
|
|
|
|
21,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
107,417
|
|
|
|
61,339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
289,432
|
|
|
|
222,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
5,877
|
|
|
|
6,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and
contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock; $.01 par value;
150,000,000 shares authorized; 70,103,437 and
69,162,448 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006
and 2005, respectively
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
Preferred stock; $0.01 par;
10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
162,519
|
|
|
|
146,367
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
5,730
|
|
|
|
3,698
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
194,457
|
|
|
|
142,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
363,407
|
|
|
|
293,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
658,716
|
|
|
$
|
522,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive
Income
(Amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,211,297
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
885,602
|
|
|
|
812,174
|
|
|
|
774,521
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
199,226
|
|
|
|
182,262
|
|
|
|
165,630
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
51,429
|
|
|
|
53,317
|
|
|
|
59,378
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
1,630
|
|
|
|
2,673
|
|
|
|
2,052
|
|
Impairment losses
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,138,452
|
|
|
|
1,055,137
|
|
|
|
1,004,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from
operations
|
|
|
72,845
|
|
|
|
31,536
|
|
|
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income
(expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,209
|
|
|
|
2,789
|
|
|
|
4,045
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5,943
|
)
|
|
|
(3,510
|
)
|
|
|
(8,542
|
)
|
Debt restructuring charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,402
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(725
|
)
|
|
|
1,401
|
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
(14,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and
minority interest
|
|
|
68,386
|
|
|
|
32,216
|
|
|
|
34,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(14,676
|
)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)
|
|
|
(9,464
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before minority
interest
|
|
|
53,710
|
|
|
|
29,700
|
|
|
|
24,741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
(1,868
|
)
|
|
|
(1,542
|
)
|
|
|
(738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
51,842
|
|
|
$
|
28,158
|
|
|
$
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
7,433
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
|
|
|
(5,401
|
)
|
|
|
(2,703
|
)
|
|
|
3,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
9,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
53,874
|
|
|
$
|
28,607
|
|
|
$
|
33,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
69,184
|
|
|
|
72,121
|
|
|
|
74,751
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
70,615
|
|
|
|
73,631
|
|
|
|
76,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
Preferred
Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2003
|
|
|
75,008
|
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
195,916
|
|
|
$
|
5,100
|
|
|
$
|
(6,708
|
)
|
|
$
|
90,454
|
|
|
$
|
285,512
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,064
|
|
Purchases through employee stock
purchase plan
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,130
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
Purchases of common stock
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,601
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,609
|
)
|
Amortization of deferred
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2004
|
|
|
74,932
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198,989
|
|
|
|
5,100
|
|
|
|
3,249
|
|
|
|
114,457
|
|
|
|
322,545
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,158
|
|
|
|
28,158
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,703
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,703
|
)
|
Purchases through employee stock
purchase plan
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
1,269
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,387
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,763
|
|
Purchases of common stock
|
|
|
(7,104
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(67,774
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(67,841
|
)
|
Expiration of stock purchase
warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,100
|
|
|
|
(5,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2005
|
|
|
69,162
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,698
|
|
|
|
142,615
|
|
|
|
293,374
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,842
|
|
|
|
51,842
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,433
|
|
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,401
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,401
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,434
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,385
|
|
Compensation expense from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,916
|
|
Purchases of common stock
|
|
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,563
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,576
|
)
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2006
|
|
|
70,103
|
|
|
$
|
701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
162,519
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,730
|
|
|
$
|
194,457
|
|
|
$
|
363,407
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
51,842
|
|
|
$
|
28,158
|
|
|
$
|
24,003
|
|
Adjustment to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
51,429
|
|
|
|
53,317
|
|
|
|
59,378
|
|
Amortization of contract
acquisition costs
|
|
|
3,392
|
|
|
|
3,890
|
|
|
|
4,631
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
2,723
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
546
|
|
Impairment losses
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(10,526
|
)
|
|
|
(23,003
|
)
|
|
|
(1,698
|
)
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,763
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
Compensation expense from stock
options
|
|
|
6,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
308
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(19,098
|
)
|
|
|
(58,310
|
)
|
|
|
(2,386
|
)
|
Prepaids and other assets
|
|
|
(11,589
|
)
|
|
|
1,222
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
Accounts payable and other accrued
expenses
|
|
|
15,347
|
|
|
|
22,253
|
|
|
|
25,265
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
5,498
|
|
|
|
(7,231
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
94,734
|
|
|
|
41,486
|
|
|
|
112,681
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of a business, net of
cash acquired of $0.5 million
|
|
|
(45,802
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
(65,528
|
)
|
|
|
(37,606
|
)
|
|
|
(41,677
|
)
|
Payment for contract acquisition
costs
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(2,160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of intangible assets
|
|
|
(1,510
|
)
|
|
|
(1,587
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(113,013
|
)
|
|
|
(41,353
|
)
|
|
|
(42,101
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from lines of credit
|
|
$
|
468,400
|
|
|
|
412,500
|
|
|
|
145,900
|
|
Payments on lines of credit
|
|
|
(430,100
|
)
|
|
|
(385,800
|
)
|
|
|
(184,900
|
)
|
Payments on long-term debt and
capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(332
|
)
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
(75,358
|
)
|
Payments of debt refinancing fees
|
|
|
(923
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
Payment on grant advances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,780
|
)
|
Payments from minority shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
Payments to minority shareholder
|
|
|
(2,594
|
)
|
|
|
(3,354
|
)
|
|
|
(3,600
|
)
|
Payments from employee stock
purchase plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
19,430
|
|
|
|
7,387
|
|
|
|
5,130
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
6,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock
|
|
|
(16,576
|
)
|
|
|
(67,841
|
)
|
|
|
(5,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
|
|
|
43,690
|
|
|
|
(36,086
|
)
|
|
|
(123,010
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,568
|
|
|
|
(6,608
|
)
|
|
|
(14,159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
27,979
|
|
|
|
(42,561
|
)
|
|
|
(66,589
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
32,505
|
|
|
|
75,066
|
|
|
|
141,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
year
|
|
$
|
60,484
|
|
|
$
|
32,505
|
|
|
$
|
75,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
disclosures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
4,089
|
|
|
$
|
733
|
|
|
$
|
9,757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
|
$
|
22,071
|
|
|
$
|
10,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
(1) OVERVIEW
AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Overview
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (TeleTech or the
Company) serves its clients through two primary
businesses: (i) Business Process Outsourcing
(BPO), which provides outsourced business process,
customer management and marketing services for a variety of
industries via operations in the United States
(U.S.), Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China,
England, Germany, India, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern
Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, Singapore and Spain; and
(ii) Database Marketing and Consulting, which provides
outsourced database management, direct marketing and related
customer acquisition and retention services for automotive
dealerships and manufacturers in North America.
Basis of
Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the
accounts of TeleTech, its wholly owned subsidiaries and its
majority owned subsidiaries Percepta, LLC and TeleTech Services
(India) Limited. All intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in 2005 and
2004 have been reclassified in the consolidated financial
statements to conform to the 2006 presentation.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States (U.S.) requires management to make
estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at
the date of the consolidated financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. The Companys use of accounting estimates is
primarily in the areas of (i) forecasting future taxable
income for determining whether deferred tax valuation allowances
are necessary; (ii) providing for self-insurance reserves,
litigation reserves and restructuring reserves;
(iii) estimating future estimated cash flows for evaluating
the carrying value of long-lived assets including goodwill; and
(iv) assessing recoverability of accounts receivable and
providing for allowance for doubtful accounts.
Concentration of
Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of
business, primarily related to accounts receivable and
derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to
credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors
its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and
future exposures resulting in a loss. The Company evaluates the
creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an
agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part
of the processes for revenue recognition and accounts
receivable. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more
than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging
activities, as the counter parties are established,
well-capitalized financial institutions.
Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
Fair values of cash equivalents and current accounts receivable
and payable approximate the carrying amounts because of their
short-term nature. Long-term debt carried on the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and
2005 has a carrying value that approximates its estimated fair
value.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Company considers all cash and investments with an original
maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
F-9
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Derivatives
The Company uses forward and option contracts to manage risks
generally associated with foreign exchange rate volatility. The
Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option
contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate
fluctuations on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies.
These transactions are designated as cash flow hedges in
accordance with the criteria established in Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (SFAS 133).
SFAS 133 requires every derivative instrument (including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) to
be recorded in the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets as
either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with
changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, a component of
Stockholders Equity. SFAS 133 requires that changes
in a derivatives fair value be recognized currently in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.
SFAS 133 also requires that a company must formally
document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions
that receive hedge accounting treatment. Based on the criteria
established by SFAS 133, all of the Companys cash
flow hedge contracts are deemed effective. The settlement of
these derivatives will result in reclassifications from
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to earnings in the period
during which the hedged transactions affect earnings.
While the Company expects that its derivative instruments will
continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if the
hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if the Company did
not believe that forecasted transactions would occur, the
changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges
would be reflected currently in earnings.
Property, Plant
and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions,
improvements and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance,
repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Amounts
paid for software licenses and third-party-packaged software are
capitalized.
Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line
method based on the following estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Building
|
|
|
25 years
|
|
Computer equipment and software
|
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
|
Telephone equipment
|
|
|
4 to 7 years
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
5 to 7 years
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3 to 15 years
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3 to 7 years
|
|
The Company depreciates assets acquired under capital leases and
leasehold improvements associated with operating leases over the
shorter of the expected useful life or the initial term of the
leases.
During the year, the Company evaluates the carrying value of its
Delivery Centers in accordance with SFAS No. 144
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets (SFAS 144) to assess whether
future operating results are sufficient to recover the carrying
costs of these long-lived assets. The Company believes a
sufficient period of time, generally two years, is required to
establish market presence and build a client base for new or
revalued centers in order to access recoverability.
The Company evaluates all centers quarterly, even those in
operation less than two years, for other factors which could
impact their recoverability. When the operating results of a
Delivery Center have
F-10
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
reasonably progressed to a point making it likely that the site
will continue to sustain losses in the future, or there is a
current expectation that a Delivery Center will be closed or
otherwise disposed of before the end of its previously estimated
useful life, the Company selects the Delivery Center for further
review. For Delivery Centers selected for further review, the
Company estimates the future estimated
probability-weighted cash flows from operating the Delivery
Centers over their useful lives. Significant judgment is
involved in projecting future capacity utilization, pricing,
labor costs and the estimated useful lives. For impaired
Delivery Centers, the Company writes the assets down to their
estimated fair market value.
Software
Development Costs
The Company accounts for software development costs in
accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position
98-1
Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use, which requires that certain
costs related to the development or purchase of internal-use
software be capitalized. These costs are amortized over the
expected useful life of the software. The Company assesses the
recoverability of its capitalized software costs, on a quarterly
basis, based upon analyses of expected future cash flows of
services utilizing the software. Capitalized software costs are
included in Property, Plant and Equipment, Net in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the
fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the
reporting units one level below the segment level for the
Company in accordance with SFAS No. 142 Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142).
Impairment, if any, is measured based on the estimated fair
value of the reporting unit. The Company determines fair value
based on discounted estimated future
probability-weighted cash flows although other methods are
allowable. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of
goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value. The Companys
policy is to test goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter
of each year unless circumstances indicate an impairment may
exist during an intervening period.
Contract
Acquisition Costs
Amounts paid to or on behalf of clients to obtain long-term
contracts are capitalized and amortized in proportion to the
initial expected future revenue from the contract, which in most
cases results in
straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. These
costs are recorded as a reduction to Revenue in accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
No. 01-09
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a
Customer or Reseller of the Vendors Products. On a
quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the recoverability of
these costs based upon evaluations of the individual underlying
client contracts estimated future cash flows.
Other Intangible
Assets
The Company accounts for other intangible assets, which include
trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements in
accordance with SFAS 142. Definite life intangible assets
are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the
contract or benefit period, which generally ranges from two to
10 years. Impairment, if any, is determined based upon
management reviews whereby, estimated undiscounted future cash
flows associated with these assets or operations are compared
with their carrying value to determine if a write-down to fair
value (normally measured by the expected present value
technique) is required. Other intangible assets are included in
Other Long-term Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
F-11
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Self Insurance
Liabilities
The Company self-insures for certain levels of workers
compensation, employee health insurance and general liability
insurance. The Company records estimated liabilities for these
insurance lines based upon analyses of historical claims
experience performed by independent actuaries. The most
significant assumption the Company makes in estimating these
liabilities is that future claims experience will emerge in a
similar pattern with historical claims experience. The
liabilities related to workers compensation and employee
health insurance are included in Accrued Employee Compensation
and Benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The liability for other general liability insurance is included
in Other Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets
Restructuring
Liabilities
SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities
(SFAS 146) specifies that a liability for a
cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized
when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to a
plan. Management assesses the profitability and utilization of
the Companys Delivery Centers on a quarterly basis and in
some cases, management has chosen to close under-performing
Delivery Centers and complete reductions in force to enhance
future profitability.
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of
estimated liability for closing Delivery Centers is the
estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant centers,
which the Company determines based on a third-party
brokers assessment of the Companys ability to
successfully negotiate early termination agreements with
landlords
and/or to
sublease the facility. If the assumptions regarding early
termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments
prove to be inaccurate, the Company may be required to record
additional losses, or conversely, a future gain, in its
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
The accrual for Restructuring Liabilities is included in Other
Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Grant
Advances
From time to time, the Company has received grants from local or
state governments as an incentive to locate Delivery Centers in
their jurisdictions. The Companys policy is to account for
grant monies received in advance as a liability and recognize
them as income over the life of the grant after it has met the
grant conditions set forth in the agreement.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS 109), which requires recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included
in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between the financial statement and tax
basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to
reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a
valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the
realization criteria of SFAS 109.
The Company provides for U.S. income taxes expense on the
earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless the subsidiaries
earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S.
Stock Option
Accounting
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted (SFAS)
No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R)), applying the modified
prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock
options, to be recognized in the
F-12
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
and Comprehensive Income at the fair value of the award on the
grant date. Under the modified prospective method, the Company
is required to record equity-based compensation expense for all
awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested
portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date
of adoption. The fair values of all stock options granted by the
Company are determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton model
(B-S-M Model).
Foreign Currency
Translation
The assets and liabilities of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the
U.S. dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect
on the last day of the period and income and expenses are
translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the
reporting period. The net effect of translation gains and losses
are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, which is a separate
component of Stockholders Equity. Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses are included in Other Income
(Expense) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive Income. Intercompany loans are
generally treated as permanently invested as settlement is not
planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future. Accordingly,
such foreign currency transactions are recorded in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue at the time services are
performed. The Companys BPO business recognizes revenue as
follows:
Production Rate Revenue is recognized based
on the billable hours or minutes of each agent, as defined in
the client contract. The rate per billable hour or minute is
based on a predetermined contractual rate. This contractual rate
can fluctuate based on the Companys performance against
certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and
performance.
Performance-based Under performance-based
arrangements, the Company is paid by its clients based on
achievement of certain levels of sales or other
client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. The
Company recognizes performance-based revenue by measuring its
actual results against the performance criteria specified in the
contracts. Amounts collected from clients prior to the
performance of services are recorded as deferred revenue.
Hybrid Under hybrid models the Company is
paid a fixed fee or production element as well as a
performance-based element.
Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly
billings based upon whether the Company meets or exceeds certain
performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or
decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms
are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, as earned or
incurred.
In addition, the Companys Database and Marketing Segment
enters into certain client contracts in which the contractual
billing periods do not coincide with the periods over which the
services are provided. In those instances, the Company
recognizes Revenue straight-line over the life of the contract.
Start-Up
Training Revenue and Costs
The Company follows EITF
No. 00-21
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
(EITF
00-21),
which provides guidance on how to account for multiple element
contracts. The Company has determined that
EITF 00-21
requires the deferral of revenue for the initial training that
occurs upon commencement of a new client contract if that
training is billed separately to a client. Accordingly, the
F-13
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and
related expenses, are also deferred. In these circumstances,
both the training revenue and costs are amortized straight-line
over the life of the client contract as a component of Revenue
and Cost of Services, respectively, in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
In situations where these initial training costs are not billed
separately, but rather included in the hourly service rates paid
by the client over the life of the contract, no deferral is
necessary as the revenue is being recognized over the life of
the contract and the associated training expenses are expensed
as incurred.
The deferred
Start-Up
Training Revenue is recorded as a component of Other Short-term
Liabilities or Other Long-term liabilities in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon the remaining term of the
underlying client contracts.
The deferred
Start-Up
Training Costs are recorded as a component of Prepaids and Other
Current Assets or Other Long-term Assets in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon the remaining term of the
underlying client contracts.
Deferred
Revenue
The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned,
as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded as a component
of Other Short-term Liabilities or Other Long-term Liabilities
based on their maturity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Operating
Leases
The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays,
landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of
the rent payments over the term of their operating leases. In
accordance with SFAS No. 13 Accounting for
Leases, Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Technical
Bulletin 88-1
Issues Relating to Accounting for Leases, and FASB
Technical
Bulletin 85-3
Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent
Increases, the Company recognizes rent holidays and rent
escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The
landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and
amortized on a straight line over the lease term. Deferred rent
liabilities are included in Other Long-term Liabilities in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Net Income Per
Share
Basic Net Income per Share is computed by dividing the
Companys Consolidated Net Income by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding. The impact of any
potentially dilutive securities is excluded. Diluted Net Income
per Share is computed by dividing the Companys
Consolidated Net Income by the weighted average number of shares
including dilutive potential common shares outstanding during
the period.
Recently Issued
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes An
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 is effective as of the
beginning of the first annual period beginning after
December 15, 2006. FIN 48 defines the threshold for
recognizing the tax benefits of a tax return filing position in
the financial statements as more-likely-than-not to
be sustained by the taxing authority. This is different than the
accounting practice currently followed by the Company, which is
to recognize the best estimate of the impact of a tax position
only when the position is probable of being
sustained on audit based solely on the technical merits of the
position. The term probable is consistent with the
use of the term in SFAS No. 5 Accounting for
Contingencies, to mean that the future event or
events are likely to occur. See Note 10 for further
discussion on the Companys review of this recently issued
pronouncement.
F-14
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(2) ACQUISITIONS
On June 30, 2006, the Company acquired 100 percent of
the outstanding common shares of Direct Alliance Corporation
(DAC) from Insight Enterprises, Inc. (NASDAQ: NSIT).
DAC is a provider of outsourced direct marketing services to
third parties in the U.S. and its acquisition is consistent with
the Companys strategy to grow and to focus on providing
outsourced marketing, sales and BPO solutions to large
multinational clients. DAC is included in the Companys
North American BPO segment.
The preliminary total purchase price of $46.4 million in
cash was funded utilizing the Companys Credit Facility.
The purchase agreement provides for the seller to
(i) receive a future payment of up to $11.0 million
based upon the earnings of DAC for the last six months of 2006
exceeding specified amounts and (ii) pay the Company up to
$5.0 million in the event certain clients of DAC do not
renew, on substantially similar terms, their service agreement
with DAC as set forth in the purchase agreement. DAC did not
meet the base targets for 2006 and therefore no adjustment to
the purchase price was made for the first item. In addition, a
contract with an existing client has not been finalized and
therefore no adjustment to the purchase price has been made for
the second item.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed was based upon the
Companys intention to make a 338 election for income tax
reporting for the acquisition of DAC and was as follows (amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
14,548
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
9,100
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
24,438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
52,496
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(6,123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(6,123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
46,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company acquired identifiable intangible assets as a result
of the acquisition of DAC. The intangible assets acquired,
excluding costs in excess of net assets acquired, are
preliminarily classified and valued as follows (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Amortization
Period
|
|
Trade name
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
None; indefinite life
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These amounts are included as components of Other Intangible
Assets discussed in Note 8.
F-15
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The following table presents the pro-forma combined results of
operations assuming (i) DACs historical unaudited
financial results; (ii) the DAC acquisition closed on
January 1, 2005; (iii) pro-forma amortization expense
of the intangible assets and (iv) pro-forma interest
expense assuming the Company utilized its Credit Facility to
finance the acquisition (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,245,392
|
|
|
$
|
1,164,116
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
73,506
|
|
|
$
|
39,237
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
52,432
|
|
|
$
|
31,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
69,184
|
|
|
|
72,121
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
70,615
|
|
|
|
73,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.74
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
The pro-forma results above are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results that would have actually occurred if the
acquisition had been in effect on the date indicated, nor are
they necessarily indicative of future results of the combined
companies.
(3) SEGMENT
INFORMATION
The Company serves its clients through two primary businesses,
BPO and Database Marketing and Consulting. In previous filings
the North American BPO segment was referred to as North
American Customer Management and the International BPO
segment was referred to as International Customer
Management.
BPO provides business process, customer management and marketing
services for a variety of industries via Delivery Centers
throughout the world. When the Company begins operations in a
new country, it determines whether the country is intended to
primarily serve U.S. based clients, in which case the
country is included in the North American BPO segment, or if the
country is intended to serve both domestic clients from that
country and U.S. based clients, in which case the country
is included in the International BPO segment. This is consistent
with the Companys management of the business, internal
financial reporting structure and operating focus. Operations
for each segment of BPO are conducted in the following countries:
|
|
|
North American
BPO
|
|
International
BPO
|
United States
|
|
Argentina
|
Canada
|
|
Australia
|
India
|
|
Brazil
|
Philippines
|
|
China
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
Northern Ireland
|
|
|
Scotland
|
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
Spain
|
F-16
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The Database Marketing and Consulting segment, which consists of
one of the Companys subsidiaries, provides outsourced
database management, direct marketing and related customer
acquisitions and retention services for automobile dealerships
and manufacturers in North America.
The Company allocates to each segment its portion of
corporate-level operating expenses. All intercompany
transactions between the reported segments for the periods
presented have been eliminated.
It is a significant Company strategy to garner additional
business through the lower cost opportunities offered by certain
foreign countries. Accordingly, the Company contracts with
certain clients in one country to provide services from Delivery
Centers in other foreign countries including Argentina, Brazil,
Canada, India, Mexico, Malaysia and the Philippines. Under this
arrangement, the contracting subsidiary invoices and collects
from their local client, while also entering into a contract
with the foreign operating subsidiary to reimburse the foreign
subsidiary for its costs plus a reasonable profit. This
reimbursement is reflected as revenue by the foreign subsidiary.
As a result, a portion of the revenue from these client
contracts is recorded by the contracting subsidiary, while a
portion is recorded by the foreign operating subsidiary. For
U.S. clients served from Canada, India and the Philippines,
which represents the majority of these arrangements, all the
revenue remains within the North American BPO segment. For
U.S. clients served from Argentina and Mexico, a portion of
the revenue is reflected in the International BPO segment. For
European and Asia Pacific clients served from the Philippines, a
portion of the revenue is reflected in the North American BPO
segment. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, approximately $7.4 million, $2.2 million and
$2.9 million, respectively, of income from operations in
the International BPO segment was generated from these
arrangements. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005
and 2004, approximately $0.2 million, $0.0 million and
$0.0 million, respectively, of income from operations in
the North American BPO segment was generated from these
arrangements.
F-17
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The following tables present certain financial data by segment
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for
the
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
814,963
|
|
|
$
|
678,803
|
|
|
$
|
638,359
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
356,106
|
|
|
|
325,038
|
|
|
|
315,938
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
40,228
|
|
|
|
82,832
|
|
|
|
98,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,211,297
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
26,730
|
|
|
$
|
26,806
|
|
|
$
|
32,175
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
17,205
|
|
|
|
16,963
|
|
|
|
17,313
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
7,494
|
|
|
|
9,548
|
|
|
|
9,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
51,429
|
|
|
$
|
53,317
|
|
|
$
|
59,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
86,642
|
|
|
$
|
62,675
|
|
|
$
|
58,580
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
(21,814
|
)
|
|
|
(18,414
|
)
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
(15,380
|
)
|
|
|
(9,325
|
)
|
|
|
8,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
72,845
|
|
|
$
|
31,536
|
|
|
$
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
45,777
|
|
|
$
|
22,046
|
|
|
$
|
20,072
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
18,149
|
|
|
|
12,201
|
|
|
|
17,741
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
1,602
|
|
|
|
3,359
|
|
|
|
3,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
65,528
|
|
|
$
|
37,606
|
|
|
$
|
41,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
382,034
|
|
|
$
|
278,221
|
|
|
$
|
240,925
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
243,374
|
|
|
|
196,294
|
|
|
|
196,207
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
33,308
|
|
|
|
47,657
|
|
|
|
59,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
658,716
|
|
|
$
|
522,172
|
|
|
$
|
496,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
36,261
|
|
|
$
|
11,446
|
|
|
$
|
11,446
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
8,612
|
|
|
|
7,270
|
|
|
|
5,806
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
13,361
|
|
|
|
13,361
|
|
|
|
13,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
58,234
|
|
|
$
|
32,077
|
|
|
$
|
30,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The following tables present certain financial data based upon
the geographic location where the services are provided or the
assets are physically located (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for
the
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
442,363
|
|
|
$
|
471,645
|
|
|
$
|
486,216
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
250,032
|
|
|
|
185,511
|
|
|
|
169,162
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
205,692
|
|
|
|
199,947
|
|
|
|
186,486
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
141,550
|
|
|
|
123,042
|
|
|
|
119,091
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
171,660
|
|
|
|
106,528
|
|
|
|
91,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,211,297
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,673
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment,
gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
261,415
|
|
|
$
|
247,008
|
|
|
$
|
231,728
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
86,948
|
|
|
|
65,687
|
|
|
|
56,971
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
57,579
|
|
|
|
56,701
|
|
|
|
52,833
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
15,615
|
|
|
|
24,879
|
|
|
|
23,363
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
66,863
|
|
|
|
51,825
|
|
|
|
41,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
488,420
|
|
|
$
|
446,100
|
|
|
$
|
406,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
18,138
|
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
7,023
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
4,612
|
|
|
|
3,864
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
|
3,410
|
|
|
|
2,001
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
2,894
|
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
3,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
29,032
|
|
|
$
|
15,078
|
|
|
$
|
12,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS
Accounts
Receivable, Net
Accounts Receivable, Net in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
242,073
|
|
|
$
|
210,512
|
|
Less: Allowance for doubtful
accounts
|
|
|
(4,720
|
)
|
|
|
(3,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable,
net
|
|
$
|
237,353
|
|
|
$
|
207,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Activity in the Companys Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of
year
|
|
$
|
3,422
|
|
|
$
|
3,997
|
|
|
$
|
4,702
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
2,723
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
Deductions for uncollectible
receivables written-off
|
|
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
|
(422
|
)
|
|
|
(3,231
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
4,720
|
|
|
$
|
3,422
|
|
|
$
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant
Clients
The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of
total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006, which
operates in the communications industry. The Company had two
clients that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for
the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, both of which
operated in the communications industry. The revenue from these
clients as a percentage of total revenue was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Client A
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
Client B
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
Accounts receivable from these clients was as follows (amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Client A
|
|
$
|
30,862
|
|
|
$
|
34,657
|
|
Client B
|
|
$
|
10,731
|
|
|
$
|
18,488
|
|
The loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a
material adverse effect on the Companys business,
operating results, or financial condition. The Company does not
require collateral from its clients. To limit the Companys
credit risk, management performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its clients and maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts.
Although the Company is impacted by economic conditions in the
communications and media, automotive, financial services and
government services industries, management does not believe
significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2006.
F-20
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(5) PROPERTY,
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Land and buildings
|
|
$
|
31,530
|
|
|
$
|
30,158
|
|
Computer equipment and software
|
|
|
230,493
|
|
|
|
217,655
|
|
Telephone equipment
|
|
|
59,800
|
|
|
|
55,961
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
51,782
|
|
|
|
54,337
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
107,953
|
|
|
|
84,893
|
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
6,672
|
|
|
|
1,890
|
|
Other
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
1,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment,
gross
|
|
|
488,420
|
|
|
|
446,100
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(332,373
|
)
|
|
|
(312,465
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment,
net
|
|
$
|
156,047
|
|
|
$
|
133,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and
equipment was $50.3 million, $53.6 million and
$59.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively.
In addition, the Company had $4.8 million and
$7.0 million of unamortized Software Development Costs as
of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization
expense for Software Development Costs was $4.5 million,
$6.2 million and $6.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which is
included in the depreciation and amortization expense for
property, plant and equipment discussed above.
(6) GOODWILL
Goodwill consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Impact
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
11,446
|
|
|
$
|
24,804
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
36,261
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
7,270
|
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
8,612
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
13,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
32,077
|
|
|
$
|
25,948
|
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
58,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) CONTRACT
ACQUISITION COSTS
Contract acquisition costs, net consisted of the following
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
23,811
|
|
|
$
|
23,811
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
2,160
|
|
|
|
2,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract acquisition costs,
gross
|
|
|
25,971
|
|
|
|
25,971
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(16,297
|
)
|
|
|
(13,097
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract acquisition costs,
net
|
|
$
|
9,674
|
|
|
$
|
12,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Amortization expense related to contract acquisition costs was
$3.4 million, $3.9 million and $4.6 million for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively and is recorded as a reduction to Revenue in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income.
Expected future amortization of contract acquisition costs is as
follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,690
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2,107
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2,107
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,262
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8) OTHER
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Other intangible assets, net consisted of the following amounts
by segment (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
North American BPO
|
|
$
|
9,100
|
|
|
$
|
376
|
|
International BPO
|
|
|
4,504
|
|
|
|
4,107
|
|
Database Marketing and Consulting
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets,
gross
|
|
|
13,724
|
|
|
|
4,603
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(2,904
|
)
|
|
|
(1,940
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets,
net
|
|
$
|
10,820
|
|
|
$
|
2,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The detail of the balance between assets with indefinite lives
and those with definite lives are as follows (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Other intangible assets with
indefinite lives
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other intangible assets with
definite lives, net
|
|
|
9,020
|
|
|
|
2,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets,
net
|
|
$
|
10,820
|
|
|
$
|
2,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was
$1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively and is recorded as a component of depreciation and
amortization in the accompany consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive income.
F-22
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
Expected future amortization of Other Intangible Assets is as
follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
1,524
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,504
|
|
2009
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
2010
|
|
|
730
|
|
2011
|
|
|
730
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
3,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9) DERIVATIVES
The Company conducts a significant portion of its business in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in
which the consolidated financial statements are reported.
Correspondingly, the Companys operating results could be
adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility
relative to the U.S. dollar. The Companys
subsidiaries in Argentina, Canada, Mexico and the Philippines
use the local currency as their functional currency in addition
to paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue
for these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from
client contracts that are invoiced and collected in
U.S. dollars. To hedge against the risk of a weaker
U.S. dollar, the Companys U.S. entity has
contracted on behalf of its foreign subsidiaries with several
financial institutions to acquire (utilizing forward,
non-deliverable forward
and/or
option contracts) the functional currency of the foreign
subsidiary at a fixed U.S. dollar exchange rate at specific
dates in the future. The Company pays up-front premiums to
obtain option hedge instruments.
While the Company has implemented certain strategies to mitigate
risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange
rates, it cannot ensure that it will not recognize gains or
losses from international transactions, as this is part of
transacting business in an international environment. Not every
exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place
based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on
forecasts which may vary or which may later prove to be
inaccurate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency
risks properly could adversely affect the Companys
operating results.
As of December 31, 2006, the notional amount of these
derivative instruments is summarized as follows (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dates
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
U.S. Dollar
|
|
|
Contracts
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
are
Through
|
|
Canadian Dollar
|
|
|
167,300
|
|
|
$
|
150,601
|
|
|
June 2010
|
Philippine Peso
|
|
|
2,580,000
|
|
|
|
50,466
|
|
|
October 2008
|
Argentine Peso
|
|
|
53,000
|
|
|
|
16,694
|
|
|
October 2008
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
3,010
|
|
|
June 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
220,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These derivatives, including option premiums, are classified as
Prepaids and Other Current Assets of $2.9 million and
$6.8 million; Other Long-term Assets of $0.6 million
and $0.6 million; Accrued Expenses of $3.2 million and
$0.0 million and Other Long-term Liabilities of
$3.3 million and $0.0 million as of December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
The Company recorded deferred tax assets (liabilities) of
$1.5 million and ($1.9) million related to these
derivatives as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
A total of ($2.4) million and $3.0 million of
F-23
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
deferred (losses) gains, net of tax, on derivative instruments
as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were
recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
the Company recorded gains of $6.3 million,
$5.7 million and $7.6 million, respectively, for
settled hedge contracts and the related premiums. These are
reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
The Company also entered into a foreign exchange forward
contract to reduce the short-term effect of foreign currency
fluctuations related to a $19.2 million intercompany note
payable from its Canadian subsidiary to a U.S. subsidiary.
The gains and losses on this foreign exchange contract offset
the transaction gains and losses on this foreign currency
obligation. These gains and losses are recognized in earnings as
the Company elected not to classify the hedge for hedge
accounting treatment. The value of this contract was
$0.3 million and $0.1 million as of December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively and is recorded as a component of
Prepaids and Other Current Assets in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(10) INCOME
TAXES
The sources of pre-tax accounting income, after accounting for
minority interest earnings, are as follows (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
22,628
|
|
|
$
|
19,453
|
|
|
$
|
12,811
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
43,890
|
|
|
|
11,221
|
|
|
|
20,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
66,518
|
|
|
$
|
30,674
|
|
|
$
|
33,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the Companys provision for income taxes
are as follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Current provision
(benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
11,046
|
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
|
$
|
11,899
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
2,075
|
|
|
|
1,547
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
12,820
|
|
|
|
5,290
|
|
|
|
(2,284
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current provision (benefit)
|
|
|
25,202
|
|
|
|
25,519
|
|
|
|
11,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(4,950
|
)
|
|
|
(19,097
|
)
|
|
|
(489
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(434
|
)
|
|
|
(2,182
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(5,142
|
)
|
|
|
(1,724
|
)
|
|
|
(1,145
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred benefit
|
|
|
(10,526
|
)
|
|
|
(23,003
|
)
|
|
|
(1,698
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
14,676
|
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
|
$
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The following reconciles the Companys effective tax rate
(after minority interest) to the federal statutory rate (amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Income tax per
U.S. federal statutory rate (35%)
|
|
$
|
23,281
|
|
|
$
|
10,736
|
|
|
$
|
11,713
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal
deduction
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
963
|
|
Change in U.S., Spain, Brazil and
Argentina valuation allowances
|
|
|
(5,639
|
)
|
|
|
(12,165
|
)
|
|
|
(4,678
|
)
|
Benefit of not recording deferred
tax expense due to valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,076
|
)
|
Foreign income taxed at different
rates than the U.S.
|
|
|
(4,064
|
)
|
|
|
(1,317
|
)
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
Record increase to deferred tax
assets due to implementation of tax planning strategies
|
|
|
(3,300
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses in international markets
without tax benefits
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
2,546
|
|
|
|
2,484
|
|
Permanent difference related to
foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
(3,855
|
)
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
Tax cost of Domestic Reinvestment
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other permanent differences
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
4,076
|
|
|
|
2,126
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax per effective tax
rate
|
|
$
|
14,676
|
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
|
$
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The Companys deferred income tax assets and liabilities
are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets,
gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued workers compensation,
deferred compensation and employee benefits
|
|
$
|
6,647
|
|
|
$
|
5,284
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts,
insurance and other accruals
|
|
|
6,985
|
|
|
|
7,618
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
24,202
|
|
|
|
15,542
|
|
Amortization of deferred rent
liabilities
|
|
|
2,357
|
|
|
|
2,005
|
|
Net operating losses
|
|
|
21,179
|
|
|
|
10,961
|
|
Customer acquisition and deferred
revenue accruals
|
|
|
4,238
|
|
|
|
2,969
|
|
Federal and state tax credits
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
2,228
|
|
Unrealized losses on derivatives
|
|
|
1,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
6,655
|
|
|
|
7,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets, gross
|
|
|
75,767
|
|
|
|
54,183
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(18,970
|
)
|
|
|
(10,572
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
56,797
|
|
|
|
43,611
|
|
Deferred tax
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term lease obligations
|
|
|
(1,848
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
Capitalized software
|
|
|
(1,974
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
Contract acquisition costs
|
|
|
(1,933
|
)
|
|
|
(2,362
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
(2,509
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(7,050
|
)
|
|
|
(9,377
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
49,747
|
|
|
$
|
34,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As required by SFAS 109, the Company periodically reviews
the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in
future tax periods under the more-likely-than-not
criteria. In making this judgment, SFAS 109 requires that
all available evidence, both positive and negative, should be
considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that
evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
The net change in valuation allowance for the year is an
increase of $8.4 million. In 2006, as the Company was able
to estimate its deferred tax assets in the United Kingdom, the
Company recorded a deferred tax asset, and established an
offsetting valuation allowance of $15.3 million, for a net
impact of zero. In addition, the Company recorded
$0.8 million for deferred tax assets in India, which do not
meet the more likely than not criteria of
FAS 109. Also during the fourth quarter, due to a increased
profitability in Argentina leading to a change in judgment
concerning the recoverability of deferred tax assets in
Argentina, the Company reversed the remaining $0.5 million
of its deferred tax valuation allowance in that jurisdiction.
For similar reasons, the Company reached the decision during the
second quarter of 2006, that it was appropriate to reverse
$0.7 million of the valuation allowance in Argentina and
$4.5 million of valuation allowance for Spain. This change
in judgment occurring during the second and fourth quarters of
2006 was due to what management considered sufficient positive
evidence suggesting that there will be sufficient taxable income
in future periods to realize deferred tax assets in those
jurisdictions. The factors leading to this change in judgment
included (i) renewal or signing of new multi-year contracts
F-26
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
during the fourth quarter that will produce more than enough
taxable income to realize the deferred tax asset based on
existing sales prices and cost structures, (ii) a positive
and sustainable trend in earnings and three cumulative years of
book and taxable income exclusive of the circumstances that
created the losses in prior year and (iii) evidence that
the loss in prior year was an aberration rather than a
continuing condition (e.g., a large client initially not
providing contractual volumes for a Dedicated Delivery Center).
The remaining decrease of $2.0 million is the result of
numerous items including the expiration of tax loss and tax
credit carryforwards and the reconciliation of actual results to
accounting estimates.
As of December 31, 2006 the Company has approximately
$32.0 million of net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and
$17.7 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain
international locations whose recoverability is dependent upon
their future profitability. As of December 31, 2006 the
deferred tax valuation allowance is $19.0 million and
relates primarily to tax loss carry forwards and other deferred
tax assets in the U.K. and India and state tax credits which do
not meet the more-likely-than-not standard under
SFAS 109. The utilization of these state tax credits are
subject to numerous factors including various expiration dates,
generation of future taxable income over extended periods of
time and state income tax apportionment factors which are
subject to change.
As required by SFAS 109, when there is a change in judgment
concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future
periods, the valuation allowance is reversed into earnings
during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred.
As of December 31, 2006, after consideration of all tax
loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the Company had
net foreign tax loss carry forwards expiring as follows (amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,712
|
|
2008-2012
|
|
|
5,938
|
|
2016
|
|
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
8,710
|
|
2018
|
|
|
720
|
|
2020
|
|
|
3,710
|
|
2021
|
|
|
5,719
|
|
No expiration
|
|
|
35,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
62,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, domestically, the Company has
$9.4 million of federal tax loss carryforwards and state
tax credit carryforwards of $2.0 million that if unused
will expire between 2007 and 2013.
As of December 31, 2006 the cumulative amount of foreign
earnings considered permanently invested and not repatriated was
$52.3 million. If these earnings become taxable in the
U.S., some portion of them would be subject to incremental
U.S. income tax expense and foreign withholding tax expense.
The Company has been granted Tax Holidays as an
incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of
the Philippines and India. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an
agreement between the Company and a foreign government under
which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country,
such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export
related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been
granted three separate agreements for a five year period,
expiring at various times during 2009 and 2010. Also, the
Companys joint venture in India is party to a five-year
agreement granting a Tax Holiday expiring in 2009. The aggregate
effect on income tax expense in 2006 as a result of these
agreements was approximately $2.8 million.
F-27
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income
taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax
position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on
derecognizing, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2006.
The Company will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007,
as required. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will
be recorded as a change to opening retained earnings in the
first quarter of 2007. The Company expects that the adoption of
FIN 48 will not have a significant impact on the
Companys consolidated financial position, results of
operations and effective tax rate. The Company will record an
adjustment to reduce opening retained earnings by up to
$4.0 million.
(11) RESTRUCTURING
CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
Restructuring
Charges
A rollforward of the activity in the Companys
restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31,
2006 and 2005 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closure of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delivery
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Centers
|
|
|
in
Force
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2004
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
$
|
832
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
2,139
|
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
(1,145
|
)
|
|
|
(1,338
|
)
|
Reversal of unused balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2005
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
2,167
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
1,858
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(747
|
)
|
|
|
(1,772
|
)
|
|
|
(2,519
|
)
|
Reversal of unused balances
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2006
|
|
$
|
1,087
|
|
|
$
|
191
|
|
|
$
|
1,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
recognized restructuring charges in the amount of
$1.1 million related to reductions in force across all
three segments and facility exit charges in the amount of
$0.8 million related to its International BPO segment. This
was offset by the reversal of $0.2 million in excess
accruals across both BPO segments as the actual costs incurred
were less than the estimated accrual.
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
recognized restructuring charges in the amount of
$2.1 million related to reductions in force across both BPO
segments and facility exit charges in the amount of
$0.7 million related to both BPO segments. This was offset
by the reversal of $0.1 million in the North American BPO
as the actual costs incurred were less than the estimated
accrual.
Impairment
Losses
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
recognized impairment losses of $0.6 million related to the
following items: (i) $0.4 million related to the
reduction of the net book value of long-lived assets in New
Zealand, Malaysia and India to their then estimated fair values;
and (ii) $0.2 million for the difference between the
estimated and the actual value received for assets in the closed
South Korea Delivery Center.
F-28
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
recognized impairment losses in the amount of $4.7 million
related to the following items: (i) $2.1 million
change in the International BPO related to its decision to close
the Glasgow, Scotland Delivery Center;
(ii) $2.0 million charge in the International BPO
related to the impairment of long-lived assets in its South
Korea Delivery Center when the Company determined that it would
no longer serve clients from, or market, that Delivery Center;
and (iii) a $0.6 million impairment charge in the
North American BPO related to its decision to exit a lease early
and to discontinue use of certain software.
(12) INDEBTEDNESS
During the third quarter 2006, the Company refinanced its credit
facility (Credit Facility) with a syndication of
banks. This Credit Facility permits the Company to borrow up to
$150 million, with an option to increase the borrowing
limit to a maximum of $225 million (subject to approval by
the lenders) at any time up to 90 days prior to maturity of
the Credit Facility on September 27, 2011. The Company may
request a one year extension of the maturity date, subject to
unanimous approval by the lenders. The Credit Facility is
secured by the majority of the Companys domestic accounts
receivable and a pledge of 65% of the capital stock of specified
material foreign subsidiaries. The Companys domestic
subsidiaries are guarantors under the Credit Facility.
In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company exercised its option
to increase the borrowing limit of the Credit Facility to
$180 million. The Credit Facility, which includes customary
financial covenants, may be used for general corporate purposes,
including working capital, purchases of treasury stock and
acquisition financing. As of December 31, 2006, the Company
was in compliance with all financial covenants. The Credit
Facility accrues interest at a rate based on either (1) the
Prime Rate, defined as the higher of the lenders prime
rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, or (2) the
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus an
applicable credit spread, at the Companys option. The
interest rate will vary based on the Companys leverage
ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31,
2006, interest accrued at the weighted-average rate of
approximately 5.925%. In addition, the Company is obligated to
pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the Credit
Facility, at a rate of 0.125% per annum. As of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had outstanding
borrowings under the Credit Facility of $65.0 million and
$26.7 million, respectively. The Companys borrowing
capacity is reduced by the letters of credit issued under the
Credit Facility. The unused commitment under the Credit Facility
was $104.2 million as of December 31, 2006.
(13) GRANT
ADVANCES
During the ordinary course of business, the Company receives
grants from certain regional authorities in areas where the
Company has Delivery Centers. These grants contain provisions
whereby they are earned when the Company achieves certain
milestones, the majority of which relate to the hiring and
retaining of employees and certain capital expenditures. The
Company records liabilities for funds it has received but for
which it has not earned. The liability recorded at
December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $8.0 million and
$6.5 million, respectively and relates primarily to one
grant in the International BPO. This amount is due in 2012 if
the terms of the grant have not been met.
F-29
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(14) START-UP
TRAINING REVENUE AND COSTS
Start-Up
Training Deferred Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred
start-up
revenue current
|
|
$
|
6,616
|
|
|
$
|
4,852
|
|
Deferred
start-up
revenue long-term
|
|
|
5,936
|
|
|
|
3,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
start-up
revenue
|
|
$
|
12,552
|
|
|
$
|
8,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognized
Start-Up
Training Revenue as follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of
year
|
|
$
|
8,512
|
|
|
$
|
3,451
|
|
|
$
|
3,867
|
|
Net deferred revenue recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts deferred due to new
business
|
|
|
9,432
|
|
|
|
6,583
|
|
|
|
3,139
|
|
Amortization of prior period
deferrals
|
|
|
(5,418
|
)
|
|
|
(1,921
|
)
|
|
|
(3,154
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred revenue
recognized
|
|
|
4,014
|
|
|
|
4,662
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
(401
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
12,552
|
|
|
$
|
8,512
|
|
|
$
|
3,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Start-Up
Training Deferred Costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred
start-up
costs current
|
|
$
|
2,865
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
Deferred
start-up
costs long-term
|
|
|
2,344
|
|
|
|
1,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
start-up
costs
|
|
$
|
5,209
|
|
|
$
|
3,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognized
Start-Up
Training Costs as follows (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of
year
|
|
$
|
3,635
|
|
|
$
|
1,306
|
|
|
$
|
1,545
|
|
Net deferred costs recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts deferred due to new
business
|
|
|
4,208
|
|
|
|
3,212
|
|
|
|
1,281
|
|
Amortization of prior period
deferrals
|
|
|
(2,633
|
)
|
|
|
(1,082
|
)
|
|
|
(1,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred costs recognized
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
5,209
|
|
|
$
|
3,635
|
|
|
$
|
1,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(15) COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company has various operating leases for equipment, Delivery
Centers and office space, which generally contain renewal
options. Rent expense under operating leases was approximately
$45.3 million, $39.8 million and $38.2 million
for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
The future minimum rental payments required under non-cancelable
operating leases as of December 31, 2006 are as follows
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
25,840
|
|
2008
|
|
|
20,858
|
|
2009
|
|
|
16,779
|
|
2010
|
|
|
14,399
|
|
2011
|
|
|
10,893
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
34,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
123,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Company records operating lease expenses on a
straight-line basis over the life of the lease as described in
Note 1. The deferred lease liability as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $8.4 million and
$7.8 million, respectively and is included in Other
Long-Term Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Letters of
Credit
As of December 31, 2006 outstanding letters of credit and
other performance guarantees totaled approximately
$14.0 million, which primarily guarantee workers
compensation, other insurance related obligations and facility
leases.
Guarantees
The Companys Credit Facility is guaranteed by all of the
Companys domestic subsidiaries.
Ford
Agreement
Under an agreement with Ford, the Company has the right to
require Ford to purchase its interest in the operations
providing BPO services to Ford at fair market value at any time
after December 31, 2004. Ford also has the right to require
the Company to sell its interest at fair market value at any
time after December 31, 2004. The Company does not intend
to require Ford to purchase its interest and we have not
received any notice from Ford indicating an interest on their
part to purchase the Companys interest.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, the Company may be involved in claims or
lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals
for claims or lawsuits have been provided for to the extent that
losses are deemed both probable and estimable. Although the
ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be
ascertained, on the basis of present information and advice
received from counsel, it is managements opinion that the
disposition or ultimate determination of such claims or lawsuits
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
F-31
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(16) NET
INCOME PER SHARE
The following table sets fourth the computation of basic and
diluted net income per share for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Shares used in basic earnings
per share calculation
|
|
|
69,184
|
|
|
|
72,121
|
|
|
|
74,751
|
|
Effects of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
1,510
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total effects of dilutive
securities
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
1,510
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in dilutive
earnings per share calculation
|
|
|
70,615
|
|
|
|
73,631
|
|
|
|
76,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
0.5 million, 3.2 million and 3.6 million,
respectively, of options to purchase shares of common stock were
outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net
income per share because the effect would have been
anti-dilutive. The Company has also excluded the impact of
outstanding warrants, as the impact would be anti-dilutive for
all periods presented.
(17) EMPLOYEE
COMPENSATION PLANS
Employee Benefit
Plan
The Company has two 401(k) profit-sharing plans that allow
participation by employees who have completed six months of
service, as defined and are 21 years of age or older.
Participants may defer up to 15% of their gross pay up to a
maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants
are also eligible for a matching contribution, at the
Companys discretion, of 50% of the first 6% of
compensation a participant contributes to the plan. Participants
vest in matching contributions over a four-year period. Company
matching contributions to the 401(k) plans totaled
$1.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively
Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
In July 1996, the Company adopted an employee stock purchase
plan (the ESPP). Pursuant to the ESPP, as amended,
an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the
Company were available for issuance under the ESPP. Employees
were eligible to participate in the ESPP after three months of
service. In May 2004, the Company amended the ESPP to increase
the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP to
2,500,000 shares. The price per share purchased in any
offering period is equal to the lesser of 85% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the first day of the offering
period or on the purchase date. The offering periods have a term
of six months. In 2005, the Company elected to terminate the
ESPP effective October 15, 2005. Stock purchased under the
plan for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were
$0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
Stock
Compensation Plans
Overview
In February 1999, the Company adopted the TeleTech Holdings,
Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the 1999 Option
Plan). The purpose of the 1999 Option Plan is to enable
the Company to continue to (a) attract and retain high
quality directors, officers, employees and potential employees,
consultants, and independent contractors of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries; (b) motivate such persons to promote
the long-term success of the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries; and (c) induce employees of companies that
are acquired by TeleTech to accept employment with TeleTech
following
F-32
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
such an acquisition. The 1999 Option Plan supplements the 1995
Option Plan. An aggregate of 14 million shares of common
stock has been reserved for issuance under the 1999 Option Plan,
which permits the award of incentive stock options,
non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and
shares of restricted common stock. As previously discussed, the
1999 Option Plan also provides annual stock option grants to
Directors. Outstanding options generally vest over a period of
four to five years and are exercisable for ten years from the
date of grant. The 1999 Option Plan had 3.6 million shares
available for grant as of December 31, 2006.
Accounting for
Stock Options
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R),
applying the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R)
requires all equity-based payments to employees, including
grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
at the fair value of the award on the grant date. Under the
modified prospective method, the Company is required to record
equity-based compensation expense for all awards granted after
the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously
granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The fair
values of all stock options granted by the Company were
determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton (B-S-M)
Model.
The fair values of the options granted to the Companys
employees were estimated on the date of grant using the B-S-M
Model. The following table provides the range of assumptions
used for stock options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.50% - 5.50%
|
|
3.65% - 4.51%
|
|
2.72% - 3.98%
|
Expected life in years
|
|
3.8 - 4.8
|
|
4.1 - 4.7
|
|
5.3 - 5.5
|
Expected volatility
|
|
53.67% - 58.87%
|
|
74.66% - 76.25%
|
|
77.97% - 79.72%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
Weighted-average volatility
|
|
57.40%
|
|
75.36%
|
|
78.79%
|
Weighted-average fair value
|
|
$6.31
|
|
$6.06
|
|
$5.44
|
The Companys computation of expected volatility for the
year ended December 31, 2006 is based on historical
volatility. Our computation of expected life is based on
historical exercise patterns. Our dividend yield is 0.0%, since
we have no history of paying dividends and currently have no
plans to do so. Our risk-free interest rate is the
U.S. Treasury bill rate for the period equal to the
expected term based on the U.S. Treasury note strip
principal rates as reported in well-known and widely used
financial sources.
F-33
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
A summary of option activity under the Plans as of
December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Term
Years
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
9,792,564
|
|
|
$
|
11.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
3,004,000
|
|
|
$
|
8.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercises
|
|
|
(686,979
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancellations/expirations
|
|
|
(2,347,444
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
9,762,141
|
|
|
$
|
10.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
2,214,500
|
|
|
$
|
10.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercises
|
|
|
(1,270,734
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancellations/expirations
|
|
|
(2,180,376
|
)
|
|
$
|
11.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
8,525,531
|
|
|
$
|
10.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
1,596,450
|
|
|
$
|
12.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercises
|
|
|
(2,282,648
|
)
|
|
$
|
8.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancellations/expirations
|
|
|
(804,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
11.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
7,034,638
|
|
|
$
|
11.28
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
79,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable as of
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,171,006
|
|
|
$
|
12.22
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
38,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the status of the Companys unvested shares as
of December 31, 2006 and for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Grant-
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Date Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unvested as of
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,518,269
|
|
|
$
|
5.44
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,214,500
|
|
|
$
|
5.76
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(1,277,810
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,296,914
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested as of
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
4,158,045
|
|
|
$
|
5.62
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,596,450
|
|
|
$
|
6.31
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(1,296,708
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(594,155
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested as of
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,863,632
|
|
|
$
|
6.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, there was approximately
$18.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost
(including the impact of expected forfeitures as required under
SFAS 123(R)) related to unvested share-based compensation
arrangements granted under the Plans that the Company had not
recorded. That cost is expected to be recognized over the
weighted-average period of four years (the Company recognizes
compensation expense straight-line over the vesting term of the
option grant). The total fair
F-34
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
value of shares vested (excluding expected forfeitures) during
the year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.8 million.
Cash received from option exercises under all share-based
payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 was $19.4 million, $7.4 million and
$5.1 million, respectively.
As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1,
2006, the Companys income before income taxes and net
income for the year ended December 31, 2006 are
$6.9 million and $4.1 million lower, respectively,
than if it had continued to account for share-based compensation
under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB)
No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25). Basic and diluted earnings per share
for the year ended December 31, 2006 are each $0.06 lower,
respectively, than if the Company had continued to account for
share-based compensation under APB 25. The compensation
cost that has been charged against income for the Plans is
included in Selling, General and Administrative in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income.
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and
earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004, if the Company had applied the fair value recognition
provisions of SFAS 123(R) to stock-based employee
compensation (amounts in thousands except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Net income as
reported
|
|
$
|
28,158
|
|
|
$
|
24,003
|
|
Add (deduct): Stock-based employee
compensation expense included in reported net income, net of
related tax effects
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
321
|
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value based method
for all awards, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(4,032
|
)
|
|
|
(5,665
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro-forma net income
|
|
$
|
23,687
|
|
|
$
|
18,659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding as reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,121
|
|
|
|
74,751
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
73,631
|
|
|
|
76,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share as
reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro-forma net income per
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
Restricted Stock
Grant
Effective January 22, 2007, the Compensation Committee of
the Company granted an aggregate of approximately
1.5 million restricted stock units (RSUs) to
members of the Companys management team. The grants
replace the Companys January 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan
and are intended to provide management with additional
incentives to promote the success of the Companys
business,
F-35
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
thereby aligning their interests with the interests of the
Companys stockholders. Two-thirds of the RSUs granted vest
pro rata over three years based solely on the Company exceeding
specified operating income performance targets in each of the
years 2007, 2008 and 2009. If the performance target for a
particular year is not met, the RSUs scheduled to vest in that
year are cancelled. The remaining one-third of the RSUs vest
pro-rata over five years based on the individual
recipients continued employment with the Company.
Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the
Companys common stock by delivery of one share of common
stock for each RSU then being settled.
(18) RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has entered into agreements under which Avion, LLC
(Avion) and AirMax, LLC (AirMax) provide
certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company.
Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew.
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, has a direct 100% beneficial ownership interest in
Avion and an indirect interest in AirMax. During 2006, 2005 and
2004, the Company paid an aggregate of $0.9 million,
$0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to Avion
for services provided to the Company. Mr. Tuchman also
purchases services from AirMax and from time to time provides
short-term loans to AirMax. During 2006, 2005 and 2004 the
Company paid to AirMax an aggregate of $1.1 million,
$1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for
services provided to the Company. The Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors reviews these transactions annually and
believes that the fees charged by Avion and AirMax are at fair
market value.
During 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company utilized the services of
Korn Ferry International (KFY) for executive search
projects. James Barlett, Vice Chairman and a director of the
Company is a director of KFY. During the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company paid
$0.1 million, $0.0 million and $0.2 million,
respectively, to KFY for executive search services.
During 2006, the Company purchased a hosted sales force
automation tool from Salesforce.com. Shirley Young, a
director of the Company is a director of Salesforce.com. During
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the
Company paid $0.4 million, $0.5 million and
$0.0 million, respectively to Salesforce.com.
(19) OTHER
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Self-insurance
Liabilities
Self-insurance liabilities of the Company were as follows
(amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
$
|
4,243
|
|
|
$
|
5,988
|
|
Employee health insurance
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
1,378
|
|
Other general liability insurance
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total self-insurance liabilities
|
|
$
|
6,258
|
|
|
$
|
8,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
As of December 31, 2006, Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income consists of $8.1 million and ($2.4) million of
foreign currency translation adjustments and derivatives
valuation, respectively. As of December 31, 2005,
Accumulated Comprehensive Income consists of $0.7 million
and $3.0 million of foreign currency translation
adjustments and derivatives valuation, respectively.
F-36
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
(20) QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data
for the year ended December 31, 2006 (amounts in thousands
except per share amounts).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
283,422
|
|
|
$
|
287,334
|
|
|
$
|
303,804
|
|
|
$
|
336,737
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
70,120
|
|
|
$
|
73,557
|
|
|
$
|
84,060
|
|
|
$
|
97,958
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
9,980
|
|
|
$
|
12,650
|
|
|
$
|
21,349
|
|
|
$
|
28,866
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
5,388
|
|
|
$
|
12,244
|
|
|
$
|
12,779
|
|
|
$
|
21,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
68,928
|
|
|
|
68,925
|
|
|
|
69,085
|
|
|
|
69,798
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
70,344
|
|
|
|
69,974
|
|
|
|
70,366
|
|
|
|
71,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data
for the year ended December 31, 2005 (amounts in thousands
except per share amounts).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
254,326
|
|
|
$
|
253,933
|
|
|
$
|
274,259
|
|
|
$
|
304,155
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
63,591
|
|
|
$
|
66,961
|
|
|
$
|
71,958
|
|
|
$
|
71,989
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
4,366
|
|
|
$
|
4,642
|
|
|
$
|
12,120
|
|
|
$
|
10,408
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,741
|
|
|
$
|
3,712
|
|
|
$
|
11,620
|
|
|
$
|
10,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
74,179
|
|
|
|
73,008
|
|
|
|
71,650
|
|
|
|
69,646
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
76,720
|
|
|
|
74,501
|
|
|
|
72,591
|
|
|
|
70,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
F-37
TELETECH
HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data
for the year ended December 31, 2004 (amounts in thousands
except per share amounts).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
267,998
|
|
|
$
|
265,531
|
|
|
$
|
258,347
|
|
|
$
|
260,814
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
64,267
|
|
|
$
|
70,857
|
|
|
$
|
69,539
|
|
|
$
|
73,506
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
6,077
|
|
|
$
|
14,911
|
|
|
$
|
12,217
|
|
|
$
|
15,263
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,401
|
|
|
$
|
2,390
|
|
|
$
|
10,557
|
|
|
$
|
9,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
75,069
|
|
|
|
74,519
|
|
|
|
74,612
|
|
|
|
74,804
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
76,524
|
|
|
|
75,260
|
|
|
|
75,944
|
|
|
|
76,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
It is noted that Net Income per Share may not add exactly to
annual totals due to rounding.
F-38
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock
Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTechs Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended
and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTechs
Form S-8
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-69668)
filed on September 19, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended
and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTechs
Form S-8
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-96617)
filed on July 17, 2002)
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Newgen Results Corporation 1996
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Newgen Results Corporations
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-62703)
filed on September 2, 1998)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Newgen Results Corporation 1998
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to Newgen Results Corporations
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-62703)
filed on September 2, 1998)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Client Services Agreement,
1996 version (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 1 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on June 5, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Agreement for Customer Interaction
Center Management Between United Parcel General Services Co. and
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
TeleTechs Amendment No. 4 to
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-04097)
filed on July 30, 1996)
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Client Services Agreement dated
May 1, 1997, between TeleTech Customer Care Management
(Telecommunications), Inc. and GTE Card Services Incorporated
d/b/a GTE Solutions (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 to TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Operating Agreement for Ford
Tel II,LLC effective February 24, 2000 by and among
Ford Motor Company and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to TeleTechs Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of
October 29, 2002 among TeleTech, Bank of America, N.A. and
the other Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Lease and
Deed of Trust Agreement dated June 22, 2000
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to
TeleTechs Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Amended and Restated Participation
Agreement dated June 22, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to TeleTechs Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Private Placement of Senior Notes
pursuant to Note Purchase Agreement dated October 30,
2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
May 15, 2001 between James Kaufman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
August 16, 2000 between James Kaufman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement dated October 27, 1999 between Michael E. Foss
and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to
TeleTechs Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Promissory Note dated
November 28, 2000 by Sean Erickson for the benefit of
TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Promissory Note dated
March 28, 2001 by Sean Erickson for the benefit of TeleTech
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
October 15, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
October 1, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Letter Agreement dated
January 11, 2001 between Chris Batson and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
January 29, 2001 between Chris Batson and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Letter Agreement dated
January 26, 2001 between Jeffrey Sperber and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Stock Option Agreement dated
March 5, 2001 between Jeffrey Sperber and TeleTech
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to
TeleTechs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000)
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
First Amendment to
Note Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1, 2003
by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and each of the
institutional investors party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.29 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Second Amendment to
Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 by
and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and each of the institutional
investors party thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.30 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Third Amendment to
Note Purchase Agreement dated as of September 30, 2003
by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and each of the
institutional investors party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.31 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
First Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.32 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of June 30, 2003 by and among TeleTech
Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America,
N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.33 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated as of October 24, 2003 by and among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.34 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed
on March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Inter-creditor and Collateral
Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 2003 among various
creditors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.35 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Pledge Agreement dated as of
October 24, 2003 by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., each
subsidiary of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.36 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Security Agreement dated as of
October 24, 2003 by and among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., each
subsidiary of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.37 to TeleTechs Form 10K filed on
March 8, 2004 (Commission File
No. 0-210055)
|
|
10
|
.38*
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., Insight Enterprises, Inc. and Direct
Alliance Corporation dated June 14, 2006
|
|
10
|
.39*
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders
named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as
Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated
as of September 28, 2006
|
|
10
|
.40*
|
|
First Amendment to the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as
Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank
National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and
Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
List of subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of CEO of TeleTech
|
|
31
|
.2*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of CFO of TeleTech
|
|
32
|
*
|
|
Written Statement of Chief
Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed
pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report. |
exv10w38
Exhibit 10.38
Execution Copy
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.,
Insight Enterprises, Inc.
and
Direct Alliance Corporation
Dated as of June 14, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF STOCK |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 Sale and Purchase of Stock |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 Purchase Price |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 Working Capital |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 Clawback |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 Bonus Payment |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 Excluded Assets |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3. CLOSING |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 Organization, Good Standing, Qualification and Authority |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 Capitalization; Title to Stock |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 Subsidiaries; Assets |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 No Violations; Consents |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 Agreements and Actions |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6 Compliance with Laws |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7 Financial Statements |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8 No Material Adverse Change |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9 Employee Plans |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.10 Licenses and Permits |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.11 Company Assets, Equipment and Client Information |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.12 Intellectual Property |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.13 Real Property |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.14 Labor Agreements and Employees |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.15 Tax Matters |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.16 Insurance |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.17 Litigation, Actions and Proceedings |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.18 Confidentiality Agreements |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.19 Corporate Documents |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.20 Powers of Attorney |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.21 Restrictions on Business Activities |
|
|
22 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
4.22 Environmental Matters |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.23 Brokers and Finders Fees |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.24 No Conflict of Interest |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 Organization, Qualification and Authority |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2 Availability of Funds |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.3 No Violations |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4 Litigation, Actions and Proceedings |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5 Brokers |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.6 Acquisition of Shares for Investment |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF SELLER |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 Conduct of Business |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 Access |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3 Exclusivity |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF PURCHASER |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 Cooperation |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 Employee Matters |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.2 Joint Employee Plans with Seller |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.3 Non-Solicitation and Covenant Not to Compete |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.4 Cooperation; Books and Records |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.5 Quarles & Brady Claim |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.6 Transfer Taxes |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.7 Payment of Taxes |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9. CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF PURCHASER TO CLOSE |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.2 Performance |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.3 Consents or Waivers Obtained |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.4 No Injunction |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5 Encumbrances; Stock Certificates |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.6 Delivery of Documents |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.7 Financial Statements |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.8 Lease Agreement |
|
|
30 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
9.9 Release of Credit Support Obligations |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.10 Automatic Transfer of Funds |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.11 Resignations of Directors |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.12 No Material Adverse Effect |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10. CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF SELLER TO CLOSE |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 Performance |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 Approvals |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 No Injunction |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 Release of Guarantees |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11. INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1 Indemnification by Seller |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.2 Indemnification by Purchaser |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.3 Matters Involving Third Parties |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 12. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.1 Right to Terminate Agreement |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.2 Effect of Termination |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.2 Expenses |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.3 338(h)(10) Election |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.4 Returns |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.5 Mutual Cooperation |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.6 No Implied Representations |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.7 Public Announcements |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.8 Materiality |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.9 Arbitration |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.10 Governing Law |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.11 Notices |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.12 Headings |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.13 Assignment |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.14 Parties in Interest |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.15 Severability |
|
|
38 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
13.16 Specific Performance |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.17 Exclusive Remedies After Closing |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.18 Counterparts |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.19 Facsimile Signatures |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.20 Entire Agreement |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.21 Waiver |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.22 Amendments |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.23 Interpretation of Agreement |
|
|
39 |
|
iv
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into as of June ___, 2006,
by and among TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (Purchaser), INSIGHT
ENTERPRISES, INC., a Delaware corporation (Seller), and DIRECT ALLIANCE CORPORATION, an
Arizona corporation (the Company).
Recitals
A. The Company operates as a business process outsourcing provider (the Business);
B. Seller is the legal and beneficial owner all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Company; and
C. Purchaser wishes to purchase, and Seller desires to sell, 100% of the outstanding capital
stock of the Company on the terms set forth in this Agreement.
Agreement
Purchaser, Seller and the Company, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedule):
AAA shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.9(a).
Affiliate means with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly or
indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, and
for such purposes the terms controls, controlled by and common control shall mean the direct
or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the voting rights in a Person; provided that in applying
this definition each partys ownership of shares in the Company shall be disregarded.
Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.
Bonus Payment shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
Business shall have the meaning specified in Recital A.
Clawback shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c).
Client Information shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.11.
Closing shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.
Closing Date means the time and date as of which the Closing actually takes place as
described in Section 3.
Closing Working Capital shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(vi).
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.
Companys Registered Intellectual Property Rights shall have the meaning specified in
Section 4.12.
Competing Transaction means any business combination or recapitalization involving the
Company or any acquisition or purchase of all or a significant portion of the assets of, or any
material equity interest in, the Company or any other similar transaction with respect to the
Company involving any Person or entity other than Purchaser or its Affiliates as contemplated under
this Agreement.
Competitive Business shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3(b).
Confidential Information shall have the meaning specified in the definition of
Intellectual Property.
Contract means any contract, lease, license, purchase order, sales order or other agreement
or binding commitment.
Copyrights shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual Property
Rights.
Credit Agreement shall mean (1) the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, by
and between Insight Enterprises, Inc., the financial institutions party thereto, and JP Morgan
Chase Bank, as a successor to Bank One NA, as lender, as amended, and (2) Agreement For Inventory
Financing, dated October 31, 2003, by and among IBM Credit LLC, Insight Direct USA, Inc., Insight
Public Sector, Inc. and Direct Alliance Corporation, as amended.
Debt of any Person means, without duplication: (i) all obligations of such Person for
borrowed money; (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price
of property or services; (iii) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar
instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of
property, assets or businesses; (iv) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by the
Person; (v) all obligations with respect to any hedging agreements; (vi) all payment obligations,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and
letters of Guarantee; (vii) all liabilities classified as non-current liabilities in accordance
with GAAP as of the Closing Date; (viii) all Debt referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above
secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to
be secured by) any Encumbrances upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned
by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
Debt; and (ix) all Guarantees by such Person of the Debt of others. The Debt of any Person shall
include the Debt of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general
partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Persons ownership
interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Debt
provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
2
Disclosure Schedule or Schedule means the disclosure schedules attached to this Agreement.
Dividend means the Intercompany Receivable, any excess cash over the Working Capital Floor
and the Excluded Real Property.
Domain Name Rights shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property Rights.
Draft Working Capital Closing Statement shall have the meaning specified in Section
2.3(b)(i).
Employee Plan means any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other
arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation,
performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits or other employee benefits or
remuneration of any kind, whether written or unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded, including
without limitation, each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which
is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Company or any
Affiliate for the benefit of any employee of the Company, or with respect to which the Company or
any Affiliate has or may have any liability or obligation.
Encumbrance means any lien, charge, security interest, mortgage, pledge, preemptive right,
right of first offer or refusal or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever (but excluding
licenses of and other agreements related to Intellectual Property which are not intended to secure
an obligation).
Environmental Laws means any applicable laws or any agreement with any Governmental
Authority or other third party governing (i) pollution, contamination, wetlands, waste or
restoration or protection of the environment or natural resources or the effect of the environment
on employee health and safety or (ii) the handling, use, presence, disposal, release or threatened
release of any Hazardous Substance.
Environmental Permits means all final and enforceable permits, licenses, franchises,
certificates, approvals and similar authorizations of a Governmental Authority required by
Environmental Laws and applicable to the business of the Company as currently conducted.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate means any other Person or entity under common control with the Company
within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and the regulations issued
thereunder.
Equipment shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.11.
Excluded Assets means the following assets:
(a) the Excluded Real Property;
3
(b) the Intercompany Receivable; and
(c) the Plan.
Excluded Real Property means the property listed in Schedule 1.2 including all
buildings and parking structures.
Financial Statements means the internal financial statements of the Company for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, and for the monthly periods from January 1, 2006 through the last
month ending prior to the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by the
Companys Chief Financial Officer or most senior financial officer.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States,
consistently applied.
Governmental Authority means any (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory,
county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature, or any political subdivision
thereof, (ii) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government or (iii) governmental
or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department,
agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, body or other entity and any court,
arbitrator or other tribunal).
Gross Profit means an amount calculated, in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the
methodology used in the Companys December 31, 2005 financial statements, as follows (with the
following capitalized terms referring to line items used in the Companys December 31, 2005
financial statements): Net Sales less the sum of, Product Costs, COS Returns Reserve, Supplier
Discounts, Other Inventory Costs, Inventory Provision, Service Cost, Freight In, Shipping Expense,
Packaging and Other Costs.
Gross Profit Achievement shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a).
Guarantee of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation (the
primary obligation) of any other Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, and including any obligation of such guaranteeing Person, direct or indirect
contingent or otherwise, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
payment of) such Debt or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the
purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities
or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Debt or other obligation of the payment
thereof, (iii) to maintain Working Capital, equity capital, net worth or any other financial
statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay
such Debt or other obligation or (iv) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or
letter of guarantee issued to support such Debt or obligation; provided, however, that the term
Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business.
4
Hazardous Substance means any substance regulated as hazardous, toxic or radioactive under
any applicable Environmental Law, including petroleum and any derivative or by-products thereof.
IBM Clawback shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b).
IBM Contract means the Program Services Agreement Number 4900RL1367, between the Company and
International Business Machines Corporation, effective as of October 1, 2000, as amended through
Amendment Number Six, effective June 9, 2006.
Indemnified Party shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).
Indemnifying Party shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).
Independent Accounting Firm shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(iv).
Intellectual Property means all intellectual property, regardless of form, including without
limitation: (i) published and unpublished works of authorship, including without limitation
audiovisual works, collective works, computer programs, compilations, databases, derivative works,
literary works, maskworks, and sound recordings (Works of Authorship); (ii) inventions
and discoveries, including without limitation articles of manufacture, business methods,
compositions of matter, improvements, machines, methods, and processes and new uses for any of the
preceding items (Inventions); (iii) words, names, symbols, devices, designs, and other
designations, and combinations of the preceding items, used to identify or distinguish a business,
good, group, product, or service or to indicate a form of certification, including without
limitation logos, product designs, and product features (Trademarks); and (iv)
confidential information that is not generally known or readily ascertainable through proper means,
whether tangible or intangible, including without limitation confidential algorithms, customer
lists, ideas, designs, formulas, know-how, methods, processes, programs, prototypes, systems, and
techniques (Confidential Information).
Intellectual Property Rights means all rights in, arising out of, or associated with
Intellectual Property in any jurisdiction, including, without limitation, such: (i) rights in,
arising out of, or associated with Works of Authorship, including without limitation rights in
maskworks and databases and rights granted under the Copyright Act (Copyrights), but
excluding off-the-shelf or standard desktop software; (ii) rights in, arising out of, or
associated with Inventions, including without limitation rights granted under the Patent Act
(Patent Rights); (iii) rights in, arising out of, or associated with Trademarks,
including without limitation rights granted under the Lanham Act (Trademark Rights); (iv)
rights in, arising out of, or associated with Confidential Information, including without
limitation rights granted under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act (Trade Secret Rights); and
(v) rights in, arising out of, or associated with domain names (Domain Name Rights).
Intercompany Receivable means the receivable on the balance sheet between Seller and the
Company under the item entitled Accounts receivable Intercompany.
Inventions shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual Property.
5
Knowledge means, when used in connection with the representations and warranties and
covenants herein, the actual knowledge of Evan Braun, David Canham, Richard Fennessy, Ian Gilyeat,
Hugh Jones, James Kebert, Stanley Laybourne or Darren Skarecky.
Lenovo Clawback shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).
Lenovo Contract means Program Services Agreement Number 4905AD0002 and United States
Participation Agreement Number 4905AD0003, between the Company and Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.,
effective as of March 28, 2005.
Licenses and Permits shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10.
Losses means any and all damages, costs, liabilities, losses, judgments, penalties, fines,
expenses or other costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and costs of
investigation suffered by an Indemnified Party.
Marketplace shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.2.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on either the assets, operations, or
financial condition (including, but not limited to, operating results) of the Company, or Sellers
or the Companys ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, other than as a result
of anything disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or any change, effect, event or occurrence
relating to (i) the economy or securities markets of the United States or any other region in
general, (ii) this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or the announcement thereof,
(iii) the business process outsourcing industry in general, and not specifically relating to the
Company or Seller or (iv) a reduction in the trading price or volume of Sellers common stock.
Multiemployer Plan means any Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan, as defined in
Section 3(37) of ERISA.
Non-Compete Period shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3(b).
Non-Solicitation Period shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3(a).
Notice of Claim shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.3(b).
Patent Rights shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property Rights.
Pension Plan means each Employee Plans which is an employee pension benefit plan, within
the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA.
Permitted Liens means (i) Encumbrances and other exceptions to title that are disclosed in
Schedule 1.3 and (ii) liens for Taxes, fees, levies, duties or other governmental charges
of any kind which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings which suspend the collection thereof and for which appropriate reserves have been
established in accordance with GAAP.
6
Person means any individual, corporation, association, general partnership, limited
partnership, venture, trust, association, firm, organization, company, business, entity, union,
society, government (or political subdivision thereof) or governmental agency, authority,
instrumentality or any successors or permitted assigns thereof.
Plan means the Companys 2000 Long Term Incentive Plan.
Premises means the building(s) covered by the lease agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Purchase Price shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
Purchaser shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.
Purchasers Deductible shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.1(d)(i).
Quarles & Brady Claim means Insight Enterprises, Inc. v. Quarles, Brady, Streich Lang LLP,
No. CV2005-013074, filed in the Superior Court of Arizona, Maricopa County and any other
investigations, litigation or proceedings against the Company that arises out of the same issues or
operative facts.
Registered Intellectual Property Rights means all Intellectual Property Rights that are the
subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration, or other document issued by, filed
with, or recorded by, any state, government, or other public legal authority in any jurisdiction,
including without limitation all applications, reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals,
extensions, provisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part associated with Patent Rights.
Returns shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.15(a).
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Seller shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.
Sellers Deductible shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(b)(i).
Sellers Report shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(ii).
Stock shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
Survival Period shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.1.
Tax means (i) any and all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes, assessments and
other governmental charges, duties, impositions and liabilities, including taxes based upon or
measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use and occupation, and value added, ad
valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property
taxes, together with all interest, penalties, fines and additions imposed with respect to such
amounts, (ii) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in Section
7
4.15(a) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary
group for any period (including any arrangement for group or consortium relief or similar
arrangement), and (iii) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in
Sections 4.15(a) or 4.15(b) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other
Person or as a result of any obligations under any agreements or arrangements with any other Person
with respect to such amounts and including any liability for taxes of a predecessor or transferor
entity.
Third Party Claim shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.3(b).
Toshiba Contract means the Program Services Agreement between the Company and Toshiba
America Information Systems, Inc., effective September 1, 2005, as amended.
Trademarks shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property.
Trademark Rights shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property Rights.
Trade Secret Rights shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property Rights.
Working Capital means current assets, excluding accounts receivable unpaid more than 75
calendar days after the invoice date or the stated due date, whichever is later, minus current
liabilities, as determined in accordance with GAAP and consistent with past practices.
Working Capital Closing Statement shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(v).
Working Capital Floor shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a).
Working Capital Shortfall shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(vi).
Working Capital Surplus shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(vi).
Works of Authorship shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Intellectual
Property.
Section 2. Sale and Purchase of Stock
2.1 Sale and Purchase of Stock. At the Closing, Seller shall sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser
shall purchase from Seller, a total of 30,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, of the
Company, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company (the
Stock), free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for any Encumbrances created by this
Agreement and Encumbrances arising under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities
laws, and in accordance with this Agreement.
8
2.2 Purchase Price. As consideration for the sale and purchase of the Stock and subject to
the Clawback and Working Capital Adjustment, at the Closing, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an
aggregate amount of $46,500,000 in cash (the Purchase Price). The Purchase Price shall
be payable on the Closing Date by wire transfer.
2.3 Working Capital.
(a) Seller shall be required to deliver the Company on the Closing Date with Working
Capital equal to $7,960,000 (the Working Capital Floor). The parties acknowledge
that insufficient information will be available on the Closing Date to determine the actual
Working Capital on such date, and accordingly, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser no later
than two business days prior to the Closing Date a good faith estimate of Working Capital as
of the Closing Date together with appropriate supporting documentation. If the Company is
delivered on the Closing Date with such estimated Working Capital below the Working Capital
Floor, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward dollar-for-dollar in the amount of the
deficiency. Any excess cash over the Working Capital Floor will be part of the Dividend to
Seller on the Closing Date.
(b) Subsequent to the Closing Date, the actual amount of Working Capital as of the
Closing Date shall be determined and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment, if
any, as specified in this Section 2.3(b).
(i) As soon as practicable following the Closing, with the assistance of the
Companys accountants, Purchaser shall prepare a draft statement of actual Working
Capital as of the Closing Date (the Draft Working Capital Closing
Statement). The Draft Working Capital Closing Statement shall be prepared in
conformity with the definition of Working Capital and shall be delivered together
with such documentation as is reasonably necessary to substantiate the calculations
shown therein. Purchaser shall deliver the Draft Working Capital Closing Statement
and documentation to Seller not later than 90 calendar days following the Closing
Date.
(ii) The Draft Working Capital Closing Statement shall be final and binding
upon the Parties, and shall be deemed to be the Working Capital Closing Statement,
(as defined below) unless, within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Draft
Working Capital Closing Statement from Purchaser, Seller shall provide to Purchaser
written notice indicating its objections to the Draft Working Capital Closing
Statement. Any such objections shall be set forth in reasonable detail in a report
(the Sellers Report) that shall indicate the grounds upon which Seller
disputes that the Draft Working Capital Closing Statement has been prepared in
accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. Purchaser shall provide to
Seller full access, during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice,
to the books and records of the Company and to the Companys personnel and
accountants in connection with Sellers preparation of the Sellers Report, provided
that Seller shall not interfere with the Business in the exercise of such right.
9
(iii) Within 10 calendar days after the receipt by Purchaser of the Sellers
Report, Seller and Purchaser shall endeavor in good faith to agree on any matters in
dispute.
(iv) If Purchaser and Seller are unable to agree on any matters in dispute
within such 10 calendar day period after receipt by Purchaser of the Sellers
Report, the matters in dispute will be submitted for resolution to the office of
Deloitte & Touche located in Phoenix, Arizona or such other independent accounting
firm of national reputation as may be mutually acceptable to Purchaser and Seller
(the Independent Accounting Firm), which Independent Accounting Firm
shall, within 30 calendar days after such submission, determine and issue a written
report to Purchaser and Seller regarding, such disputed items, which written report
shall be final and binding upon the parties. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate
with each other and each others representatives to enable the Independent
Accounting Firm to render a written report as promptly as possible. The fees and
expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne equally by Purchaser and
Seller, with one party reimbursing the other, if necessary, following such
determination. In acting under this Agreement, the Independent Accounting Firm
shall be entitled to the privileges and immunities of arbitrators.
(v) The Working Capital statement incorporating the resolution of matters in
dispute with respect to Working Capital (or, if a Sellers Report is not provided
within the time prescribed in Section 2.3(b)(ii), the Draft Working Capital Closing
Statement) is referred to as the Working Capital Closing Statement. The
Working Capital Closing Statement shall have the legal effect of an arbitral award
and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
(vi) If the Working Capital calculated by reference to the Working Capital
Closing Statement (the Closing Working Capital) is less than the estimated
Working Capital, the Purchase Price shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by
an amount equal to such shortfall (the Working Capital Shortfall). In
such event, Seller shall pay to Purchaser the amount of the Working Capital
Shortfall within 10 calendar days after the date of receipt by Seller of the Working
Capital Closing Statement as finally established pursuant to this Section 2.3(b).
If the Closing Working Capital is more than the estimated Working Capital described
in Section 2.3(a), the Purchaser Price shall be increased on a dollar-for-dollar
basis by an amount equal to such surplus (the Working Capital Surplus).
In such event, Purchaser shall pay Seller in cash the amount of the Working Capital
Surplus within 10 calendar days after the date of receipt by Purchaser of the
Working Capital Closing Statement as finally established pursuant to this Section
2.3(b).
2.4 Clawback.
(a) If the Lenovo Contract (i) is not renewed for a period of at least two years and
(ii) the forecasted Gross Profit from the signed statement(s) of work or amendment(s) for
2007 and 2008 under the renewed Lenovo Contract is less than the amount set forth
10
on Schedule 2.4(a), then Purchaser shall be entitled to a clawback of the
Purchase Price in the amount of $5,000,000 (the Lenovo Clawback), subject to
Section 2.4(c);
(b) If the IBM Contract (i) is not renewed for a period of at least one year, and (ii)
the forecasted Gross Profit from the signed statement(s) of work or amendment(s) for 2007
under the renewed IBM Contract is less than the amount set forth on Schedule 2.4(b),
then Purchaser shall be entitled to a clawback of the Purchase Price in the amount of
$1,500,000 (the IBM Clawback), subject to Section 2.4(c);
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sum of the Lenovo Clawback and the IBM Clawback
(collectively, the Clawback) shall not exceed $5,000,000.
(d) Seller shall pay Purchaser the Clawback in cash within 10 calendar days of
receiving notice from Purchaser that the Clawback is due, which notice shall include the
amount of the Clawback due and provide in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
supporting such amount.
2.5 Bonus Payment.
(a) Purchaser shall pay Seller a one-time bonus payment (the Bonus Payment),
based on the percentage representing the Companys actual Gross Profit for its 2006 fiscal
year ending December 31, 2006, compared to its forecasted Gross Profit of $17,907,676 (the
Gross Profit Achievement), in the amount, calculated on a straight line pro rata
basis, set forth opposite such percentage in the table below:
|
|
|
Gross Profit Achievement |
|
Bonus Payment |
<85% |
|
$0 |
85%
|
|
$1,000,000 |
90%
|
|
$2,000,000 |
100%
|
|
$5,000,000 |
110%
|
|
$8,000,000 |
>120%
|
|
$11,000,000 |
By way of illustration, if the Companys actual Gross Profit for its 2006 fiscal year
ending December 31, 2006 were $18,803,060, the Bonus Payment would be $6,500,000 (based on a
Gross Profit Achievement of 105%).
(b) On or before March 20, 2007, Purchaser shall pay Seller the Bonus Payment based
upon the Companys financial statements for its 2006 fiscal year ending December 31, 2006,
together with such information reasonably needed to explain the calculation of the Bonus
Payment.
2.6 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
the sale of the Stock shall not include the Excluded Assets and Seller and its Affiliates shall be
entitled to retain any and all of the Excluded Assets, and the Company may pay the Dividend to
Seller prior to Closing.
11
Section 3. Closing
The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Closing) will
take place at 10:00 am MST on the later of the second business day following the satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 9 and Section 10 or June 30, 2006 (the Closing
Date), at the offices of Seller at 1305 West Auto Drive, Tempe, Arizona, or at such other
place and on such date as may be mutually agreed by Purchaser and Seller, in which case
Closing Date means the date so agreed.
Section 4. Representations and Warranties of Seller
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, but without limiting the indemnity under Section
11.1, Seller makes no representation regarding the Excluded Assets. As a material inducement to
Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby,
subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11, Seller hereby represents and warrants to
Purchaser, as of the date of this Agreement, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, as
follows:
4.1 Organization, Good Standing, Qualification and Authority. The Company is a corporation
duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Arizona, and is in good standing and duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which it is doing
business except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected, individually
or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has full power and authority
to own, lease and operate its assets as presently owned, leased and operated, and to carry on the
Business as it is now being conducted. Each of Seller and the Company has the full right, power
and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Agreement and all documents and
agreements necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement, to consummate the
transactions contemplated on the part of Seller and the Company hereunder, and to take all actions
necessary to permit or approve the actions of Seller and the Company taken in connection with this
Agreement. Except as otherwise required herein, no other action, consent or approval on the part
of Seller, the Company or any other Person, is necessary to authorize Sellers or the Companys due
and valid execution, delivery and consummation of this Agreement and all other agreements and
documents executed in connection herewith. This Agreement and all other agreements and documents
executed in connection herewith by Seller and the Company, upon due execution and delivery thereof,
shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, constitute the valid and binding
obligations of Seller and the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,
except as enforcement may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium,
fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally, or (b) laws relating
to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.
4.2 Capitalization; Title to Stock. Seller owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of the Company, including the Stock, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for any
Encumbrances created by this Agreement and Encumbrances arising under the Securities Act or any
applicable state securities laws. The Stock has been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable. Immediately following the Closing, Purchaser will own 100% of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Company. Other than the capital stock of
12
Marketplace Agent, Inc., an Arizona corporation (Marketplace), the Company owns no
capital stock, security, interest or other right, or any option or warrant convertible into the
same, of any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise, and the Company
owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Marketplace. Except for the capital stock
of the Company owned by Seller, there are no other shares of capital stock of the Company or any
securities convertible into shares of capital stock of the Company issued or outstanding and no
Person has any option or other right to purchase from the Company or from Seller, or to require the
Company or Seller to issue, any additional shares of the Companys capital stock or any right or
interest therein. At Closing, there will be no declared or accrued but unpaid dividends with
respect to the Companys capital stock or outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom
stock, profit participation or other similar rights with respect to the Company. Except as set
forth in Schedule 4.2, the Company does not have in place any incentive plans under which
directors, officers or employees may be compensated in equity.
4.3 Subsidiaries; Assets. Other than Marketplace, the Company does not currently own or
control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other
business entity. Marketplace does not own any assets and does not have any liabilities, including
intercompany liabilities. Marketplace does not conduct any business and has not conducted any
business since 2003. Except for Excluded Assets, all of the Companys assets and rights of every
character and description, including without limitation accounts receivable, all rights under
Contracts, Intellectual Property Rights and other intangible rights, will, immediately following
Closing continue to be owned by and vested in the Company, without any interruption, termination,
right of termination, right of repossession or other adverse consequence as a result of the
thereof.
4.4 No Violations; Consents. The Company is not in violation, breach or default of any
provision of its Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or similar organizational documents, or in
material violation, breach or default of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or Contract
to which it is a party or by which it is bound or, to Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, of any
provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. Except as set
forth in Schedule 4.4, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by
the Company and Seller of their respective obligations hereunder, with or without the passage of
time and giving of notice, (a) do not and will not conflict with or violate any provision of the
Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or similar organizational documents of the Company, and (b) do
not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of,
(ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon the capital
stock or assets of the Company pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify,
terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any
authorization, consent, approval, waiver, exemption, order of, or registration, qualification,
designation, declaration or filing with, or other action by or notice to any Governmental Authority
or other third party, including a party to any agreement with the Company (so as not to trigger any
conflict within the meaning of Section 4.24), pursuant to, any law, statute, rule or regulation or
any Contract, Licenses and Permits, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is
subject or by which any of its respective assets are bound, except where the failure to obtain any
such authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action, or deliver any such notice, would
not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
13
4.5 Agreements and Actions.
(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(a), other than (i) standard employee
benefits generally made available to all employees, and (ii) standard director and officer
indemnification agreements approved by the Companys Board of Directors there are no
agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its
officers, directors, employees or Affiliates, or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) Except for agreements explicitly contemplated by this Agreement or set forth in
Schedule 4.5(b), there are no Contracts or proposed transactions, judgments, writs
or decrees to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that involve (i)
obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $100,000
on an annual basis, (ii) the license of any material Intellectual Property Right to or from
the Company (other than licenses or software subject to shrink wrap or click through
licenses), or (iii) the grant of rights to license, market or sell its products or services
to any other Person or affect the right of the Company to develop, distribute, market or
sell its respective products or services.
(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(c), the Company has not made any loans
or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses.
(d) Schedule 4.5(d) contains a list of each of the Companys material
Contracts. Each material Contract entered into by the Company is valid, binding and
enforceable and in full force and effect, except where failure to be valid, binding and
enforceable and in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect and there are no defaults by the Company or, to Sellers or the Companys
Knowledge, any other party thereto, thereunder, except those defaults that would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as enforcement may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors
rights generally and by general principles of equity. Except as set forth in Schedule
4.5(d), the Company is not a party to or bound by any non-compete agreement or any other
agreement or obligation which purports to limit in any material respect the manner in which,
or the localities in which, the Company is entitled to conduct all or any material portion
of the Companys Business. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(d), the transfer and
sale of the Stock will not alter, terminate, or cause a default under, any such material
Contract. True and complete copies of all material Contracts of the Company have been
delivered or made available to Purchaser on the Premises. Following the Closing Date, the
Company will be permitted to exercise all of its rights under the material Contracts without
the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than amounts or consideration
which the Company would otherwise be required to pay had the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement not occurred.
(e) The Company has timely paid its accounts payable in the ordinary course of
business.
4.6 Compliance with Laws. Neither the Company nor Seller has made any (a) kickback, bribe, or
payment to any Person in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign laws,
14
rules or regulations, directly or indirectly, for referring, recommending or arranging
business or customers with, to or for the Company or Seller or (b) other illegal payment. Each of
the Company and Seller is in compliance (without obtaining waivers, variances or extensions) with,
all federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations which relate to the operations of
the Business, except where the failure to be in compliance would not result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
4.7 Financial Statements. The Financial Statements (a) have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP, (b) are true and correct in all material respects and have been prepared on a basis
consistent throughout the periods indicated and consistent with each other, and (c) present fairly
in all material respects the financial condition, operating results and cash flows of the Company
as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein (subject to normal year end audit
adjustments and the absence of footnotes). Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, and
fully reserved against therein, the Company has no material liabilities of any nature (absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than (i) liabilities incurred after the date of the
Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business that are not material, individually or in
the aggregate, and (ii) obligations under Contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course
of business which would not be required under GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements
prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard
system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and maintains a system
of internal controls that is reasonable and appropriate in relation to its business.
4.8 No Material Adverse Change. Other than to the extent contemplated by or relating to this
Agreement, between December 31, 2005 and the date of this Agreement:
(a) the Company has not entered into any material transaction outside the ordinary
course of business, except for transactions contemplated by or relating to Contracts or other
matters referred to in the Disclosure Schedule;
(b) there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect, except to the extent that any
such change is seasonal in nature or has arisen from or relates to any transaction
contemplated by or relating to any Contract or other matters referred to in the Disclosure
Schedule;
(c) there has not occurred any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by
insurance, having a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) there has not occurred any termination, waiver, cancellation or compromise by the
Company of any material rights or material claims, under Contract or otherwise, or of a
material Debt owed to it, other than in the ordinary course of business;
(e) there has not occurred any satisfaction or discharge of any Encumbrance or payment
of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that does not
have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) other than the Excluded Assets, there has been no sale, assignment, lease, transfer
or other disposition by the Company of, or mortgages, pledges of, the imposition
15
of any Encumbrance, on any portion of, or a transfer of a security interest in, the
material assets of the Company, including but not limited to accounts receivable, other than
in the ordinary course of business;
(g) there has been no increase in the compensation payable by the Company to any of the
Companys employees, directors, stockholders, independent contractors or agents, or any
increase in, or institution of, any bonus, insurance, pension, profit-sharing or other
employee benefit plan or arrangements made to, for or with the employees, directors,
stockholders or independent contractors of the Company other than in the ordinary course of
business;
(h) except as set forth in Schedule 4.8(h), there has not occurred any
resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of the Company and to
Sellers and the Companys Knowledge, there is no impending resignation or termination of
employment of any such officer or key employee;
(i) there have not been any loans or Guarantees made by the Company to or for the
benefit of their respective employees, officers, directors or stockholders or any members of
their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary
course of business;
(j) there has been no adjustment or write-off of accounts receivable or reduction in
reserves for accounts receivable outside of the ordinary course of business or any change in
the collection, payment or credit experience or practices of the Company having a Material
Adverse Effect;
(k) other than the Dividend, there has been no declaration, setting aside or payment in
respect to the Companys capital stock by the Company of any dividend, distribution or
extraordinary or unusual disbursement or expenditure other than expenses incurred in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, or any direct or
indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;
(l) other than as disclosed under Section 4.17, there has not been any commencement,
settlement, written notice or to Sellers and the Companys Knowledge threat of any lawsuit
or proceeding or other investigation against the Company or its affairs;
(m) there has not been any amendment or changes to the Companys Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws;
(n) except as set forth in Schedule 4.8(n), there has not been any capital
expenditure or capital expenditure commitment by the Company exceeding $100,000 individually;
(o) there has been no merger, consolidation or similar transaction;
16
(p) to Sellers and the Companys Knowledge, there has been no federal, state or local
statute, rule, regulation, order or case adopted, promulgated or decided having a Material
Adverse Effect;
(q) there has not been any change in any election in respect of taxes, adoption or
change in any accounting method (including any accounting method in respect of taxes),
agreement or settlement of any claim or assessment in respect of taxes or extension or waiver
of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of taxes;
(r) there has not occurred any termination of, or change to, having a Material Adverse
Effect, a material Contract (including but not limited to the Lenovo Contract, the IBM
Contract and the Toshiba Contract) by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or
subject, and Seller or the Company has no Knowledge of any threatened or contemplated
termination or change; or
(s) there has been no arrangement or commitment (written or oral) with respect to any of
the foregoing.
4.9 Employee Plans.
(a) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate contributes to or has any contingent
obligations to any Multiemployer Plan. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has
incurred any liability (including secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result
of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 of ERISA
or as a result of a sale of assets described in Section 4204 of ERISA.
(b) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, established,
sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, any Pension Plan which is subject to Title IV
of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any
liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under any Employee Plan which is a
welfare plan (as defined in Section 3(l) of ERISA), other than liability for health plan
continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Title I(B) of ERISA.
(c) Each Employee Plan complies, in both form and operation, in all material respects,
with its terms, ERISA and the Code, and no condition exists or event has occurred with
respect to any such plan which would result in the incurrence by the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate of any material liability, fine or penalty. To Sellers or the Companys
Knowledge, no Employee Plan is being audited or investigated by any government agency or is
subject to any pending or threatened claim or suit that would have a Material Adverse
Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(c), neither the Company nor any ERISA
Affiliate nor any fiduciary of any Employee Plan has engaged in a prohibited transaction
under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
4.10 Licenses and Permits. The Company has all local, state, federal and foreign licenses,
permits, registrations (but excluding Registered Intellectual Property Rights, which are the
subject of Section 4.12), certificates, consents, accreditations and approvals (collectively, the
17
Licenses and Permits) necessary for the Company to operate and conduct the Business
except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the
aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no material default on the part of the
Company, Seller or to Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, any other party under any of the
Licenses and Permits. To Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, there exists no grounds for
revocation, suspension or limitation of any of the Licenses or Permits. No notices have been
received by the Company or Seller with respect to any threatened, pending, or possible revocation,
termination, suspension or limitation of the Licenses and Permits. The transactions contemplated
hereby will not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Companys right to utilize the Licenses and
Permits as a result of the Closing. True and complete copies of all material Licenses and Permits
have been delivered or made available to Purchaser on the Premises.
4.11 Company Assets, Equipment and Client Information. The Company has good and marketable
title to its assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Liens. The Companys
assets are sufficient to conduct the Business as presently conducted. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.11, and other than the Excluded Assets, no assets utilized by the Company are
owned by or in the possession of Seller. The accounts receivable of the Company represent bona
fide obligations arising in the ordinary course of business, and, to the best of Sellers or the
Companys Knowledge, are fully collectible in the ordinary course, net of applicable reserves,
which reserves have been appropriately accounted for on the Financial Statements based upon the
good faith estimates and information available to the Companys management. Other than the
Excluded Assets, the assets reflected on the Financial Statements constitute all of the material
assets and other rights used in the conduct of the Business. Schedule 4.11 lists all
material items of equipment (the Equipment) owned or leased by the Company. Except as
set forth on Schedule 4.11, such Equipment is (a) adequate for the conduct of the Companys
Business as currently conducted, and (b) in good operating condition, subject to normal wear and
tear. At Closing, the Company will convey to Purchaser all information regularly used by the
Company in connection with the Companys Business with regard to, and any and all rights it has to,
all lists of its clients, client contact information, client correspondence and client licensing
and purchasing histories relating to its current and former clients (the Client
Information).
4.12 Intellectual Property. The Company (a) owns or possesses all right, title and interest
in and to, or has a right to use, all of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Business, free and
clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Liens), except where the failure to so own or
posses such Intellectual Property Rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, (b) has not received any written notice of any claim by any third party contesting
the validity, enforceability, use or ownership of any material Intellectual Property Rights used in
connection with the Business, nor to Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, is any such claim
threatened, (c) except as set forth on Schedule 4.12, to Sellers or the Companys
Knowledge, has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise conflicted in any material respect with
any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, (d) may exercise, transfer or license its
material Intellectual Property Rights without restriction or payment to a third party, (e) is not
obligated to transfer or license any material Intellectual Property Rights currently held or later
obtained to a third party, (f) takes reasonable steps to maintain the secrecy of Confidential
Information from which the Company derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from
the Confidential Information not being generally known, and (g) has made the necessary filings and
18
recordations and has paid all required fees to record and maintain its ownership of all
material Registered Intellectual Property Rights used in the Business. All Intellectual Property
Rights will be owned by or available for use by the Company immediately following the Closing on
the same terms and conditions as currently owned or used. Schedule 4.12 sets forth a
complete and correct list in all material respects of (i) all Registered Intellectual Property
Rights owned by, filed in the name of, applied for by, or subject to a valid obligation of
assignment to the Company (the Companys Registered Intellectual Property Rights); (ii)
all exclusive licenses and exclusive rights to the Companys Intellectual Property Rights granted
by the Company; (iii) all material, non-exclusive licenses and rights to the Companys Intellectual
Property Rights granted by the Company; (iv) all exclusive licenses and exclusive rights to
Intellectual Property Rights granted to the Company; and (v) all material, nonexclusive licenses
and rights to Intellectual Property Rights granted to the Company. To Sellers and the Companys
Knowledge, there is no material breach of the agreements relating to the grant of these licenses
and rights. A complete list of all of the material Intellectual Property Rights, other than Trade
Secret Rights, owned, possessed or used by the Company in the Business has been set forth in
Schedule 4.12.
4.13 Real Property. Schedule 4.13 sets forth a complete and correct list of all real
properties or premises that the Company leases or utilizes in whole or in part in connection with
the Business. Complete and correct copies of all mortgages, deeds of trust, leases, guarantees of
lease and other documents concerning such real property have been provided to Purchaser. The
Company does not own any real property in fee. Each lease of premises utilized by the Company in
connection with the Business is valid and binding in all material respects, as between the Company
and the other party or parties thereto except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and by general
principles of equity, and the Company is a tenant or possessor in good standing thereunder, free of
any material default or breach on the part of the Company and, to Sellers or the Companys
Knowledge, free of any material default or breach on the part of the lessors thereunder, and
quietly enjoys the premises provided for therein.
4.14 Labor Agreements and Employees. The Company is not bound by or subject to (and none of
its assets is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment
or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to Sellers or the
Companys Knowledge, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of the
Company. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving the Company pending, or to Sellers
or the Companys Knowledge threatened, which could have a Material Adverse Effect, nor to Sellers
and the Companys Knowledge is there any labor organization activity involving its employees.
Schedule 4.14 sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, (a) a complete list of all of
the Companys employees identified by employee numbers, indicating rates of pay, employment dates
and job titles for each employee, (b) true and correct copies of any and all fringe benefits and
personnel policies, (c) categorization of each such employee as a full time, part time or part time
plus employee of the Company, and (d) whether any such employee has an employment agreement. For
purposes of this Section 4.14, part time employee means an employee who is employed for an
average of fewer than 30 hours per week and part time plus employee means an employee who is
employed for an average of between 30 and 39 hours per week. Except as set forth in Schedule
4.14, the Company has no employment agreements with its employees. To Sellers and the
Companys Knowledge, no officer or key employee, or any group of key employees, intends to
terminate his,
19
her or their employment with the Company. Schedule 4.14 sets forth (i) all former
employees of the Company utilizing or eligible to utilize COBRA health insurance and (ii) a
complete list of all of the Companys Employee Plans. To Sellers and the Companys Knowledge, all
such plans have been administered in material compliance with applicable laws. The Company has
complied in all material respects with all applicable state and federal equal employment
opportunity laws and with other laws related to employment.
4.15 Tax Matters.
(a) Seller and the Company have prepared and timely filed all required federal, state
and local returns, estimates, information statements and reports relating to any and all
Taxes concerning or attributable to the Company or its operations (Returns) and
such Returns are true and correct and completed in accordance with applicable law. In
filing the Returns, Seller and the Company have not taken any filing positions that they do
not deem as probable of being sustained in the event of an audit.
(b) Seller and the Company have timely paid all the Companys Taxes and timely paid or
withheld with respect to the Companys employees and other third parties (and timely paid
over any withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority) all federal and state income
taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, Federal Unemployment Tax Act and other Taxes
required to be withheld.
(c) Seller and the Company have not been delinquent in the payment of any Tax of the
Company, nor is there any Tax deficiency outstanding, assessed or proposed against the
Company, nor has Seller or the Company executed any outstanding waiver of any statute of
limitations on or extension of the period for the assessment or collection of any Tax
applicable to the Company.
(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15(d), there is no pending tax
examination or audit of, nor any action, suit, investigation or claim asserted or, to
Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, threatened against the Company or Seller by any
Governmental Authority with respect to any Returns. No adjustment relating to any Return
has been proposed in writing by any taxing authority to Seller or the Company or any
representative thereof. No claim has ever been successfully made by a Governmental
Authority in a jurisdiction where Seller or the Company does not file Returns that the
Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.
(e) The Company had no liabilities for unpaid Taxes arising in periods for which
Returns are not yet required to be filed as of the date of the most recent unaudited balance
sheet that have not been accrued or reserved on such balance sheet, whether asserted or
unasserted, contingent or otherwise, and the Company has not incurred any liability for
Taxes since the date of such balance sheet other than in the ordinary course of business.
(f) The Company has delivered or made available to Purchaser on the Premises copies of
all Returns filed for the fiscal years ended 2000 to the most recent period for which
Returns were required to be filed.
20
(g) There are no Encumbrances on the Companys assets relating to or attributable to
Taxes other than Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due and payable.
(h) The Company is not, and has not been at any time, a United States Real Property
Holding Corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.
(i) During the two-year period ending on the date hereof, the Company has not
constituted either a distributing corporation or a controlled corporation in a
distribution of stock intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the
Code.
(j) The Company has not engaged in a reportable transaction within the meaning of
Treas. Reg. § 1.6011-4(b).
(k) The Company will not be required to include any income or gain or exclude any
deduction or loss from taxable income as a result of (i) any change in method of accounting
under Section 481(c) of the Code prior to the Closing Date, (ii) closing agreement under
Section 7121 of the Code entered into prior to the Closing Date, (or in the case of each of
(i) and (ii), under any similar provision of applicable law), or (iii) installment sale or
open transaction disposition prior to the Closing Date.
(l) Other than as set forth in Schedule 4.15(l), there is no Contract,
agreement, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party, including, without
limitation, the provisions of this Agreement, covering any employee or former employee of
the Company or other Person, which, individually or collectively, could give rise to the
payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Sections 280G, 404 or 162(m)
of the Code or any similar provision of applicable law.
4.16 Insurance. Seller, for the benefit of the Company, has maintained in full force and
effect and has continuously maintained insurance coverage for the operations, personnel, and assets
of the Company and for the Business (to the extent possible and prudent), sufficient in amount
(subject to reasonable deductibles) to allow the Company to maintain normal business operations in
the event of a loss. The Company has in full force and effect errors and omissions liability
insurance in amounts acceptable to Seller and customary for companies similar in size and
complexity in the industry. Neither the Company nor Seller is in default or breach of any material
provision contained in any such insurance policies, and neither the Company nor Seller has failed
to give any notice or to present any known claim thereunder in due and timely fashion. Neither the
Company nor Seller has received any notice of the intent of any insurance company to not renew or
to cancel any material, in force insurance policies for the Company or materially increase the
premiums thereunder. The Company and Seller have notified insurers of any known claims in a
reasonably timely manner. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.16, no letters of credit have
been posted or cash restricted for the benefit of any such insurance policies.
4.17 Litigation, Actions and Proceedings. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17, there
are no outstanding orders, judgments, injunctions, awards or decrees of any Governmental Authority
against Seller or the Company, any of the Companys assets or Business, or, to Sellers or the
Companys Knowledge, any of the Companys current or former directors or officers or
21
any other Person whom Seller or the Company has agreed to indemnify (with respect to such
indemnification obligation), as such, that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in
the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Furthermore, except as set forth in Schedule
4.17, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Sellers or the
Companys Knowledge, currently threatened against the Company that questions the validity of this
Agreement or the right of the Company to enter into it, or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, or that might have, either individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect. Other than the Quarles & Brady Claim, there is no action, suit,
proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to
initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or
investigations pending or threatened in writing involving the prior employment of any employees of
the Company, their use in connection with the Companys business, or any information or techniques
allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements
with prior employers.
4.18 Confidentiality Agreements. The Company has entered into agreements with some of its
employees, consultants and officers regarding confidentiality and proprietary information
substantially in the form or forms delivered or made available to Purchaser on the Premises.
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18, to Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, none of the
Companys former and current employees, consultants or officers is in violation thereof.
4.19 Corporate Documents. The Companys Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws are in the forms
provided to Purchaser. Seller has heretofore made available to Purchaser for Purchasers
inspection all of the Companys minute books, stock ledgers and stock books in the Companys
possession.
4.20 Powers of Attorney. Other than as set forth in Schedule 4.20, there are no
powers of attorney or similar arrangement by which Seller is authorized to act for or on behalf of
the Company.
4.21 Restrictions on Business Activities. There is no material agreement (non-compete or
otherwise), commitment, judgment, injunction, order or decree to which the Company is a party or
otherwise binding upon the Company, which has or may reasonably be expected to have the effect of
prohibiting or impairing any Business practice of the Company, any acquisition of property
(tangible or intangible) by the Company, the conduct of the Business by the Company or otherwise
limiting the freedom of the Company or its Affiliates to engage in any line of business or to
compete with any Person (other than licenses of and other agreements relating to Intellectual
Property Rights). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.21, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Company has not entered into any agreement under which the Company is restricted
from selling, licensing or otherwise distributing any of its technology or products to, or
providing services to, customers or potential customers or any class of customers, in any
geographic area, during any period of time or in any segment of the market.
4.22 Environmental Matters. Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, to Sellers
and the Companys Knowledge, the Company is in material compliance with all applicable
Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; no written notice, notification, demand, request for
information, citation, summons or order has been received, no complaint has
22
been filed, no penalty has been assessed, and no investigation, action, claim, suit,
proceeding or review (or any basis therefor) is pending or is threatened by any Governmental
Authority or other Person regarding the Companys operations under any Environmental Law; and there
are no liabilities or obligations of the Company under any Environmental Law or with respect to any
Hazardous Substance that could reasonably be expected to result in or be the basis for any
liability or obligation under any Environmental Law.
4.23 Brokers and Finders Fees. Except for Martin Wolf Securities LLC, neither the Company
nor Seller has retained any broker or finder in connection with any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, and neither the Company nor Seller has incurred or agreed to pay,
or taken any other action that would entitle any Person to receive, any brokerage fee, finders fee
or other similar fee or commission with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. Sellers obligation to indemnify Purchaser under Section 11 shall extend to any Losses
arising from or related to brokers or finders fees described in this Section 4.23.
4.24 No Conflict of Interest. The Company is not indebted, directly or indirectly, to any of
its officers or directors or to their respective spouses or children, in any amount whatsoever
other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the ordinary course of
business or relocation expenses of employees. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.24, none
of the Companys officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, are, directly
or indirectly, indebted to the Company or, to Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, have any direct
or indirect ownership interest in any Person which is an Affiliate of the Company or with which the
Company has a business relationship, or any Person which competes with the Company except that
officers, directors and/or stockholders of the Company may own stock in (but not exceeding two
percent of the outstanding capital stock of) any publicly traded company that may compete with the
Company. To Sellers or the Companys Knowledge, none of the Companys officers or directors or
any members of their immediate families are, directly or indirectly, interested in any material
Contract with the Company. The Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any Debt of any other
Person.
Section 5. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser
As a material inducement to Seller and the Company to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated herein, Purchaser represents and warrants to Seller and
the Company as follows:
5.1 Organization, Qualification and Authority. Purchaser is a corporation or other legal
entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.
Purchaser has the full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms of
this Agreement and all documents and agreements necessary to give effect to the provisions of this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated on the part of Purchaser hereunder. No
other action, consent or approval on the part of Purchaser or any other Person, is necessary to
authorize Purchasers due and valid execution, delivery and consummation of this Agreement and all
other agreements and documents executed in connection hereto. This Agreement and all other
agreements and documents executed in connection herewith by Purchaser, upon due execution and
delivery thereof, shall constitute the
23
valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective
terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
laws affecting creditors rights generally and by general principles of equity.
5.2 Availability of Funds. Purchasers financial resources are sufficient to enable it to
purchase the Stock.
5.3 No Violations. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by
Purchaser of its respective obligations hereunder, with or without the passage of time and giving
of notice, (a) do not and will not conflict with or violate any provision of the Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws or similar organizational documents of Purchaser, and (b) do not and will not
(i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute
a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon the capital stock or assets
of Purchaser pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate
any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent,
approval, waiver, exemption, order of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, or other action by or notice to any Governmental Authority or other third party,
including a party to any agreement with Purchaser, pursuant to, any law, statute, rule or
regulation or any Contract, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Purchaser is subject or
by which any of its respective assets are bound, except where the failure to obtain any such
authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action, or deliver any such notice, would not
result in a material adverse effect on Purchaser.
5.4 Litigation, Actions and Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding or
investigation pending or, to Purchasers knowledge, currently threatened against Purchaser that
questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of Purchaser to enter into it, or to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
5.5 Brokers. Purchaser has not retained any broker or finder in connection with any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Purchaser has not incurred or agreed to pay, or
taken any other action that would entitle any Person to receive, any brokerage fee, finders fee or
other similar fee or commission with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
5.6 Acquisition of Shares for Investment. Purchaser is acquiring the Stock for investment and
not with a view toward, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, nor with any
present intention of distributing or selling the Stock. Purchaser is able to bear the economic
risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period, and has knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in Stock.
Section 6. Pre-Closing Covenants of Seller
Seller agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:
6.1 Conduct of Business. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or with Purchasers prior
written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Company shall, and Seller shall use
its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to:
24
(a) conduct the Business only in the ordinary course in substantially the same manner
as heretofore conducted;
(b) preserve and maintain all Intellectual Property Rights used in the Business
substantially in accordance with current business practices;
(c) preserve and maintain all Licenses and Permits used in the Business substantially
in accordance with current business practices;
(d) comply in all material respects with all statutes, laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations, Licenses and Permits applicable to the Business;
(e) perform in all material respects all obligations under Contracts and instruments
relating to or affecting the Business;
(f) maintain the books of account and records of the Business in the usual, regular and
ordinary manner;
(g) keep in full force and effect insurance comparable in amount and scope of coverage
to insurance now carried with respect to the Business;
(h) not (i) enter into any employment agreement or commitment to employees of the
Business or effect any increase in the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable
(whether oral or written) to any officer, director or employee of the Business other than
increases in non-officer employee compensation effected in the ordinary course of business
or (ii) modify or amend, or waive any benefit of, any non-compete agreement to which the
Company or Seller is a party;
(i) not (i) amend its Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational
documents, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its outstanding capital stock,
(iii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock or
property, other than as contemplated by this Agreement (other than the payment of the
Dividend to Seller prior to Closing), or (iv) directly or indirectly redeem or otherwise
acquire any shares of its capital stock;
(j) not issue any securities in the Company, any securities convertible into securities
of the Company, or any rights or interests therein;
(k) not merge, combine or consolidate with any Person;
(l) not engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company or any Affiliate of
Seller, other than transactions between the Company and Seller related to this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated herein (other than the payment of the Dividend to Seller prior
to Closing);
(m) not (i) acquire or purchase an equity interest in or any assets of any Person or
otherwise acquire any assets outside the ordinary course of business and consistent with
past practice or otherwise enter into any material Contract, commitment or
25
transaction or (ii) sell, lease, license, waive, release, transfer, encumber (other
than Permitted Liens) or otherwise dispose of any of its material assets, Equipment or other
tangible personal property of the Business;
(n) not (i) incur, assume or prepay any Debt or any other material liabilities other
than (A) accounts payable and payments under credit facilities existing on the date hereof
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or (B) accounts
payable and payments incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this
Agreement and the consummation of transactions contemplated herein, including, without
limitation, attorneys fees, (ii) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or
responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any Person
or (iii) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any
Person;
(o) not authorize or make any single expenditure or series of related expenditures in
excess $150,000;
(p) not enter into any Contract that cannot be terminated with 30 days or less notice
and without penalty; and
(q) not authorize or enter into any commitment with respect to any of the matters
described above.
6.2 Access. Subject to the provisions of Section 6, Seller shall, after receiving reasonable
advance notice from Purchaser, give Purchaser reasonable access (during normal business hours) to
the Companys physical assets, facilities, books, records, Contracts, computer systems and
databases, and Licenses and Permits and any other information and matters reasonably requested by
Purchaser for the purpose of enabling Purchaser to further investigate and inspect, at Purchasers
sole expense, the Business, assets, operations, financial condition and legal affairs of the
Company. Seller will make the Companys officers, auditors, counsel, or other representatives
reasonably available for consultation and verification of any information so obtained. Such
information will be treated as confidential by Purchaser and not disclosed to any third parties
without the prior written consent of the Company, except for disclosure by Purchaser to its legal,
accounting and other professional advisors, employees and agents in connection with the evaluation
and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.3 Exclusivity. Until the termination of this Agreement, Seller and the Company agree not to
enter into any agreement, agreement in principle or other commitment (whether or not legally
binding) relating to a Competing Transaction or solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of
any proposal or offer from any person or entity (including the Companys officers, shareholders,
employees and agents) relating to any Competing Transaction, nor participate in any discussions or
negotiations regarding, or furnish to any other Person any information with respect to, or
otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any
effort or attempt by any other Person to effect a Competing Transaction. Seller and the Company
shall immediately cease any and all contacts, discussions and negotiations with third parties
regarding any Competing Transaction, and Seller and the Company shall grant no
26
access to any third party to any of the Companys premises, to any confidential information,
or to any other information relating to the Company for the purpose of enabling such third party to
make a determination as to whether to enter into a Competing Transaction with Seller or the
Company. Seller shall, and shall cause the Company to, notify Purchaser if any proposal regarding
a Competing Transaction (or any inquiry or contact with any Person with respect thereto) is made
and shall advise Purchaser of the contents thereof (and, if in written form, provide Purchaser with
copies thereof).
Section 7. Pre-Closing Covenants of Purchaser
Purchaser agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:
7.1 Cooperation. Purchaser shall cooperate fully with Seller, and shall provide Seller with
such assistance as Seller may reasonably request, for the purpose of facilitating the performance
by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement. Purchaser shall cooperate with Seller to assist
Seller in obtaining (i) the consents required pursuant to Section 9.3 and (ii) any and all releases
or terminations of any obligations of Seller to any third party other than those specifically
excepted under the terms of this Agreement or that will be satisfied prior to the Closing and (iii)
any and all terminations of any guarantees of Seller of any obligations or liabilities of any third
party that will remain unsatisfied or outstanding following the Closing, including, without
limitation, obligations or liabilities of the Company.
Section 8. Post-Closing Covenants
8.1 Employee Matters. Effective as of the Closing Date, each individual who, immediately
prior to the Closing, is a Company employee (including individuals who are on military leave,
disability, workers compensation or any approved leave of absence, whether or not paid) shall
automatically, and without further action by Purchaser, Seller, the Company, such individual or any
other Person, continue to be an employee of the Company.
8.2 Joint Employee Plans with Seller. Seller and the Company shall take such action as is
necessary such that the Company shall cease being a participating employer and shall cease any
co-sponsorship and participation in each Employee Plan that is jointly adopted, sponsored or
maintained by Seller and the Company and in which any current, terminated or retired employee of
the Company participates. All liabilities associated with all Employee Plans that are jointly
adopted, sponsored or maintained by Seller and the Company shall remain with Seller and Seller
shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, and its respective officers, directors, employees,
Affiliates and agents, at all times from and after the Closing Date from, against and in respect of
any and all Losses arising therefrom.
8.3 Non-Solicitation and Covenant Not to Compete.
(a) For a period of 18 months from and after the Closing Date (the
Non-Solicitation Period), Seller agrees that it and its Affiliates shall not,
directly or indirectly, either for itself or for any other Person, solicit for employment
any of the Companys employees employed as of the Closing Date without the prior written
consent of the Company; provided, however, that nothing shall prohibit Seller or its
Affiliates from
27
hiring any Person who contacts them without any solicitation from Seller or its
Affiliates or as a result of a general solicitation by Seller or its Affiliates to the
public..
(b) For a period of three years from and after the Closing Date (the Non-Compete Period), Seller agrees that it and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly,
either for itself or for any other Person, operate anywhere in the world a business
substantially similar to the Companys Business as conducted on the Closing Date (a
Competitive Business). For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser acknowledges that
Sellers business as currently operated (but not including the Company) is not a Competitive
Business.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.3(b), Seller and its Affiliates may (i)
acquire a Person fifteen percent or less of the consolidated annual revenues (measured by
the most current financial statements published by the acquired Person in the ordinary
course of business) of which are derived from a Competitive Business, (ii) beneficially own
ten percent or less of the equity of any Person that competes, directly or indirectly, with
the Company, or (iii) beneficially own Debt or other non-voting securities of any
Competitive Business.
(d) Nothing in this Section 8.3 shall restrict or prohibit the actions or conduct of or
otherwise apply to, any third party that consummates a merger, consolidation, business
combination, acquisition or assets or purchase of capital stock with respect to Seller.
8.4 Cooperation; Books and Records.
(a) Purchaser and the Company shall provide Seller and its Affiliates and their
respective representatives and agents reasonable assistance in connection with any financial
reporting or accounting matters, the Excluded Assets and the Quarles & Brady Claim, upon
reasonable notice, including access to documents for production or use in connection with or
in anticipation of any action or proceeding, access to employees and officers, as necessary,
for testimony at depositions or trial and assistance in connection with, or in anticipation
of, any Tax audit.
(b) Purchaser shall retain all of the books and records of the Company for a period of
five years after the Closing Date or such longer time as may be required by law.
8.5 Quarles & Brady Claim. Following the Closing, Seller shall, at its own expense, continue
to litigate the Quarles & Brady Claim and, subject to Section 8.4, Purchaser and the Company shall
provide Seller, its representatives and agents reasonable assistance in connection with the Quarles
& Brady Claim and Purchaser and the Company shall not agree to any waiver or settlement without the
prior written consent of Seller; provided, however, that, subject to Section 11, Seller shall
indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from and against, and shall reimburse Purchaser for, any and
all liability or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Purchaser in connection with the Quarles &
Brady Claim. Any recovery or benefit (including damages, attorneys fees or otherwise) by the
Company from the Quarles & Brady Claim shall be
28
held in trust for the benefit of Seller and any such recovery or benefit shall be promptly
paid over to Seller.
8.6 Transfer Taxes. All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such
Taxes and related fees (including any penalties, interest and additions to Tax) incurred with
respect to the Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be divided equally between Seller and
Purchaser. Except as required by applicable law, Purchaser shall prepare, execute and file all
Returns and other documentation on a timely basis as may be required to comply with the provisions
of any such applicable law.
8.7 Payment of Taxes. Seller shall remain liable and pay any and all Taxes concerning or
attributable to Seller and its Affiliates (other than the Company). Seller shall be liable and
pay, or cause to be paid, any and all Taxes concerning or attributable to the Companys operations
for the period prior to the Closing Date and the period on the Closing Date prior to the Closing.
Section 9. Conditions to Obligation of Purchaser to Close
The obligation of Purchaser to purchase the Stock and otherwise consummate the transactions
that are to be consummated at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, as of the Closing Date,
of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by Purchaser in whole or in
part):
9.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller
set forth in Section 4, as modified solely by the Disclosure Schedule, shall be accurate in all
material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that any of such representations and
warranties refers specifically to a date other than the Closing Date.
9.2 Performance. Seller shall have performed, in all material respects, all covenants,
agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed by Seller on or before the
Closing Date.
9.3 Consents or Waivers Obtained. Purchaser shall have received evidence, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the consents, or waivers thereof, listed as items 1
through 7 and 9 on Schedule 4.4 have been obtained.
9.4 No Injunction. There shall not be in effect, at the Closing Date, any injunction or other
binding order of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Purchaser that prohibits the
purchase of the Stock by Purchaser.
9.5 Encumbrances; Stock Certificates. The Stock and assets of the Company shall be free and
clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Liens, if any). Purchaser shall have received the
stock certificates representing the Stock duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by any
applicable documentary stamp tax.
9.6 Delivery of Documents. Seller shall have delivered or made available to Purchaser on the
Premises the documents required to be delivered or made available under Sections 4.5(d), 4.10,
4.15(f), and 4.18.
29
9.7 Financial Statements. Seller and the Company shall have delivered the Financial
Statements to Purchaser which Financial Statements, as applicable, shall be presented on a monthly
basis beginning with the month following the financial statements for the fiscal year ended 2005
through the last month ending prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that if the Closing is
to take place prior to the 15th day of a month, the financial statements for the
immediately prior month shall not need to be delivered.
9.8 Lease Agreement. Seller and the Company shall have entered into a lease agreement in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
9.9 Release of Credit Support Obligations. The Company shall have been released from any
credit support obligations under the Credit Agreements.
9.10 Automatic Transfer of Funds. As of the end of the day on the Closing Date, Seller shall
have terminated any arrangement by which funds from the Companys operating accounts with JP Morgan
Chase are collected and transferred to Seller.
9.11 Resignations of Directors. On the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to Purchaser written resignations of any and all directors of the Company.
9.12 No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, no Material Adverse Effect
shall have occurred.
Section 10. Conditions to Obligation of Seller to Close
The obligation of Seller to cause the Stock to be sold to Purchaser and otherwise consummate
the transactions that are to be consummated at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, as of
the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by Seller in
whole or in part):
10.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of
Purchaser set forth in Section 5 shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date.
10.2 Performance. Purchaser shall have performed, in all material respects, all covenants,
agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed by Purchaser on or before the
Closing Date.
10.3 Approvals. This Agreement shall have been approved by the requisite vote of Purchasers
Board of Directors.
10.4 No Injunction. There shall not be in effect, at the Closing Date, any injunction or
other binding order of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Seller or the Company
that prohibits the sale of the Stock to Purchaser.
10.5 Release of Guarantees. The Seller shall be released from any guarantees of the Companys
performance listed on Schedule 10.5.
30
Section 11. Indemnification.
11.1 Indemnification by Seller.
(a) Subject to the limitations in Section 11.1(d), Seller shall indemnify and hold
harmless Purchaser, and its respective officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and
agents, at all times from and after the Closing Date from, against and in respect of any and
all Losses arising from or related to any breach or default in performance by Seller or the
Company of any of its representations or warranties, covenants or agreements contained in
this Agreement.
(b) Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, and its respective officers,
directors, employees, Affiliates and agents, at all times from and after the Closing Date
from, against and in respect of any and all Losses arising from or related to the Excluded
Assets.
(c) Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, and its respective officers,
directors, employees, Affiliates and agents, at all times from and after the Closing Date
from, against and in respect of any and all Losses arising from or related to all matters
set forth or included in Schedule 4.9(c), Schedule 4.12 (limited to the
section titled Infringement, Misappropriation), Schedule 4.15(d) and Schedule
4.17.
(d) Certain Limitations.
(i) Other than for the Quarles & Brady Claim, the Excluded Assets and all
claims arising from or related to a breach of Sections 4.9, 4.14, 4.15, or 4.17,
Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify Purchaser for any Losses until such
time as the amount of the aggregate Losses equal or exceed $250,000 (the
Purchasers Deductible), after which there may only be recovered those
Losses in excess of the Purchasers Deductible, subject to the limitations in
Section 11.1(d)(ii).
(ii) Other than for the Quarles & Brady Claim, the Excluded Assets, all claims
arising from or related to a breach of Sections 4.9, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17 or 8.3(b), for
Losses arising from items listed under the section titled Infringement,
Misappropriation in Schedule 4.12, and for Losses described in Section
11.1(c), Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify Purchaser for any Losses in
excess of $10.0 million; provided, however, that all Losses of Purchaser shall be
applied first to satisfy the Purchasers Deductible.
(iii) Seller shall have no liability under this Section 11.1 for a breach of
any representation or warranty to the extent (1) a reserve in respect of any Losses
was made in the Financial Statements, (2) the amount of any insurance proceeds
actually received by Seller with respect to such Losses, and (3) any indemnity,
contribution or other similar payment actually received by Seller from any third
party with respect to such Losses.
31
11.2 Indemnification by Purchaser.
(a) Subject to the limitations in Section 11.2(b), Purchaser shall indemnify and hold
harmless Seller, and its respective officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and agents,
at all times from and after the Closing Date from, against and in respect of any and all
Losses arising from or related to any breach or default in performance by Purchaser of any
of its representations or warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.
(b) Certain Limitations.
(i) Purchaser shall have no obligation to indemnify Seller for any Losses until
such time as the amount of the aggregate Losses equal or exceed $250,000 (the
Sellers Deductible), after which there may only be recovered those Losses
in excess of the Sellers Deductible, subject to the limitations in Section
11.2(b)(ii).
(ii) Purchaser shall have no obligation to indemnify Seller for any Losses in
excess of $10.0 million; provided, however, that all Losses of Seller shall be
applied first to satisfy the Sellers Deductible.
(iii) Purchaser shall have no liability under this Section 11.2 for a breach of
any representation or warranty to the extent (1) the amount of any insurance
proceeds actually received by Purchaser with respect to such Losses, and (2) any
indemnity, contribution or other similar payment actually received by Purchaser from
any third party with respect to such Losses.
11.3 Matters Involving Third Parties.
(a) For purposes of this Section 11.3, a party against which indemnification may be
sought is referred to as the Indemnifying Party and the party which may be
entitled to indemnification is referred to as the Indemnified Party.
(b) If any third party shall notify the Indemnified Party with respect to any matter (a
Third Party Claim) that may give rise to a claim for indemnification against the
Indemnifying Party under this Section 11, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify
each Indemnifying Party thereof in writing setting forth, in reasonable detail, the nature
and basis of the claim and the amount thereof, to the extent known, and any other relevant
documentation in the possession of the Indemnified Party (a Notice of Claim);
provided, however, that failure on the part of the Indemnified Party to notify any
Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder
unless (and then solely to the extent) the Indemnifying Party is thereby materially
prejudiced by such failure.
(c) The Indemnifying Party may, at its own expense, participate in the defense of any
claim, suit, action or proceeding by providing written notice to the Indemnified Party and
delivering to the Indemnified Party a written agreement that the Indemnified Party is
entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 11 for all Losses arising out of
32
such claim, suit, action or proceeding, and that the Indemnifying Party shall be liable
for the entire amount of any Loss, at any time during the course of any such claim, suit,
action or proceeding, assume the defense thereof, provided that the Indemnifying Partys
counsel is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnifying Party
shall thereafter consult with the Indemnified Party upon the Indemnified Partys reasonable
request for such consultation from time to time with respect to such claim, suit, action or
proceeding. If the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall
have the right (but not the obligation) to participate in the defense thereof and to employ
counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party.
If, however, the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines, based upon written advice of
counsel, that the representation by the Indemnifying Partys counsel of both the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party would present a conflict of interest, then such
Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel (Indemnifying Partys consent to the choice of
counsel is required, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to represent or defend it
in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one such separate counsel. Whether or not the
Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute any such claim, suit, action or
proceeding, all of the Parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof.
(d) Any settlement or compromise made or caused to be made by the Indemnified Party or
the Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, of any such claim, suit, action or proceeding of
the kind referred to in this Section 11.3 shall also be binding upon the Indemnifying Party
or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, in the same manner as if a final judgment or
decree had been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction in the amount of such
settlement or compromise, provided that no obligation, restriction or Loss shall be imposed
on the Indemnified Party as a result of such settlement without its prior written consent.
The Indemnified Party will give the Indemnifying Party at least 30 days notice of any
proposed settlement or compromise of any claim, suit, action or proceeding it is defending,
during which time the Indemnifying Party may reject such proposed settlement or compromise;
provided that from and after such rejection, the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to
assume the defense of and full and complete liability and responsibility for such claim,
suit, action or proceeding and any and all Losses in connection therewith in excess of the
amount of unindemnifiable Losses which the Indemnified Party would have been obligated to
pay under the proposed settlement or compromise.
Section 12. Termination of Agreement
12.1 Right to Terminate Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing:
(a) by the mutual written agreement of Seller, the Company and Purchaser;
(b) by Purchaser at any time after July 14, 2006, if any condition set forth in Section
9 shall not have been satisfied or waived (unless, in the case of any such termination by
Purchaser pursuant to this Section 12.1(b), the failure of such event to
33
occur shall have been caused by the action or failure to act by Purchaser, which action
or failure to act constitutes a breach of Purchasers obligations under this Agreement);
provided, however, that the deadline set forth in this Section 12.1(b) shall be
automatically extended until July 31, 2006 if Seller and the Company have not obtained the
necessary consents pursuant to Section 9.3; or
(c) by Seller and the Company at any time after July 14, 2006, if any condition set
forth in Section 10 shall not have been satisfied or waived (unless, in the case of any such
termination by Seller pursuant to this Section 12.1(c), the failure of such event to occur
shall have been caused by the action or failure to act by Seller, which action or failure to
act constitutes a breach of Sellers obligations under this Agreement); provided, however,
that the deadline set forth in this Section 12.1(c) shall be automatically extended until
July 31, 2006 if Seller and the Company have not obtained the necessary consents pursuant to
Section 9.3.
12.2 Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1:
(a) Purchaser shall promptly cause to be returned to Seller all documents and
information obtained in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and all documents and information obtained in connection with Purchasers
investigation of the Companys Business, operations and legal affairs, including any copies
made by Purchaser of any such documents or information; and
(b) all covenants, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall
terminate and expire, and shall cease to be of any force or effect, as of the date of
termination, and neither party hereto shall have any obligation or liability to the other
party hereto, provided that the Company shall remain liable for the payment of expenses
pursuant to Section 13.2.
Section 13. Miscellaneous Provisions
13.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller
contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered at the Closing
pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing for two years except for the representations
and warranties of Seller described in Sections 4.9, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.22, which will survive the
Closing until the applicable statute of limitations (the Survival Period). No claim may
be brought based upon, directly or indirectly, any of the representations and warranties contained
in this Agreement after the Survival Period.
13.2 Expenses. The Company shall pay: (a) all costs and expenses associated with any
governmental or regulatory agency filing, Consent, and approval required in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) all costs and expenses associated with
the compilation of the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 8.6 and Section
13.9(c), all other fees, costs and expenses incurred by the parties in connection with this
Agreement shall be the responsibility of the party incurring such costs and expenses.
34
13.3 338(h)(10) Election. If requested by Purchaser, the Company and Seller agree to make an
election pursuant to Section 338(h)(10) of the Code, as amended (and any corresponding provisions
of Arizona and other applicable state tax law), with respect to the purchase of the Stock, which
election shall allocate the Purchase Price to the Companys assets pursuant to the method
prescribed in Treasury Regulation §1.338-6 (as reasonably determined by Purchaser and agreed upon
by Seller). Purchaser shall promptly pay to Seller upon receipt of demand therefor (which demand
shall be accompanied by copies of the documentation and computations described in the immediately
following sentence) as additional Purchase Price an amount equal to the increased Taxes, if any,
incurred by Seller with respect to the year in which the Closing occurs and the year in which any
payments are made pursuant to this provision (including any additional Taxes in respect of such
amounts) as a result of any Section 338(h)(10) Election or analogous elections made such that
Seller will receive the same after-Tax proceeds with respect to the year in which the Closing
occurs and the year in which any payments are made pursuant to this provision as if Seller had sold
stock and no Section 338(h)(10) Election or analogous elections had been made. Such determinations
shall be based upon documentation and computations made by Seller with respect to amounts due
hereunder presented to Purchaser. Seller shall provide such documentation and computations to
Purchaser no later than 90 calendar days after (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the date of any
payment of additional Purchase Price giving rise to the obligation to pay additional amounts
hereunder; provided, however, that Sellers failure to provide such documentation and computations
within such time shall not constitute a waiver of its rights to additional amounts hereunder. Any
item of income, expense, gain, or loss (other than any amount in respect of allocations of Purchase
Price in connection with a Section 338(h)(10) Election or additional amounts payable hereunder)
occurring after the Closing Date shall not be considered in calculating increased Taxes.
13.4 Returns
(a) Purchaser shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and timely file, or cause to be
timely filed, all Returns for periods that end after the Closing Date.
(b) If a 338(h)(10) election pursuant to Section 13.3 is not made by Purchaser, such
Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the past practices of Seller and the
Company in preparing Returns. Purchaser shall furnish Seller drafts of Returns as proposed
to be filed for periods that end after the Closing Date no later than 30 calendar days prior
to the due date (without extensions) for the filing of such Returns for Sellers review and
approval. Seller shall have 15 calendar days to review such Returns, and shall, at or prior
to the end of such period, furnish its approval of such Returns or provide its comments and
modifications to such Returns. Purchaser shall accept Sellers comments and modifications
to such Returns, and such Returns, as modified to reflect Sellers comments and
modifications, shall be deemed to have been approved by Seller. If Purchaser disagrees with
or refuses to accept any of Sellers comments or modifications, the parties shall consult
and cooperate in good faith to resolve such disagreements and refusals, and the Returns as
agreed to after such consultation shall be filed in such form as agreed to. If, however,
the parties cannot reach agreement within 30 calendar days after Sellers delivery of its
comments and modifications to the draft Returns as originally proposed by Purchaser, the
parties shall refer the resolution of such disagreement to a nationally recognized
accounting firm reasonably acceptable to both
35
parties for final resolution of such disagreement. Such accounting firms decision
shall be binding on both parties, and shall be made not later than seven calendar days prior
to the due date (including extensions) for the filing of such Returns. Each party shall
bear 50% of the costs of such accounting firm incurred in connection therewith.
13.5 Mutual Cooperation. The parties hereto shall cooperate with each other to achieve the
purpose of this Agreement and shall execute such other and further documents and take such other
and further actions as may be necessary or convenient to effect the transaction described herein.
13.6 No Implied Representations. Purchaser and Seller acknowledge that, except as expressly
provided in Section 4 and Section 5, neither party hereto, and none of the representatives of
either party hereto, has made or is making any representations or warranties whatsoever, implied or
otherwise.
13.7 Public Announcements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each
party to this Agreement hereby agrees with the other party hereto that, without first consulting
with the other party, except as may be required to comply with the requirements of any applicable
Laws, and the rules and regulations of each stock exchange upon which the securities of one of the
parties is listed, if any, no press release or similar public announcement or communication shall,
prior to the Closing, be made or caused to be made concerning the execution or performance of this
Agreement.
13.8 Materiality. For purposes of this Agreement, a Contract, obligation, liability,
transaction, change, breach, encumbrance, proceeding or other matter or event shall not be deemed
to be material unless the existence or occurrence of such matter or event would, by itself, cause
a reasonable purchaser to reverse its decision to enter into a transaction of the type contemplated
by this Agreement.
13.9 Arbitration. Any dispute that the parties are unable to resolve through mediation will
be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the following procedures:
(a) Demand for Arbitration; Location. Either party may demand arbitration by giving
the other party written notice to such effect, which notice will describe, in reasonable
detail, the facts and legal grounds forming the basis for the filing partys request for
relief and will include a statement of the total amount of damages claimed, if any, and any
other remedy sought by that party. The arbitration will be held before one neutral
arbitrator in Phoenix, Arizona before a mutually agreeable nationally or regionally
recognized arbitration organization utilizing retired judges of that region such as
J.A.M.S., and will proceed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association (AAA). If the parties are unable to agree on the
organization to administer the arbitration, it will be administered by the AAA under its
procedures for large and complex cases. There will be no discovery in such arbitration
other than document requests for documents specifically related to this Agreement and the
transaction contemplated herein, which documents will be produced within 15 calendar days
after such requests. Pending the arbitrators determination of the merits of
36
the dispute, either Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to seek
injunctive or other extraordinary relief.
(b) Award. The decision of, and award rendered by, the arbitrator will be final and
binding on the parties. Upon the request of a party, the arbitrators award will include
written findings of fact and conclusions of law. Judgment on the award may be entered in
and enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) Attorneys Fees. The losing party shall pay the prevailing partys attorneys
fees, costs and expenses (including filing fees) with respect to the arbitration, unless
otherwise determined by the arbitrator.
13.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in
all respects by, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts
of law.
13.11 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given and duly delivered when received by the intended
recipient at the following address (or at such other address as the intended recipient shall have
specified in a written notice given to the other party hereto):
if to Purchaser:
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
9197 S. Peoria Street
Legal 2-264
Englewood, CO 80112
Attn:Chief Financial Officer
Fax:(303) 397-8647
with a copy to:
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
9197 S. Peoria Street
Legal 2-264
Englewood, CO 80112
Attn: Christy OConnor, Esq.
Fax: (303) 397-8677
and
Brownstein Hyatt & Farber, P.C.
410 Seventeenth Street, 22nd Floor
Denver, CO 80202
Attn: Steven C. Demby
Fax: (303) 223-1111
37
if to Seller or the Company:
Insight Enterprises, Inc.
1305 W. Auto Drive
Tempe, AZ 85284
Attn:Chief Financial Officer
Fax:(480) 760-7003
with a copy to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
300 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attn: Brian J. McCarthy, Esq.
Fax: (213) 621-5070
13.12 Headings. The captions and headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in
connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
13.13 Assignment. No party hereto may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its
obligations under this Agreement to any other Person without the prior written consent of the other
party hereto; provided, however, that Purchaser may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate of
Purchaser without the consent of Seller or the Company.
13.14 Parties in Interest. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide any rights or
remedies to any Person (including any employee or creditor of the Company) other than the parties
hereto.
13.15 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application of
such provision to any Person or set of circumstances, shall be determined to be invalid, unlawful,
void or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of such
provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is determined to be invalid,
unlawful, void or unenforceable, shall not be affected and shall continue to be valid and
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. The parties further agree to replace such
invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable
provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of
such void or unenforceable provision.
13.16 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that Purchaser would suffer irreparable
damage in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance
with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that prior to the
Closing, Purchaser shall be entitled to seek to enforce specifically the terms and provisions
hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition
to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
38
13.17 Exclusive Remedies After Closing. Following the Closing, the sole and exclusive remedy
for each of the parties with respect to any and all claims relating to the breach of this Agreement
(other than claims of, or causes of action arising from, fraud or criminal acts) shall be pursuant
to the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 11.
13.18 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which
shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more
counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being
understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
13.19 Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures that shall
be binding on the parties hereto, with original signatures to be delivered as soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter.
13.20 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of Purchaser and
Seller and supersedes all other agreements and understandings between Purchaser and Seller relating
to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
13.21 Waiver. No failure on the part of either party hereto to exercise any power, right,
privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of either party hereto in
exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver
thereof; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.
13.22 Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented except
by means of a written instrument executed by Purchaser, Seller, and the Company.
13.23 Interpretation of Agreement.
(a) Each party hereto acknowledges that it has participated in the drafting of this
Agreement, and any applicable rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in connection with the construction
or interpretation of this Agreement.
(b) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of like import used in this
Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement.
(c) Whenever required by the context hereof, the singular number shall include the
plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders;
and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.
(d) As used in this Agreement, the words include and including, and variations
thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed
by the words without limitation.
39
(e) Writing, written and comparable terms in this Agreement refer to printing,
typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.
(f) References in this Agreement to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or
contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.
(g) References in this Agreement to party or parties shall be deemed to be the
parties to this Agreement unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise
requires.
(h) References herein to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules are
intended to refer to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement, unless
otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are
hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein,
shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.
[The Remainder of the Page Left Intentionally Blank]
40
Purchaser, Seller and the Company have caused this Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed as
of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Kenneth D. Tuchman |
|
|
|
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSIGHT ENTERPRISES, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Stanley Laybourne |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECT ALLIANCE CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[INSERT DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE]
EXHIBIT A
Lease Agreement
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT
The undersigned consent and agree to and acknowledge the terms of the foregoing First
Amendment Agreement dated as of October 24, 2006. The undersigned further agree that the
obligations of the undersigned pursuant to the Guaranty of Payment executed by the undersigned
shall remain in full force and effect and be unaffected hereby.
The undersigned hereby waive and release Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors,
officers, employees, attorneys, affiliates and subsidiaries from any and all claims, offsets,
defenses and counterclaims of which the undersigned are aware, such waiver and release being with
full knowledge and understanding of the circumstances and effect thereof and after having consulted
legal counsel with respect thereto.
JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THE UNDERSIGNED, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HEREBY WAIVE ANY
RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWERS, AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE UNDERSIGNED, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF,
IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR
DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH SERVICES CORPORATION |
|
TELETECH CUSTOMER CARE |
|
|
|
|
MANAGEMENT (COLORADO), LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH CUSTOMER CARE |
|
TELETECH GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS,LLC |
MANAGEMENT (WEST VIRGINIA), INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH CUSTOMER SERVICES, INC. |
|
TTEC NEVADA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH INTERNATIONAL |
|
NEWGEN RESULTS CORPORATION |
HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECT ALLIANCE CORPORATION |
|
TELETECH STOCKTON, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
SCHEDULE 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT |
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENT |
|
COMMITMENT |
|
|
LENDERS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
AMOUNT |
|
MAXIMUM AMOUNT |
KeyBank National
Association |
|
|
36.11 |
% |
|
$ |
65,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
65,000,000 |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. |
|
|
16.66 |
% |
|
$ |
30,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
30,000,000 |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
|
13.88 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Bank of America, N.A. |
|
|
13.88 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Wachovia Bank, National
Association |
|
|
11.11 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
The Northern Trust
Company |
|
|
8.33 |
% |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Total Commitment Amount |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
180,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
180,000,000 |
|
1
exv10w39
Exhibit 10.39
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Borrower,
THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,
as Lenders,
and
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent
dated as of
September 28, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.1. Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 1.3. Terms Generally |
|
|
15 |
|
ARTICLE II. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.1. Amount and Nature of Credit |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.2. Revolving Credit |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.3. Interest |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 2.4. Evidence of Indebtedness |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 2.5. Notice of Credit Event; Funding of Loans |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 2.6. Payment on Loans and Other Obligations |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 2.7. Prepayment |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 2.8. Commitment and Other Fees |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 2.9. Modification of Commitment |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 2.11. Mandatory Payments |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 2.12. Extension of Commitment |
|
|
23 |
|
ARTICLE III. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO EURODOLLAR LOANS;
INCREASED CAPITAL; TAXES |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 3.1. Requirements of Law |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 3.2. Taxes |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 3.3. Funding Losses |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 3.4. Change of Lending Office |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 3.5. Eurodollar Rate Lending Unlawful; Inability to Determine Rate |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 3.6. Replacement of Lenders |
|
|
26 |
|
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 4.1. Conditions to Each Credit Event |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 4.2. Conditions to the First Credit Event |
|
|
27 |
|
ARTICLE V. COVENANTS |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 5.1. Insurance |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 5.2. Money Obligations |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 5.3. Financial Statements and Information |
|
|
28 |
|
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 5.4. Financial Records |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 5.5. Franchises; Change in Business |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 5.6. ERISA Pension and Benefit Plan Compliance |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 5.7. Financial Covenants |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 5.8. Borrowing |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 5.9. Liens |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 5.10. Regulations T, U and X |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 5.11. Investments, Loans and Guaranties |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 5.12. Merger and Sale of Assets |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 5.13. Acquisitions |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 5.14. Notice |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.15. Restricted Payments |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.16. Environmental Compliance |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.17. Affiliate Transactions |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.18. Use of Proceeds |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.19. Corporate Names |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 5.20. Lease Rentals |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 5.21. Subsidiary Guaranties, Security Documents and Pledge of Stock or
Other Ownership Interest |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 5.22. Restrictive Agreements |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 5.23. Guaranty Under Material Indebtedness Agreement |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 5.24. Pari Passu Ranking |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 5.25. Amendment of Organizational Documents |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 5.26. Further Assurances |
|
|
36 |
|
ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.1. Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.2. Corporate Authority |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.3. Compliance with Laws and Contracts |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.4. Litigation and Administrative Proceedings |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.5. Title to Assets |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.6. Liens and Security Interests |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.7. Tax Returns |
|
|
37 |
|
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 6.8. Environmental Laws |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.9. Locations |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.10. Continued Business |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 6.11. Employee Benefits Plans |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 6.12. Consents or Approvals |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 6.13. Solvency |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 6.14. Financial Statements |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 6.15. Regulations |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 6.16. Material Agreements |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 6.17. Intellectual Property |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 6.18. Insurance |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 6.19. Accurate and Complete Statements |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 6.20. Defaults |
|
|
39 |
|
ARTICLE VII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 7.1. Payments |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 7.2. Special Covenants |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.3. Other Covenants |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.4. Representations and Warranties |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.5. Cross Default |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.6. ERISA Default |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.7. Change in Control |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.8. Money Judgment |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.9. Material Adverse Change |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.10. Security |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.11. Validity of Loan Documents |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.12. Solvency |
|
|
40 |
|
ARTICLE VIII. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.1. Optional Defaults |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.2. Automatic Defaults |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.3. Letters of Credit |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.4. Offsets |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.5. Equalization Provision |
|
|
42 |
|
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 8.6. Other Remedies |
|
|
42 |
|
ARTICLE IX. THE AGENT |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 9.1. Appointment and Authorization |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 9.2. Note Holders |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.3. Consultation With Counsel |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.4. Documents |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.5. Agent and Affiliates |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.6. Knowledge of Default |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.7. Action by Agent |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.8. Release of Collateral or Guarantor of Payment |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.9. Notice of Default |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.10. Delegation of Duties |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.11. Indemnification of Agent |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.12. Successor Agent |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.13. Fronting Lender |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.14. Agent May File Proofs of Claim |
|
|
44 |
|
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 10.1. Lenders Independent Investigation |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 10.2. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 10.3. Amendments, Consents |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 10.4. Notices |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 10.5. Costs, Expenses and Taxes |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.6. Indemnification |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.7. Obligations Several; No Fiduciary Obligations |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.8. Execution in Counterparts |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.9. Binding Effect; Borrowers Assignment |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.10. Lender Assignments |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.11. Sale of Participations |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 10.12. Patriot Act Notice |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 10.13. Severability of Provisions; Captions; Attachments |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 10.14. Investment Purpose |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 10.15. Entire Agreement |
|
|
49 |
|
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 10.16. Legal Representation of Parties |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 10.17. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 10.18. Jury Trial Waiver |
|
Signature Page 1 |
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Form of Revolving Credit Note |
Exhibit B
|
|
Form of Swing Line Note |
Exhibit C
|
|
Form of Notice of Loan |
Exhibit D
|
|
Form of Compliance Certificate |
Exhibit E
|
|
Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement |
Exhibit F
|
|
Form of Request for Extension |
|
|
|
Schedule 1
|
|
Commitments of Lenders |
Schedule 2
|
|
Guarantors of Payment |
Schedule 2.2
|
|
Existing Letters of Credit |
Schedule 3
|
|
Pledged Securities |
Schedule 5.8
|
|
Indebtedness |
Schedule 5.9
|
|
Liens |
Schedule 6.1
|
|
Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification |
Schedule 6.4
|
|
Litigation and Administrative Proceedings |
Schedule 6.9
|
|
Locations |
Schedule 6.11
|
|
Employee Benefits Plans |
Schedule 6.16
|
|
Material Agreements |
Schedule 6.18
|
|
Insurance |
v
This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended,
restated or otherwise modified, this Agreement) is made effective as of the 28th day
of September, 2006 among:
(a) TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (Borrower);
(b) the lenders listed on Schedule 1 hereto and each other Eligible Transferee,
as hereinafter defined, that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section
2.9(b) or 10.10 hereof (collectively, the Lenders and, individually, each a Lender); and
(c) KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative
agent for the Lenders under this Agreement (Agent).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as
of May 5, 2004 (as amended, the Original Credit Agreement);
WHEREAS, this Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Original Credit Agreement and,
upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the terms and provisions of the
Original Credit Agreement shall be superseded hereby. All references to Credit Agreement
contained in the Loan Documents, as defined in the Original Credit Agreement, delivered in
connection with the Original Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement by this Agreement,
the Obligations outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date shall remain
outstanding and constitute Obligations hereunder. Such outstanding Obligations and the guaranties
of payment thereof shall in all respects be continuing, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to
evidence or result in a novation or repayment and re-borrowing of such Obligations. In furtherance
of and, without limiting the foregoing, from and after the Closing Date and except as expressly
specified herein, the terms, conditions, and covenants governing the Indebtedness outstanding under
the Original Credit Agreement shall be solely as set forth in this Agreement, which shall supersede
the Original Credit Agreement in its entirety; and
WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders desire to contract for the establishment of credits
in the aggregate principal amounts hereinafter set forth, to be made available to Borrower upon the
terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth below:
Acquisition shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of
or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the
assets of any Person (other than a Company), or any business or division of any Person (other than
a Company), (b) the acquisition of in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital
stock (or other equity interest) of any Person (other than a Company), or (c) the acquisition of
another Person (other than a Company) by a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other
combination with such Person.
Additional Commitment shall mean that term as defined in Section 2.9(b) hereof.
Additional Lender shall mean an Eligible Transferee that shall become a Lender during the
Commitment Increase Period pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof.
Additional Lender Assumption Agreement shall mean an additional lender assumption agreement,
in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, wherein an Additional Lender shall become a Lender.
Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date shall mean that term as defined in Section
2.9(b) hereof.
Advantage shall mean any payment (whether made voluntarily or involuntarily, by offset of
any deposit or other indebtedness or otherwise) received by any Lender in respect of the
Obligations, if such payment results in that Lender having less than its pro rata share of the
Obligations then outstanding.
Affiliate shall mean any Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under
common control with a Company and control (including the correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and under common control with) shall mean the power, directly or
indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Company, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agent shall mean that term as defined in the first paragraph hereof.
Agreement shall mean that term as defined in the first paragraph hereof.
Amended and Restated Agent Fee Letter shall mean the Agent Fee Letter between Borrower and
Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or
otherwise modified.
Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall mean:
(a) for the period from the Closing Date through November 30, 2006, twelve and one-half
(12.50) basis points; and
(b) commencing with the Consolidated financial statements of Borrower for the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006, the number of basis points set forth in the following
matrix, based upon the result of the computation of the Leverage Ratio, shall be used to
establish the number of basis points that will go into effect on December 1, 2006 and
thereafter:
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage Ratio |
|
Applicable Commitment Fee Rate |
|
Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 |
|
20.00 basis points |
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but
less than 2.00 to 1.00 |
|
17.50 basis points |
Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but
less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
15.00 basis points |
Less than 1.00 to 1.00 |
|
12.50 basis points |
After December 1, 2006, changes thereafter to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be effective
on the first day of each month following the date upon which Agent should have received, pursuant
to Section 5.3(a) and (b) hereof, the Consolidated financial statements of Borrower. The above
matrix does not modify or waive, in any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the rights
of Agent and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and remedies of Agent and the
Lenders pursuant to Articles VII and VIII hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
during any period when Borrower shall have failed to timely deliver the Consolidated financial
statements pursuant to Section 5.3(a) or (b) hereof, or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to
Section 5.3(c) hereof, until such time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and
Compliance Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be the highest rate
per annum indicated in the above pricing grid regardless of the Leverage Ratio at such time.
Applicable Margin shall mean:
(a) for the period from the Closing Date through November 30, 2006, fifty-five (55)
basis points for Eurodollar Loans, zero (0) basis points for Base Rate Loans, and negative
forty-five (-45) basis points for Swing Loans; and
2
(b) commencing with the Consolidated financial statements of Borrower for the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006, the number of basis points (depending upon whether Loans
are Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans) set forth in the following matrix, based upon the
result of the computation of the Leverage Ratio, shall be used to establish the number of
basis points that will go into effect on December 1, 2006 and thereafter:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable Basis |
|
Applicable Basis |
|
Applicable Basis |
|
|
Points for |
|
Points for |
|
Points for |
Leverage Ratio |
|
Eurodollar Loans |
|
Base Rate Loans |
|
Swing Loans |
Greater than or equal to 2.5 to 1.00 |
|
|
125.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
Greater than or equal to 2.00 to
1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to
1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00 |
|
|
87.50 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
Greater than or equal to 1.00 to
1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
-25.00 |
|
Less than 1.00 to 1.00 |
|
|
55.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
-45.00 |
|
After December 1, 2006, changes thereafter to the Applicable Margin shall be effective on the first
day of each month following the date upon which Agent should have received, pursuant to Section
5.3(a) and (b) hereof, the Consolidated financial statements of Borrower. The above matrix does
not modify or waive, in any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the rights of Agent
and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and remedies of Agent and the Lenders
pursuant to Articles VII and VIII hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during
any period when Borrower shall have failed to timely deliver the Consolidated financial statements
pursuant to Section 5.3(a) or (b) hereof, or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.3(c)
hereof, until such time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and Compliance
Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest rate per annum indicated in
the above pricing grid regardless of the Leverage Ratio at such time.
Assignment Agreement shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement in the form of the
attached Exhibit E.
Authorized Officer shall mean a Financial Officer or other individual authorized by a
Financial Officer in writing (with a copy to Agent) to handle certain administrative matters in
connection with this Agreement.
Base Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate or (b)
one-half of one percent (0.50%) in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate. Any change in the
Base Rate shall be effective immediately from and after such change in the Base Rate.
Base Rate Loan shall mean a Revolving Loan described in Section 2.2(a) hereof on which
Borrower shall pay interest at a rate based on the Derived Base Rate.
Borrower shall mean that term as defined in the first paragraph hereof.
Borrower Investment Policy shall mean the investment policy of Borrower in effect as of the
Closing Date, together with such modifications as approved from time to time by the Board of
Directors of Borrower.
Business Day shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or another day of the year
on which national banks are authorized or required to close, and, if the applicable Business Day
relates to a Eurodollar Loan, a day of the year on which dealings in deposits are carried on in the
London interbank Eurodollar market.
Capital Distribution shall mean a payment made, liability incurred or other consideration
given by a Company to any Person that is not a Company, for the purchase, acquisition, redemption,
repurchase or retirement
3
of any capital stock or other equity interest of such Company or as a dividend, return of capital
or other distribution (other than any stock dividend, stock split or other equity distribution
payable only in capital stock or other equity of such Company) in respect of such Companys capital
stock or other equity interest.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean obligations of the Companies for the payment of
rent for any real or personal property under leases or agreements to lease that, in accordance with
GAAP, have been or should be capitalized on the books of the lessee and, for purposes hereof, the
amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with
GAAP.
Cash Equivalents shall mean those securities and other investments described in the Borrower
Investment Policy.
Change in Control shall mean (a) the acquisition of, or, if earlier, the shareholder or
director approval of the acquisition of, ownership or voting control, directly or indirectly,
beneficially or of record, on or after the Closing Date, by any Person (other than Kenneth D.
Tuchman, his spouse, any of his lineal descendants or any trustees or trusts established for his
benefit or the benefit of his spouse or any of his lineal descendants) or group (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect) of shares
representing more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate ordinary Voting Power represented
by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Borrower; (b) the occupation of a majority of the
seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors or other governing body of Borrower by
Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors or other governing body of
Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; or (c) the occurrence of a change in
control, or other similar provision, as defined in any Material Indebtedness Agreement.
Closing Commitment Amount shall mean One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000).
Closing Date shall mean the effective date of this Agreement as set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
Collateral shall mean the Collateral, as defined in the Security Documents.
Commitment shall mean the obligation hereunder of the Lenders, during the Commitment Period,
to make Loans, to issue Letters of Credit and to participate in Swing Loans and Letters of Credit
pursuant to the Revolving Credit Commitment, up to the Total Commitment Amount.
Commitment Increase Period shall mean the period from the Closing Date to the date that is
three months prior to the last day of the Commitment Period, or such later date (prior to the last
day of the Commitment Period) as shall be agreed to in writing by Agent.
Commitment Percentage shall mean, for each Lender, the percentage set forth opposite such
Lenders name under the column headed Commitment Percentage, as listed in Schedule 1
hereto.
Commitment Period shall mean the period from the Closing Date to September 27, 2011, or such
earlier date on which the Commitment shall have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII hereof.
Companies shall mean Borrower and all Subsidiaries.
Company shall mean Borrower or a Subsidiary.
Compliance Certificate shall mean a certificate in the form of the attached Exhibit
D.
Confirmation of Security Documents shall mean each Confirmation of Security Documents,
relating to Security Documents delivered by the Credit Parties prior to the Closing Date, executed
and delivered by a Credit Party as of the Closing Date, as the same may from time to time be
amended, restated or otherwise modified.
4
Consideration shall mean, in connection with an Acquisition, the aggregate consideration
paid, including borrowed funds, cash, the issuance of securities or notes, the assumption or
incurring of liabilities (direct or contingent), the payment of consulting fees or fees for a
covenant not to compete and any other consideration paid for such Acquisition, but in all cases
excluding earn-outs in respect of such Acquisition, so long as such cash earn-outs (which may be
roughly quantified) are not in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the purchase price.
Consolidated shall mean the resultant consolidation of the financial statements of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, including principles of consolidation consistent with
those applied in preparation of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.14
hereof.
Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the amount of capital
expenditures of Borrower, as determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Charges shall mean, for any period, the aggregate
of all depreciation and amortization charges for fixed assets, leasehold improvements and general
intangibles (specifically including goodwill) of Borrower for such period, as determined on a
Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, on a Consolidated basis and in accordance
with GAAP, Consolidated Net Earnings for such period plus, without duplication, the aggregate
amounts deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Earnings in respect of (a) Consolidated
Interest Expense, (b) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (c) Consolidated Depreciation and
Amortization Charges (and, in addition, current and future amortization charges relating to the
capitalized costs incurred by the Companies in connection with the execution and closing of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and future costs directly related to the amendment, from
time to time, of the foregoing documents)), and (d) (i) non-cash charges incurred in accordance
with GAAP (but excluding any non-cash charges related to receivables impairment), minus (ii)
extraordinary or unusual non-cash gains not incurred in the ordinary course of business but that
were included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Earnings for such period; provided that, for
purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, (1) a pro forma
calculation of Consolidated EBITDA shall be made for Significant Positive EBITDA Dispositions for
any fiscal year of Borrower if Significant Positive EBITDA Dispositions are made, during such
fiscal year, in excess of the aggregate amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), and (2) a
pro forma calculation of Consolidated EBITDA shall be made for Significant Positive EBITDA
Acquisitions made during such period.
Consolidated Funded Indebtedness shall mean, at any date, solely with respect to
Indebtedness and other obligations owing by the Companies to Persons other than the Companies and
without duplication, the sum of (a) all Indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) all obligations
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are
customarily made, (c) all guaranties of Indebtedness of the type described in this definition, (d)
all obligations created under any conditional sale or other title retention agreements, (e) all
Capitalized Lease Obligations, synthetic lease and asset securitization obligations (provided that
the Companies may exclude synthetic leases of aircraft up to the aggregate amount of Ten Million
Dollars ($10,000,000)), (f) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of
credit, and (g) all obligations for the deferred purchase price of capital assets; as determined on
a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense shall mean, for any period, all provisions for taxes based
on the gross or net income of Borrower (including, without limitation, any additions to such taxes,
and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), and all franchise taxes of Borrower, as
determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the interest expense of Borrower,
paid in cash, on Consolidated Funded Indebtedness for such period, as determined on a Consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Earnings shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of Borrower for
such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
5
Consolidated Net Worth shall mean, at any date, the stockholders equity of Borrower,
determined as of such date on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Controlled Group shall mean a Company and each Person required to be aggregated with a
Company under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).
Credit Event shall mean the making by the Lenders of a Loan, the conversion by the Lenders
of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan, the continuation by the Lenders of a Eurodollar Loan
after the end of the applicable Interest Period, the making by the Swing Line Lender of a Swing
Loan, or the issuance by the Fronting Lender of a Letter of Credit.
Credit Party shall mean Borrower and any Subsidiary or other Affiliate that is a Guarantor
of Payment.
Default shall mean an event or condition that constitutes, or with the lapse of any
applicable grace period or the giving of notice or both would constitute, an Event of Default, and
that has not been waived by the Required Lenders (or, if applicable, all of the Lenders) in
writing.
Default Rate shall mean (a) with respect to any Loan, a rate per annum equal to two percent
(2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (b) with respect to any other amount,
if no rate is specified or available, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the
Derived Base Rate from time to time in effect.
Derived Base Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin
(from time to time in effect) for Base Rate Loans plus the Base Rate.
Derived Eurodollar Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable
Margin (from time to time in effect) for Eurodollar Loans plus the Eurodollar Rate.
Derived Swing Loan Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable
Margin (from time to time in effect) for Swing Loans plus the Base Rate.
Disposition shall mean the lease, transfer or other disposition of assets (whether in one or
more than one transaction) by a Company, other than a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
made by a Company pursuant to Section 5.12(b), (c), (e) or (f) hereof or in the ordinary course of
business.
Dollar or the sign $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
Dormant Subsidiary shall mean a Company that (a) has aggregate assets of less than Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000), and (b) has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries with aggregate assets
for all such Subsidiaries of more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).
EBITDA shall mean, for any period, in accordance with GAAP, the net earnings of a Company
(without giving effect to extraordinary losses or gains) for such period plus the aggregate amounts
deducted in determining such net earnings in respect of (a) interest expense of such Company, (b)
income taxes of such Company and (c) the aggregate of all depreciation and amortization charges of
such Company for fixed assets, leasehold improvements and general intangibles (specifically
including goodwill).
Eligible Transferee shall mean a commercial bank, financial institution or other accredited
investor (as defined in SEC Regulation D) that is not Borrower, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate and
that may receive interest payments hereunder or in connection herewith free of U.S. withholding
taxes.
Environmental Laws shall mean all provisions of law (including the common law), statutes,
ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, orders in council, regulations,
permits, licenses, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, orders, awards and standards promulgated
by a Governmental Authority or by any court,
6
agency, instrumentality, regulatory authority or commission of any of the foregoing concerning
environmental health or safety and protection of, or regulation of the discharge of substances
into, the environment.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
ERISA Event shall mean (a) the existence of a condition or event with respect to an ERISA
Plan that is reasonably likely to result in the imposition of a material excise tax or any other
material liability on a Company or of the imposition of a Lien on the assets of a Company; (b) the
engagement by a Controlled Group member in a non-exempt prohibited transaction (as defined under
ERISA Section 406 or Code Section 4975) or a breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA that is
reasonably likely to result in a material liability to a Company; (c) the application by a
Controlled Group member for a waiver from the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412 or
ERISA Section 302 or a Controlled Group member is required to provide security under Code Section
401(a)(29) or ERISA Section 307; (d) the occurrence of a Reportable Event with respect to any
Pension Plan that is reasonably likely to result in a material liability to a Company; (e) the
withdrawal by a Controlled Group member from a Multiemployer Plan in a complete withdrawal or a
partial withdrawal (as such terms are defined in ERISA Sections 4203 and 4205, respectively)
which is reasonably likely to result in a material liability to a Company; (f) the involvement of,
or occurrence or existence of any event or condition that makes likely the involvement of, a
Multiemployer Plan in any reorganization under ERISA Section 4241 which is reasonably likely to
result in a material liability to a Company; (g) the failure of an ERISA Plan (and any related
trust) that is intended to be qualified under Code Sections 401 and 501 to be so qualified or the
failure of any cash or deferred arrangement under any such ERISA Plan to meet the requirements of
Code Section 401(k); (h) the taking by the PBGC of any steps to terminate a Pension Plan or appoint
a trustee to administer a Pension Plan, or the taking by a Controlled Group member of any steps to
terminate a Pension Plan in a distress termination under ERISA Section 4041(c); (i) the failure by
a Controlled Group member or an ERISA Plan to satisfy any requirements of law applicable to an
ERISA Plan which is reasonably likely to result in a material liability to one of the Companies;
(j) the commencement, existence or threatening of a claim, action, suit, audit or investigation
with respect to an ERISA Plan (other than a routine claim for benefits) which is reasonably likely
to result in a material liability to a Company; or (k) any incurrence by or any expectation of the
incurrence by a Controlled Group member of a material increase in the liability for post-retirement
benefits under any Welfare Plan, other than as required by ERISA Section 601, et.
seq. or Code Section 4980B.
ERISA Plan shall mean an employee benefit plan (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(3))
that a Controlled Group member at any time sponsors, maintains, contributes to, has liability with
respect to or has an obligation to contribute to, and which is not excluded from the coverage of
ERISA pursuant to Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA.
Eurocurrency Liabilities shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.
Eurodollar shall mean a Dollar denominated deposit in a bank or branch outside of the United
States.
Eurodollar Loan shall mean a Revolving Loan described in Section 2.2(a) hereof, that shall
be denominated in Dollars and on which Borrower shall pay interest at a rate based upon the Derived
Eurodollar Rate.
Eurodollar Rate shall mean, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, for any Interest Period, a
rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
1/16th of 1%) by dividing (a) the rate of interest, determined by Agent in accordance
with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) as of
approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest
Period pertaining to such Eurodollar Loan, as listed on British Bankers Association Interest Rate
LIBOR 01 or 02 as provided by Reuters (or, if for any reason such rate is unavailable from Reuters,
from any other similar company or service that provides rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided by Reuters) as the rate in the London interbank market for Dollar deposits in
immediately available funds with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, provided that, in
the event that such rate quotation is not available for any reason, then the Eurodollar Rate shall
be the average (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the per annum rates at which
deposits in immediately available funds in Dollars for the relevant Interest Period and in the
amount of the
7
Eurodollar Loan to be disbursed or to remain outstanding during such Interest Period, as the case
may be, are offered to Agent (or an affiliate of Agent, in Agents discretion) by prime banks in
any Eurodollar market reasonably selected by Agent, determined as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) (or
as soon thereafter as practicable), two Business Days prior to the beginning of the relevant
Interest Period pertaining to such Eurodollar Loan; by (b) 1.00 minus the Reserve Percentage.
Event of Default shall mean an event or condition that shall constitute an event of default
as defined in Article VII hereof.
Excluded Taxes shall mean net income taxes (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net
income taxes) imposed on Agent or any Lender by the Governmental Authority located in the
jurisdiction where Agent or such Lender is organized (other than any such taxes arising solely from
Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment
under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document).
Existing Letter of Credit shall mean that term as defined in Section 2.2(b)(vi) hereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward to
the nearest one one-hundredth of one percent (1/100 of 1%)) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight
federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as
computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same
manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the
Federal Funds Effective Rate as of the Closing Date.
Financial Officer shall mean any of the following officers: chief executive officer,
president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer. Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a Financial Officer in this Agreement shall refer to a Financial Officer of
Borrower.
First-Tier Material Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower (with
assets (consolidated for the foreign jurisdiction) in excess of five percent (5%) of Consolidated
total assets of Borrower); provided, however, that, if Agent, in its reasonable discretion after
consultation with Borrower, determines that the cost of perfecting, in a foreign jurisdiction, the
security interest of Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the Pledged Securities relating to
any First-Tier Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than those in Canada), is impractical or
cost-prohibitive, then Agent may agree to forego the foreign perfection of such security interest.
Foreign Employee Benefit Plan shall mean an employee benefit plan (within the meaning of
ERISA Section 3(3)) that a Controlled Group member or a Foreign Subsidiary at any time sponsors,
maintains, contributes to, has liability with respect to or has an obligation to contribute to and
which is not covered by ERISA pursuant to ERISA Section 4(b)(4).
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any
jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
Fronting Lender shall mean, as to any Letter of Credit transaction hereunder, Agent as
issuer of the Letter of Credit, or, in the event that Agent either shall be unable to issue or
shall agree that another Lender may issue, a Letter of Credit, such other Lender as shall agree to
issue the Letter of Credit in its own name, but on behalf of the Lenders hereunder.
GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as then in
effect, which shall include the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, applied on a basis consistent with the past accounting practices and procedures of
Borrower.
Global shall mean Global One Colorado, Inc. and Global One Insurance Company (f/k/a Global
One Captive Insurance Company), together with their respective successors and assigns (other than a
Credit Party).
8
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or territory
or other political subdivision thereof, any governmental agency, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other governmental entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to
government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
Guarantor shall mean a Person that shall have pledged its credit or property in any manner
for the payment or other performance of the indebtedness, contract or other obligation of another
and includes (without limitation) any guarantor (whether of payment or of collection), surety,
co-maker, endorser or Person that shall have agreed conditionally or otherwise to make any
purchase, loan or investment in order thereby to enable another to prevent or correct a default of
any kind.
Guarantor of Payment shall mean each of the Companies set forth on Schedule 2
hereto, each of which is executing and delivering a Guaranty of Payment, and any other Domestic
Subsidiary that shall deliver a Guaranty of Payment to Agent subsequent to the Closing Date;
provided, however, that (a) none of Percepta or Global shall at any time constitute a Guarantor of
Payment, (b) no Foreign Subsidiary or Dormant Subsidiary shall be required to be a Guarantor of
Payment, and (c) no joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or captive insurance
company in which Borrower or any other Company holds an interest shall be required to be a
Guarantor of Payment if such Persons charter documents or applicable statutes or regulations
prohibit such a guaranty.
Guaranty of Payment shall mean each Guaranty of Payment and each Amended and Restated
Guaranty of Payment, executed and delivered on or after the Closing Date in connection with this
Agreement by the Guarantors of Payment, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or
otherwise modified.
Hedge Agreement shall mean any (a) hedge agreement, interest rate swap, basis swap
agreement, cap, collar or floor agreement, or other interest rate management device (including
forward rate agreements) entered into by a Company with any Person, or (b) currency swap agreement,
forward currency purchase agreement or similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates entered into by a Company with any Person.
Indebtedness shall mean, for any Company (excluding in all cases trade payables and
guaranties of performance by a Subsidiary payable in the ordinary course of business by such
Company), without duplication, (a) all obligations to repay borrowed money, direct or indirect,
incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, (b) all obligations for the deferred purchase price of capital
assets, (c) all obligations under conditional sales or other title retention agreements, (d) all
obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit or bankers acceptance, (e) all
net obligations under any currency swap agreement, interest rate swap, cap, collar or floor
agreement or other interest rate management device or any Hedge Agreement, (f) all synthetic
leases, (g) all lease obligations that have been or should be capitalized on the books of such
Company in accordance with GAAP (and specifically excluding operating leases that are not required
under GAAP to be capitalized on the books of such Company), (h) all obligations of such Company
with respect to asset securitization financing programs that are required to be reported as a
liability in accordance with GAAP, (i) all obligations to advance funds to, or to purchase assets,
property or services from, any other Person in order to maintain the financial condition of such
Person, (j) any other transaction (including forward sale or purchase agreements) having the
commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Company to finance its operations or
capital requirements, and (k) any guaranty of any obligation described in subparts (a) through (j)
hereof.
Interest Adjustment Date shall mean the last day of each Interest Period.
Interest Coverage Ratio shall mean, as determined for the most recently completed four
fiscal quarters of Borrower, on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a)
(i) Consolidated EBITDA minus (ii) Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), to (b) Consolidated
Interest Expense.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the
date such Eurodollar Loan is made and ending on the last day of such period, as selected by
Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof, and, thereafter (unless such Eurodollar Loan is
converted to a Base Rate Loan), each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the
immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of such period, as selected by
Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof. The duration of each Interest Period for a
9
Eurodollar Loan shall be one month, two months, three months or six months, in each case as
Borrower may select upon notice, as set forth in Section 2.5 hereof; provided that, if Borrower
shall fail to so select the duration of any Interest Period at least three Business Days prior to
the Interest Adjustment Date applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, Borrower shall be deemed to have
converted such Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the then current Interest Period.
Lender shall mean that term as defined in the first paragraph hereof and, as the context
requires, shall include the Fronting Lender and the Swing Line Lender.
Letter of Credit shall mean a standby letter of credit that shall be issued by the Fronting
Lender for the account of Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, including amendments thereto, if any,
and shall have an expiration date no later than the earlier of (a) one year after its date of
issuance or (b) one year after the last day of the Commitment Period.
Letter of Credit Commitment shall mean the commitment of the Fronting Lender, on behalf of
the Lenders, to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount of up to Thirty-Five Million
Dollars ($35,000,000).
Letter of Credit Exposure shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn
amount of all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit, and (b) the aggregate of the draws made on
Letters of Credit that have not been reimbursed by Borrower or converted to a Revolving Loan
pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(iv) hereof.
Leverage Ratio shall mean as determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP,
the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (as of the end of the most recently completed
fiscal quarter of Borrower) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (for the most recently completed four fiscal
quarters of Borrower).
Lien shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, lien (statutory or other),
charge, assignment, hypothecation, encumbrance on, pledge or deposit of, or conditional sale,
leasing (other than operating leases), sale with a right of redemption or other title retention
agreement and any capitalized lease with respect to any property (real or personal) or asset.
Liquidity Amount shall mean, at any date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) cash, (b) Cash
Equivalents having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; and (c) the
Revolving Credit Availability.
Loan shall mean a Revolving Loan or a Swing Loan granted to Borrower by the Lenders in
accordance with Section 2.2(a) or 2.2(c) hereof.
Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, each Note, each Guaranty of
Payment, all documentation relating to each Letter of Credit, each Security Document and the
Amended and Restated Agent Fee Letter, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended,
restated or otherwise modified or replaced, and any other document delivered pursuant thereto.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (b) the business,
operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Companies taken as a whole, or
(c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the
rights and remedies of Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.
Material Indebtedness Agreement shall mean any debt instrument, lease (capital, operating or
otherwise), guaranty, contract, commitment, agreement or other arrangement evidencing any
Indebtedness of any Company or the Companies then in excess of the amount of Twenty Million Dollars
($20,000,000).
Maximum Amount shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name
under the column headed Maximum Amount as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, subject to
decreases determined pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof, increases pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof
and assignments of interests pursuant to Section 10.10 hereof; provided, however, that the Maximum
Amount for the Swing Line Lender shall exclude the Swing Line Commitment (other than its pro rata
share), and the Maximum Amount of the Fronting Lender shall exclude the Letter of Credit Commitment
(other than its pro rata share).
10
Maximum Commitment Amount shall mean Two Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($225,000,000).
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a Pension Plan that is subject to the requirements of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA.
Newgen shall mean Newgen Results Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Newgen Companies shall mean Newgen and Subsidiaries of Newgen.
Newgen Lease shall mean that lease made by and between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and Newgen, dated
March 27, 2000, and all amendments thereto.
Newgen Opt-In Date shall mean the date that is fifteen (15) days after the date that
Borrower notifies Agent in writing that the Newgen Companies are no longer to be treated under the
Credit Agreement any differently than any other Domestic Subsidiary that is a Credit Party.
Newgen Permitted Amount shall mean, prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date, an aggregate net amount
of investments and loans by the Companies (other than the Newgen Companies) in and to the Newgen
Companies, of (a) up to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) during each fiscal year of Borrower,
plus (b) the amount for the buyout of certain Newgen contractual obligations as approved in writing
on the Closing Date by Agent and the Required Lenders.
Note shall mean a Revolving Credit Note or the Swing Line Note, or any other promissory note
delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
Notice of Loan shall mean a Notice of Loan in the form of the attached Exhibit C.
Obligations shall mean, collectively, (a) all Indebtedness and other obligations incurred by
Borrower or any Guarantor of Payment to Agent, the Fronting Lender, the Swing Line Lender or any
Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and includes the principal of and
interest on all Loans and all obligations pursuant to Letters of Credit, (b) each extension,
renewal or refinancing of the foregoing, in whole or in part, (c) the commitment and other fees and
any prepayment fees payable hereunder, (d) all fees and charges in connection with Letters of
Credit, and (e) all Related Expenses.
Organizational Documents shall mean, with respect to any Person (other than an individual),
such Persons Articles (Certificate) of Incorporation, operating agreement or equivalent formation
documents, and Regulations (Bylaws), or equivalent governing documents, and any amendments to any
of the foregoing.
Other Taxes shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
excise, ad valorem or property taxes, goods and services taxes, harmonized sales taxes and other
sales taxes, use taxes, value added taxes, charges or similar taxes or levies arising from any
payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect
to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Participant shall mean that term as defined in Section 10.11 hereof.
Patriot Act shall mean Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools
Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L.
107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, as amended from time to time.
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and its successor.
Pension Plan shall mean an ERISA Plan that is a pension plan (within the meaning of ERISA
Section 3(2)).
Percepta shall mean Percepta, LLC and each of its Subsidiaries.
11
Person shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture,
unincorporated organization, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company,
institution, trust, estate, Governmental Authority or any other entity.
Pledge Agreement shall mean each Pledge Agreement and each Amended and Restated Pledge
Agreement, relating to the Pledged Securities, executed and delivered in connection with the
Original Credit Agreement and this Agreement by Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary, as
applicable, in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, and any other Pledge Agreement
executed by any other Domestic Subsidiary after the Closing Date, as any of the foregoing may from
time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
Pledged Securities shall mean sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of capital stock or
other equity interest of a First-Tier Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than the capital stock of
TT International CV, a Netherlands CV, TeleTech International Pty Ltd., an Australian company, and
TeleTech Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company; provided that, to the extent any of the foregoing
Subsidiaries shall be a First-Tier Material Foreign Subsidiary on the first anniversary of the
Closing Date, then sixty-five percent (65%) of the capital stock and equity interests of such
Subsidiary shall constitute Pledged Securities and Borrower, or the appropriate Credit Party, shall
execute documentation satisfactory to Agent evidencing such pledge), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired or created, and all proceeds thereof (Schedule 3 hereto lists, as of the Closing
Date, all of the Pledged Securities).
Prime Rate shall mean the interest rate established from time to time by Agent as Agents
prime rate, whether or not such rate shall be publicly announced; the Prime Rate may not be the
lowest interest rate charged by Agent for commercial or other extensions of credit. Each change in
the Prime Rate shall be effective immediately from and after such change.
Register shall mean that term as described in Section 10.10(i) hereof.
Regularly Scheduled Payment Date shall mean the last day of each March, June, September and
December of each year.
Related Expenses shall mean any and all reasonable costs, liabilities and expenses
(including, without limitation, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, reasonable attorneys
fees, reasonable legal expenses, judgments, suits and disbursements) (a) incurred by Agent, or
imposed upon or asserted against Agent or any Lender in any attempt by Agent and the Lenders to (i)
obtain, preserve, perfect or enforce any Loan Document or any security interest evidenced by any
Loan Document; (ii) obtain payment, performance or observance of any and all of the Obligations; or
(iii) maintain, insure, audit, collect, preserve, repossess or dispose of any of the collateral
securing the Obligations or any part thereof, including, without limitation, reasonable costs and
expenses for appraisals, assessments and audits of any Company or any such collateral; or (b)
incidental or related to (a) above, including, without limitation, interest thereupon from the date
incurred, imposed or asserted until paid at the Default Rate.
Related Writing shall mean each Loan Document and any other assignment, mortgage, security
agreement, guaranty agreement, subordination agreement, financial statement, audit report or other
writing furnished by any Credit Party, or any of its officers, to Agent or the Lenders pursuant to
or otherwise in connection with this Agreement.
Reportable Event shall mean any of the events described in Section 4043 of ERISA.
Request for Extension shall mean a notice, substantially in the form of the attached
Exhibit F.
Required Lenders shall mean the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total
Commitment Amount, or, if there is any borrowing hereunder, the holders of at least fifty-one
percent (51%) of the Revolving Credit Exposure; provided that, if the Total Commitment Amount shall
be increased pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof, Required Lenders shall constitute at least two
Lenders.
12
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or
determination or policy statement or interpretation of an arbitrator or a court or other
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its
property.
Reserve Percentage shall mean for any day that percentage (expressed as a decimal) that is
in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or
any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, all
basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional
adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) for a member bank of the Federal
Reserve System in Cleveland, Ohio, in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities. The Eurodollar Rate
shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Reserve
Percentage.
Restricted Payment shall mean, with respect to any Company, (a) any Capital Distribution,
(b) any amount paid by such Company in repayment, redemption, retirement or repurchase, directly or
indirectly, of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or (c) any amount paid by such Company in respect of
any management, consulting or other similar arrangement with any director, officer or shareholder
of a Company or an Affiliate, in excess of the aggregate amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000) in any fiscal year.
Revolving Credit Availability shall mean, at any time, the amount equal to the Total
Commitment Amount minus the Revolving Credit Exposure.
Revolving Credit Commitment shall mean the obligation hereunder, during the Commitment
Period, of (a) each Lender to make Revolving Loans, (b) the Fronting Lender to issue and each
Lender to participate in, Letters of Credit pursuant to the Letter of Credit Commitment, and (c)
the Swing Line Lender to make, and each Lender to participate in, Swing Loans pursuant to the Swing
Line Commitment.
Revolving Credit Exposure shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal
amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding, (b) the Swing Line Exposure, and (c) the Letter of
Credit Exposure.
Revolving Credit Note shall mean a Revolving Credit Note executed and delivered pursuant to
Section 2.4(a) hereof.
Revolving Loan shall mean a Loan that shall be denominated in Dollars granted to Borrower by
the Lenders under the Revolving Credit Commitment in accordance with Section 2.2(a) hereof.
SEC shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any governmental
body or agency succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Secured Obligations shall mean, collectively, (a) the Obligations, and (b) all obligations
and liabilities of the Companies owing to Lenders under Hedge Agreements.
Security Agreement shall mean each Security Agreement executed and delivered in connection
with the Original Credit Agreement and this Agreement by a Credit Party in favor of Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, and any other Security Agreement executed on or after the Closing Date, as
the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
Security Documents shall mean each Security Agreement, each Pledge Agreement, each
Confirmation of Security Documents, each U.C.C. Financing Statement filed in connection herewith or
perfecting any interest created in any of the foregoing documents, and any other document pursuant
to which any Lien is granted by a Credit Party to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, as
security for the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, and each other agreement executed in
connection with any of the foregoing, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended,
restated or otherwise modified or replaced.
Significant Positive EBITDA Acquisition shall mean an Acquisition that, as measured for the
four fiscal quarters then most recently ended, generated positive EBITDA in excess of Five Million
Dollars ($5,000,000) for the Person being acquired.
13
Significant Positive EBITDA Disposition shall mean a Disposition that, as measured for the
four fiscal quarters then most recently ended, generated positive EBITDA for the Company effecting
such Disposition in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).
Subordinated shall mean, as applied to Indebtedness, Indebtedness that shall have been
subordinated (by written terms or written agreement being, in either case, in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent and the Required Lenders) in favor of the prior payment in full of the
Obligations.
Subsidiary shall mean (a) a corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Power of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by Borrower or by one or more other subsidiaries of
Borrower or by Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of Borrower, (b) a partnership, limited
liability company or unlimited liability company of which Borrower, one or more other subsidiaries
of Borrower or Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of Borrower, directly or indirectly, is a
general partner or managing member, as the case may be, or otherwise has an ownership interest
greater than fifty percent (50%) of all of the ownership interests in such partnership, limited
liability company, or unlimited liability company, or (c) any other Person (other than a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability company) in which
Borrower, one or more other subsidiaries of Borrower or Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of
Borrower, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority interest in the Voting Power or the power
to elect or direct the election of a majority of directors or other governing body of such Person.
Supporting Letter of Credit shall mean a standby letter of credit, in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent and the Fronting Lender, issued by an issuer satisfactory to Agent and the
Fronting Lender.
Swing Line Commitment shall mean the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Loans
to Borrower up to the aggregate amount at any time outstanding of Twenty-Five Million Dollars
($25,000,000).
Swing Line Exposure shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing
Loans outstanding.
Swing Line Lender shall mean KeyBank National Association, as holder of the Swing Line
Commitment.
Swing Line Note shall mean the Swing Line Note, in the form of the attached Exhibit
B, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b) hereof.
Swing Loan shall mean a Loan that shall be denominated in Dollars granted to Borrower by the
Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line Commitment, in accordance with Section 2.2(c) hereof.
Swing Loan Maturity Date shall mean, with respect to any Swing Loan, the earlier of (a)
twenty (20) days after the date such Swing Loan is made, or (b) the last day of the Commitment
Period.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes of any kind, including but not limited
to, levies, imposts, duties, surtaxes, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings now or hereafter
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (together with any
interest, penalties, fines, additions to taxes or similar liabilities with respect thereto) other
than Excluded Taxes.
Total Commitment Amount shall mean the Closing Commitment Amount, as such amount may be
increased up to the Maximum Commitment Amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof, or decreased
pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof.
U.C.C. shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time in Ohio.
U.C.C. Financing Statement shall mean a financing statement filed or to be filed in
accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, in the relevant state
or states.
14
Voting Power shall mean, with respect to any Person, the exclusive ability to control,
through the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or
otherwise, the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of
such Person. The holding of a designated percentage of Voting Power of a Person means the
ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other
interests of such Person sufficient to control exclusively the election of that percentage of the
members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person.
Welfare Plan shall mean an ERISA Plan that is a welfare plan within the meaning of ERISA
Section 3(l).
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined in this
Article I shall have the meaning ascribed thereto by GAAP.
Section 1.3. Terms Generally. The foregoing definitions shall be applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the foregoing defined terms. Unless otherwise defined in this Article
I, terms that are defined in the U.C.C. are used herein as so defined.
ARTICLE II. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
Section 2.1. Amount and Nature of Credit.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, during the Commitment
Period and to the extent hereinafter provided, shall make Loans to Borrower, participate in Swing
Loans made by the Swing Line Lender to Borrower, and issue or participate in Letters of Credit at
the request of Borrower, in such aggregate amount as Borrower shall request pursuant to the
Commitment; provided, however, that in no event shall the Revolving Credit Exposure be in excess of
the Total Commitment Amount.
(b) Each Lender, for itself and not one for any other, agrees to make Loans, participate in
Swing Loans, and issue or participate in Letters of Credit, during the Commitment Period, on such
basis that, immediately after the completion of any borrowing by Borrower or the issuance of a
Letter of Credit:
(i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans made by such Lender (other than
Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender), when combined with such Lenders pro rata share,
if any, of the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swing Line Exposure, shall not be in excess
of the Maximum Amount for such Lender; and
(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans (other than Swing Loans) made
by such Lender shall represent that percentage of the aggregate principal amount then
outstanding on all Loans (other than Swing Loans) that shall be such Lenders Commitment
Percentage. Each borrowing (other than Swing Loans) from the Lenders shall be made pro rata
according to the respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders.
(c) The Loans may be made as Revolving Loans as described in Section 2.2(a) hereof and Swing
Loans as described in Section 2.2(c) hereof, and Letters of Credit may be issued in accordance with
Section 2.2(b) hereof.
Section 2.2. Revolving Credit.
(a) Revolving Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during
the Commitment Period, the Lenders shall make a Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans to Borrower in
such amount or amounts as Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, may from time to time request,
but not exceeding in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding hereunder the Total
Commitment Amount, when such Revolving Loans are combined with the Letter of Credit Exposure and
the Swing Line Exposure. Borrower shall have the option, subject to the
terms and conditions set
forth herein, to borrow Revolving Loans, maturing on the last day of the
Commitment Period, by means of any combination of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans. Subject to
the
15
provisions of this Agreement, Borrower shall be entitled under this Section 2.2(a) to borrow
funds, repay the same in whole or in part and re-borrow hereunder at any time and from time to time
during the Commitment Period.
(b) Letters of Credit.
(i) Generally. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during
the Commitment Period, the Fronting Lender shall, in its own name, on behalf of the Lenders,
issue such Letters of Credit for the account of a Company, as Borrower may from time to time
request. Borrower shall not request any Letter of Credit (and the Fronting Lender shall not
be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit) if, after giving effect thereto, (A) the Letter
of Credit Exposure would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment or (B) the Revolving Credit
Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment Amount. The issuance of each Letter of Credit
shall confer upon each Lender the benefits and liabilities of a participation consisting of
an undivided pro rata interest in the Letter of Credit to the extent of such Lenders
Commitment Percentage.
(ii) Request for Letter of Credit. Each request for a Letter of Credit shall
be delivered to Agent (and to the Fronting Lender, if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other
than Agent) by an Authorized Officer not later than 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time) three
Business Days prior to the date of the proposed issuance of the Letter of Credit. Each such
request shall be in a form acceptable to Agent (and the Fronting Lender, if the Fronting
Lender is a Lender other than Agent) and shall specify the face amount thereof, the account
party, the beneficiary, the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the
expiry date thereof, and the nature of the transaction or obligation to be supported
thereby. Concurrently with each such request, Borrower, and any Company for whose account
the Letter of Credit is to be issued, shall execute and deliver to the Fronting Lender an
appropriate application and agreement, being in the standard form of the Fronting Lender for
such letters of credit, as amended to conform to the provisions of this Agreement if
required by Agent. Agent shall give the Fronting Lender and each Lender notice of each such
request for a Letter of Credit.
(iii) Standby Letters of Credit. With respect to each Letter of Credit and the
drafts thereunder, if any, whether issued for the account of Borrower or any other Company,
Borrower agrees to (A) pay to Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a
non-refundable commission based upon the face amount of such Letter of Credit, which shall
be paid quarterly in arrears, on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date, at the rate of the
Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans (in effect on the date such payment is to be made)
multiplied by the undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit; (B) pay to Agent, for the
sole benefit of the Fronting Lender, an additional Letter of Credit fee, which shall be paid
on each date that such Letter of Credit shall be issued or renewed at the rate of one-eighth
percent (1/8%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and (C) pay to Agent, for the
sole benefit of the Fronting Lender, such other issuance, amendment, negotiation, draw,
acceptance, telex, courier, postage and similar transactional fees as are customarily
charged by the Fronting Lender in respect of the issuance and administration of similar
letters of credit under its fee schedule as in effect from time to time.
(iv) Refunding of Letters of Credit with Revolving Loans. Whenever a Letter of
Credit shall be drawn, Borrower shall immediately reimburse the Fronting Lender for the
amount drawn. In the event that the amount drawn shall not have been reimbursed by Borrower
on the date of the drawing of such Letter of Credit, at the sole option of Agent (and the
Fronting Lender, if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent), Borrower shall be
deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2(a) and
2.5 hereof (other than the requirement set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof), in the amount
drawn. Such Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes (or, if a
Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, by the records of Agent and such Lender).
Each Lender agrees to make a Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no
conditions precedent whatsoever. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to
make a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof when required by this subsection
(iv) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance
whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or
Event of Default, and that its payment to Agent, for the account of the Fronting Lender, of
the proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment,
counterclaim,
withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not such Lenders Revolving Credit
Commitment
16
shall have been reduced or terminated. Borrower irrevocably authorizes and
instructs Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing pursuant to this subsection (iv) to
reimburse, in full (other than the Fronting Lenders pro rata share of such borrowing), the
Fronting Lender for the amount drawn on such Letter of Credit. Each such Revolving Loan
shall be deemed to be a Base Rate Loan unless otherwise requested by and available to
Borrower hereunder. Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records relating to
its Revolving Credit Note (or, if such Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, its
records relating to Revolving Loans) such Lenders pro rata share of the amounts paid and
not reimbursed on the Letters of Credit.
(v) Participation in Letters of Credit. If, for any reason, Agent (and the
Fronting Lender if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent) shall be unable to or,
in the opinion of Agent, it shall be impracticable to, convert any Letter of Credit to a
Revolving Loan pursuant to the preceding subsection, Agent (and the Fronting Lender if the
Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent) shall have the right to request that each
Lender purchase a participation in the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit, and
Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (by facsimile or telephone, confirmed in
writing). Upon such notice, but without further action, the Fronting Lender hereby agrees
to grant to each Lender, and each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Fronting Lender,
an undivided participation interest in the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit
in an amount equal to such Lenders Commitment Percentage of the principal amount due with
respect to such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing,
each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided
above, to pay to Agent, for the account of the Fronting Lender, such Lenders ratable share
of the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit (determined in accordance with such
Lenders Commitment Percentage). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to
acquire participations in the amount due under any Letter of Credit that is drawn but not
reimbursed by Borrower pursuant to this subsection (v) shall be absolute and unconditional
and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the
occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and that each such payment
shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or
reduction whatsoever and whether or not such Lenders Revolving Credit Commitment shall have
been reduced or terminated. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this
subsection (v) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as
provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to Revolving Loans. Each Lender is hereby
authorized to record on its records such Lenders pro rata share of the amounts paid and not
reimbursed on the Letters of Credit. In addition, each Lender agrees to risk participate in
the Existing Letters of Credit as provided in subsection (vi) below.
(vi) Existing Letters of Credit. Schedule 2.2 hereto contains a
description of all letters of credit outstanding on, and to continue in effect after, the
Closing Date. Each such letter of credit issued by a bank that is or becomes a Lender under
this Agreement on the Closing Date (each, an Existing Letter of Credit) shall constitute a
Letter of Credit for all purposes of this Agreement, issued, for purposes of subsection
(v) above, on the Closing Date. Borrower, Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that, from and
after such date, the terms of this Agreement shall apply to the Existing Letters of Credit,
superseding any other agreement theretofore applicable to them to the extent inconsistent
with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any reimbursement
agreement applicable to the Existing Letters of Credit, the fees payable in connection with
each Existing Letter of Credit to be shared with the Lenders shall accrue from the Closing
Date at the rate provided in this subsection (vi).
(vii) Letters of Credit Outstanding Beyond the Commitment Period. If any
Letter of Credit is outstanding upon the termination of the Commitment, then, upon such
termination, Borrower shall deposit with Agent, for the benefit of the Fronting Lender, with
respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit, either cash or a Supporting Letter of Credit,
which, in each case, is (A) in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the
undrawn amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit, and (B) free and clear of all rights
and claims of third parties. The cash shall be deposited in an escrow account at a
financial institution designated by the Fronting Lender. The Fronting Lender shall be
entitled to withdraw (with respect to the cash) or draw (with respect to the Supporting
Letter of Credit) amounts necessary to reimburse the Fronting Lender for payments to be made
under the Letters of Credit and any fees and expenses associated with such
Letters of Credit, or incurred pursuant to the reimbursement agreements with respect to such
Letters of
17
Credit. Borrower shall also execute such documentation as Agent or the Fronting
Lender may reasonably require in connection with the survival of the Letters of Credit
beyond the Commitment or this Agreement. After expiration of all undrawn Letters of Credit,
the Supporting Letter of Credit or the remainder of the cash, as the case may be, shall
promptly be returned to Borrower.
(c) Swing Loans.
(i) Generally. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during
the Commitment Period, the Swing Line Lender shall make a Swing Loan or Swing Loans to
Borrower in such amount or amounts as Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, may from time
to time request; provided that Borrower shall not request any Swing Loan if, after giving
effect thereto, (A) the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment Amount,
or (B) the Swing Line Exposure would exceed the Swing Line Commitment. Each Swing Loan
shall be due and payable on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto. Borrower may
prepay Swing Loans in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof.
(ii) Refunding of Swing Loans. If the Swing Line Lender so elects, by giving
notice to Borrower and the Lenders, Borrower agrees that the Swing Line Lender shall have
the right, in its sole discretion, to require that any Swing Loan be refinanced as a
Revolving Loan. Such Revolving Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan unless otherwise requested by
and available to Borrower hereunder. Upon receipt of such notice by Borrower and the
Lenders, Borrower shall be deemed, on such day, to have requested a Revolving Loan in the
principal amount of the Swing Loan in accordance with Sections 2.2(a) and 2.5 hereof (other
than the requirement set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof). Such Revolving Loan shall be
evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes (or, if a Lender has not requested a Revolving
Credit Note, by the records of Agent and such Lender). Each Lender agrees to make a
Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no conditions precedent whatsoever.
Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that such Lenders obligation to make a Revolving Loan
pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof when required by this subsection (ii) is absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without
limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and that its
payment to Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, of the proceeds of such
Revolving Loan shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim,
withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not such Lenders Revolving Credit
Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. Borrower irrevocably authorizes and
instructs Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing pursuant to this subsection (ii) to
repay in full such Swing Loan. Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records
relating to its Revolving Credit Note (or, if such Lender has not requested a Revolving
Credit Note, its records relating to Revolving Loans) such Lenders pro rata share of the
amounts paid to refund such Swing Loan.
(iii) Participation in Swing Loans. If, for any reason, Agent is unable to or,
in the opinion of Agent, it is impracticable to, convert any Swing Loan to a Revolving Loan
pursuant to the preceding subsection (ii), then on any day that a Swing Loan is outstanding
(whether before or after the maturity thereof), Agent shall have the right to request that
each Lender purchase a participation in such Swing Loan, and Agent shall promptly notify
each Lender thereof (by facsimile or telephone, confirmed in writing). Upon such notice,
but without further action, the Swing Line Lender hereby agrees to grant to each Lender, and
each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Swing Line Lender, an undivided participation
interest in such Swing Loan in an amount equal to such Lenders Commitment Percentage of the
principal amount of such Swing Loan. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing,
each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided
above, to pay to Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, such Lenders ratable
share of such Swing Loan (determined in accordance with such Lenders Commitment
Percentage). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire
participations in Swing Loans pursuant to this subsection (iii) is absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without
limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that
each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim,
withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not such Lenders Revolving Credit
Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. Each Lender shall comply with its
obligation under this subsection (iii) by wire transfer of
18
immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with
respect to Revolving Loans to be made by such Lender.
Section 2.3. Interest.
(a) Revolving Loans.
(i) Base Rate Loan. Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount
of a Base Rate Loan outstanding from time to time from the date thereof until paid at the
Derived Base Rate from time to time in effect. Interest on such Base Rate Loan shall be
payable, commencing September 30, 2006, and on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date
thereafter and at the maturity thereof.
(ii) Eurodollar Loans. Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each Eurodollar Loan outstanding from time to time, fixed in advance on the first
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto through the last day of the Interest Period
applicable thereto (but subject to changes in the Applicable Margin), at the Derived
Eurodollar Rate. Interest on such Eurodollar Loan shall be payable on each Interest
Adjustment Date with respect to an Interest Period (provided that if an Interest Period
shall exceed three months, the interest must be paid every three months, commencing three
months from the beginning of such Interest Period).
(b) Swing Loans. Borrower shall pay interest to Agent, for the sole benefit of the
Swing Line Lender (and any Lender that shall have purchased a participation in such Swing Loan), on
the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Loan outstanding from time to time from the date thereof
until paid at the Derived Swing Loan Rate applicable to such Swing Loan. Interest on each Swing
Loan shall be payable on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto. Each Swing Loan shall
bear interest for a minimum of one day.
(c) Default Rate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if an Event of
Default shall occur, (i) the principal of each Loan and the unpaid interest thereon shall bear
interest, until paid, at the Default Rate, (ii) the fee for the aggregate undrawn amount of all
issued and outstanding Letters of Credit shall be increased by two percent (2%) in excess of the
rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (iii) in the case of any other amount not paid when due from
Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, such amount shall bear interest at the Default
Rate.
(d) Limitation on Interest. In no event shall the rate of interest hereunder exceed
the maximum rate allowable by law.
Section 2.4. Evidence of Indebtedness.
(a) Revolving Loans. Upon the request of a Lender, to evidence the obligation of
Borrower to repay the Revolving Loans made by each such Lender and to pay interest thereon,
Borrower shall execute a Revolving Credit Note, payable to the order of such Lender in the
principal amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of Revolving Loans made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure of a Lender to
request a Revolving Credit Note shall in no way detract from Borrowers obligations to such Lender
hereunder.
(b) Swing Loan. Upon the request of the Swing Line Lender, to evidence the obligation
of Borrower to repay the Swing Loans and to pay interest thereon, Borrower shall execute a Swing
Line Note, and payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in the principal amount of the Swing
Line Commitment, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Swing Loans made by the
Swing Line Lender; provided, however, that the failure of the Swing Line Lender to request a Swing
Line Note shall in no way detract from Borrowers obligations to the Swing Line Lender hereunder.
Section 2.5. Notice of Credit Event; Funding of Loans.
(a) Notice of Credit Event. Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, shall provide to
Agent a Notice of Loan prior to (i) 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time) on the proposed date of borrowing or
conversion of any Base Rate
19
Loan, (ii) 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time) three Business Days prior to the
proposed date of borrowing, conversion or continuation of any Eurodollar Loan, and (iii) 12:00 Noon
(Mountain time) on the proposed date of borrowing of any Swing Loan. Borrower shall comply with
the notice provisions set forth in Section 2.2(b) hereof with respect to Letters of Credit.
(b) Funding of Loans. Agent shall notify each Lender of the date, amount and Interest
Period (if applicable) promptly upon the receipt of a Notice of Loan, and, in any event, by 12:00
Noon. (Mountain time) on the date such Notice of Loan is received. On the date that the Credit
Event set forth in Notice of Loan is to occur, each such Lender shall provide to Agent, not later
than 1:00 P.M. (Mountain time), the amount in Dollars, in federal or other immediately available
funds, required of it. If Agent shall elect to advance the proceeds of such Loan prior to
receiving funds from such Lender, Agent shall have the right, upon prior notice to Borrower, to
debit any account of Borrower or otherwise receive such amount from Borrower, on demand, in the
event that such Lender shall fail to reimburse Agent in accordance with this subsection. Agent
shall also have the right to receive interest from such Lender at the Federal Funds Effective Rate
in the event that such Lender shall fail to provide its portion of the Loan on the date requested
and Agent shall elect to provide such funds.
(c) Conversion of Loans. At the request of Borrower to Agent, subject to the notice
and other provisions of this Section 2.5, the Lenders shall convert a Base Rate Loan to one or more
Eurodollar Loans at any time and shall convert a Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan on any
Interest Adjustment Date applicable thereto. Swing Loans may be converted by the Swing Line Lender
to Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(c)(ii) hereof.
(d) Minimum Amount. Each request for:
(i) a Base Rate Loan shall be in an amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($500,000), increased by increments of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
(ii) a Eurodollar Loan shall be in an amount of not less than Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000), increased by increments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and
(iii) a Swing Loan shall be in an amount not less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($250,000).
(e) Interest Periods. Borrower shall not request that Eurodollar Loans be outstanding
for more than ten different Interest Periods, and, if a Base Rate Loan is outstanding, then
Eurodollar Loans shall be limited to nine different Interest Periods at the same time.
Section 2.6. Payment on Loans and Other Obligations.
(a) Payments Generally. Each payment made hereunder by a Credit Party shall be made
without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(b) Payments from Borrower. All payments (including prepayments) to Agent of the
principal of or interest on any Loan or other payment, including but not limited to principal,
interest or fees, or any other amount owed by Borrower under this Agreement, shall be made in
Dollars. All payments described in this subsection (b) shall be remitted to Agent, at the address
of Agent for notices referred to in Section 10.4 hereof, for the account of the Lenders (or the
Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as appropriate) not later than 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time)
on the due date thereof in immediately available funds. Other than with respect to payments made
by wire transfer that are released by Borrower by 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time), any such payments
received by Agent after 10:00 A.M. (Mountain time) shall be deemed to have been made and received
on the next Business Day.
(c) Payments to Lenders. Upon Agents receipt of payments hereunder, Agent shall
immediately distribute to each Lender (except with respect to Swing Loans, which shall be paid to
the Swing Line Lender) its
ratable share, if any, of the amount of principal, interest, and commitment and other fees received
by Agent for the account of such Lender. Each Lender shall record any principal, interest or other
payment, the principal amounts of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Loans and Swing Loans, prepayments,
and the applicable dates, including Interest
20
Periods, with respect to the Loans made, and payments
received by such Lender, by such method as such Lender may generally employ; provided, however,
that failure to make any such entry shall in no way detract from the obligations of Borrower under
this Agreement or any Note. The aggregate unpaid amount of Loans, types of Loans, Interest Periods
and similar information with respect to the Loans and Letters of Credit set forth on the records of
Agent shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence with respect to such information, including the
amounts of principal and interest owing to each Lender.
(d) Timing of Payments. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder, including, without
limitation, any payment to be made on any Loan, shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall
in each case be included in the computation of the interest payable on such Loan; provided,
however, that, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, if the next Business Day shall fall in the
succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the preceding Business Day and the
relevant Interest Period shall be adjusted accordingly.
Section 2.7. Prepayment.
(a) Right to Prepay. Borrower shall have the right at any time or from time to time
to prepay, on a pro rata basis for all of the Lenders (except with respect to Swing Loans, which
shall be paid to the Swing Line Lender), all or any part of the principal amount of the Loans, as
designated by Borrower. Such payment shall include interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to
the date of such prepayment and any amount payable under Article III hereof with respect to the
amount being prepaid. Borrower shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to prepay,
for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender (and any Lender that has purchased a participation in such
Swing Loan), all or any part of the principal amount of the Swing Loans then outstanding, as
designated by Borrower, plus interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to the date of such
prepayment.
(b) Notice of Prepayment. Borrower shall give Agent notice of prepayment of a Base
Rate Loan or Swing Loan by no later than 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) one Business Day before the
Business Day on which such prepayment is to be made and written notice of the prepayment of any
Eurodollar Loan not later than 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) three Business Days before the Business
Day on which such prepayment is to be made.
(c) Minimum Amount. Each prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan by Borrower shall be in the
principal amount of not less than the lesser of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or the principal
amount of such Loan or, with respect to a Swing Loan, the principal balance of such Swing Loan,
except in the case of a mandatory payment pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof or Article III hereof.
Section 2.8. Commitment and Other Fees.
(a) Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the ratable account of the
Lenders, as a consideration for the Commitment, a commitment fee from the Closing Date to and
including the last day of the Commitment Period, payable quarterly, at a rate per annum equal to
(i) the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate in effect on the payment date, multiplied by (ii) (A) the
average daily Total Commitment Amount in effect during such quarter, minus (B) the average daily
Revolving Credit Exposure (exclusive of the Swing Line Exposure) during such quarter. The
commitment fee shall be payable in arrears, on December 31, 2006 and on each Regularly Scheduled
Payment Date thereafter, and on the last day of the Commitment Period.
(b) Agent Fee. Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its sole benefit, the fees set forth
in the Amended and Restated Agent Fee Letter.
Section 2.9. Modification of Commitment.
(a) Optional Reduction of Commitment. Borrower may at any time and from time to time
permanently reduce in whole or ratably in part the Total Commitment Amount to an amount not less
than the then existing Revolving Credit Exposure, by giving Agent not fewer than three Business
Days written notice of such
reduction, provided that any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount, for all of the
Lenders, of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), increased by increments of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000). Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the date of each such reduction
and such Lenders proportionate share thereof. After
21
each such reduction, the commitment fees
payable hereunder shall be calculated upon the Total Commitment Amount as so reduced. If Borrower
reduces in whole the Commitment, on the effective date of such reduction (Borrower having prepaid
in full the unpaid principal balance, if any, of the Loans, together with all interest and
commitment and other fees accrued and unpaid, and provided that no Letter of Credit Exposure or
Swing Line Exposure shall exist), all of the Notes shall be delivered to Agent marked Canceled
and Agent shall redeliver such Notes to Borrower. Any partial reduction in the Total Commitment
Amount shall be effective during the remainder of the Commitment Period.
(b) Increase in Commitment. At any time during the Commitment Increase Period,
Borrower may request that Agent increase the Total Commitment Amount from the Closing Commitment
Amount up to an amount that shall not exceed the Maximum Commitment Amount. Each such increase
shall be in an amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), increased by increments of One
Million Dollar ($1,000,000), and may be made by either (i) increasing, for one or more Lenders,
with their prior written consent, their respective Revolving Credit Commitments, or (ii) including
one or more Additional Lenders, each with a new Revolving Credit Commitment, as a party to this
Agreement (collectively, the Additional Commitment); provided, however, that existing Lenders
shall be given the first opportunity to provide Additional Commitments. During the Commitment
Increase Period, the Lenders agree that Agent, in its sole discretion, may permit one or more
Additional Commitments upon satisfaction of the following requirements: (A) each Additional Lender,
if any, shall execute an Additional Lender Assumption Agreement, (B) Agent shall provide to
Borrower and each Lender a revised Schedule 1 to this Agreement, including revised
Commitment Percentages for each of the Lenders, if appropriate, at least three Business Days prior
to the date of the effectiveness of such Additional Commitments (each an Additional Lender
Assumption Effective Date), and (C) Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent and the Lenders
such replacement or additional Revolving Credit Notes as shall be required by Agent (and requested
by the Lenders). The Lenders hereby authorize Agent to execute each Additional Lender Assumption
Agreement on behalf of the Lenders. On each Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date, the
Lenders shall make adjustments among themselves with respect to the Revolving Loans then
outstanding and amounts of principal, interest, commitment fees and other amounts paid or payable
with respect thereto as shall be necessary, in the opinion of Agent, in order to reallocate among
such Lenders such outstanding amounts, based on the revised Commitment Percentages and to otherwise
carry out fully the intent and terms of this Section 2.9(b). Borrower shall not request any
increase in the Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) if a Default or an Event of Default
shall then exist, or immediately after giving effect to any such increase would exist.
Section 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees. With the exception of Base Rate
Loans, interest on Loans and commitment and other fees and charges hereunder shall be computed on
the basis of a year having three hundred sixty (360) days and calculated for the actual number of
days elapsed. With respect to Base Rate Loans, interest shall be computed on the basis of a year
having three hundred sixty-five (365) days or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may
be, and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed.
Section 2.11. Mandatory Payments.
(a) If, at any time, the Revolving Credit Exposure shall exceed the Total Commitment Amount as
then in effect, Borrower shall, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next
Business Day, pay an aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans sufficient to bring the
Revolving Credit Exposure within the Total Commitment Amount.
(b) If, at any time, the Swing Line Exposure shall exceed the Swing Line Commitment, Borrower
shall, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next Business Day, prepay an
aggregate principal amount of the Swing Loans sufficient to bring the Swing Line Exposure within
the Swing Line Commitment.
(c) Unless otherwise designated by Borrower, each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or
(b) hereof shall be applied in the following order (i) first, on a pro rata basis for the Lenders,
to outstanding Base Rate Loans, and (ii) second, on a pro rata basis for the Lenders, to
outstanding Eurodollar Loans, provided that, if the
outstanding principal amount of any Eurodollar Loan shall be reduced to an amount less than the
minimum amount set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof as a result of such prepayment, then such
Eurodollar Loan shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the date of such prepayment. Any
prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to the prepayment
provisions set forth in Article III hereof.
22
Section 2.12. Extension of Commitment. Contemporaneously with the delivery of the
financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.3(b) hereof (beginning with the financial
statements for the fiscal year of Borrower ending December 31, 2006), Borrower may deliver a
Request for Extension, requesting that the Lenders extend the Commitment Period for an additional
year. Each such extension shall require the unanimous written consent of all of the Lenders and
shall be upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed to by Agent, Borrower and the Lenders.
Borrower shall pay any reasonable attorneys fees or other reasonable expenses of Agent in
connection with the documentation of any such extension, as well as such other fees as may be
agreed upon between Borrower and Agent.
ARTICLE III. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO
EURODOLLAR LOANS; INCREASED CAPITAL; TAXES
Section 3.1. Requirements of Law.
(a) If, after the Closing Date (i) the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or
in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority or (ii) the compliance by
any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central
bank or other Governmental Authority:
(A) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of
taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Taxes and Excluded Taxes
which are governed by Section 3.2 hereof);
(B) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory
loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for
the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition
of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination
of the Eurodollar Rate; or
(C) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting
into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit,
or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, Borrower
shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of a written request therefor, any additional
amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.
If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection (a),
such Lender shall promptly notify Borrower (with a copy to Agent) of the event by reason of which
it has become so entitled.
(b) If any Lender shall have determined that, after the Closing Date, the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application
thereof by a Governmental Authority or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling
such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the
force of law) from any Governmental Authority shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Lenders or such corporations capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, or
under or in respect of any Letter of Credit, to a level below that which such Lender or such
corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
consideration the policies of such Lender or corporation with respect to capital adequacy), then
from time to time, upon submission by such Lender to Borrower (with a copy to Agent) of a written
request therefor (which shall include the method for
calculating such amount), Borrower shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to such Lender such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.
(c) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.1 submitted
by any Lender to Borrower (with a copy to Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error. In
determining any such additional amounts, such Lender may use any method of averaging and
attribution that it (in its reasonable
23
discretion) shall deem applicable. The obligations of
Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder; provided that Borrower shall not be
required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 3.1 to a Lender for any increased costs
incurred or reductions suffered more than ninety (90) days prior to the date that such Lender
notifies Borrower of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of
such Lenders intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the circumstances giving
rise to such increased costs or reductions are retroactive, then the ninety (90) day period
referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
Section 3.2. Taxes.
(a) All payments made by any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear
of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes or Other Taxes. If any
Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable to Agent or
any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the
extent necessary to yield to Agent or such Lender (after deducting, withholding and payment of all
Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the
amounts specified in the Loan Documents.
(b) In addition, the Credit Parties shall pay Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Whenever any Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld and paid by a Credit Party,
such Credit Party shall timely withhold and pay such taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authorities. As promptly as possible thereafter, Borrower shall send to Agent for its own account
or for the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original
official receipt received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof or other evidence of payment
reasonably acceptable to Agent or such Lender. If such Credit Party shall fail to pay any Taxes or
Other Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority or fails to remit to Agent the
required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Credit Party and Borrower shall
indemnify Agent and the appropriate Lenders on demand for any incremental taxes, interest or
penalties that may become payable by Agent or such Lender as a result of any such failure.
(d) If any Lender shall be so indemnified by a Credit Party, such Lender shall use reasonable
efforts to obtain the benefits of any refund, deduction or credit for any taxes or other amounts
with respect to the amount paid by such Credit Party and shall reimburse such Credit Party to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such Lender shall receive a refund with respect to the amount
paid by such Credit Party or an effective net reduction in taxes or other governmental charges
(including any taxes imposed on or measured by the total net income of such Lender) of the United
States or any state or subdivision or any other Governmental Authority thereof by virtue of any
such deduction or credit, after first giving effect to all other deductions and credits otherwise
available to such Lender. If, at the time any audit of such Lenders income tax return is
completed, such Lender determines, based on such audit, that it shall not have been entitled to the
full amount of any refund reimbursed to such Credit Party as aforesaid or that its net income taxes
shall not have been reduced by a credit or deduction for the full amount reimbursed to such Credit
Party as aforesaid, such Credit Party, upon request of such Lender, shall promptly pay to such
Lender the amount so refunded to which such Lender shall not have been so entitled, or the amount
by which the net income taxes of such Lender shall not have been so reduced, as the case may be.
(e) Each Lender that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States of America, (ii) a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United
States of America (or any jurisdiction thereof), or (iii) an estate or trust that is subject to
U.S. federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income (any such Person, a Non-U.S.
Lender) shall deliver to Borrower and Agent two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming
exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect
to payments of portfolio interest, a statement with respect to such interest and a Form W-8BEN,
or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by
such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal
withholding tax on all payments by Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes
a party to this Agreement or such other Loan Document. In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall
24
deliver such forms or appropriate replacements promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any
form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify
Borrower at any time it determines that such Lender is no longer in a position to provide any
previously delivered certificate to Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the
U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection
(e), a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this subsection (e)
that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.
(f) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax
under the law of the jurisdiction in which a Credit Party is located, or any treaty to which such
jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under any Loan Document shall use reasonable
efforts to deliver to Borrower (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by
applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower, such properly completed and executed
documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without
withholding or at a reduced rate; provided, that such Lender is legally entitled to complete,
execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lenders judgment such completion, execution or
submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.
(g) The agreements in this Section 3.2 shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and
the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
Section 3.3. Funding Losses. Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender, promptly
after receipt of a written request therefor, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or
expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by Borrower in making
a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a
notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by
Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a
notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment
of a Eurodollar Loan on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, or
(d) any conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of an
Interest Period applicable thereto. Such indemnification shall be in an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amounts so prepaid, or
not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such
failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of
a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date
of such failure) at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding,
however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as
reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by
placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the appropriate London
interbank market, along with any administration fee charged by such Lender. A certificate as to
any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.3 submitted to Borrower (with a copy to Agent) by
any Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The obligations of Borrower pursuant to this
Section 3.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all
other amounts payable hereunder.
Section 3.4. Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence
of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof with respect to such
Lender, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy
considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office (or an affiliate of such Lender,
if practical for such Lender) for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the
consequences of such event; provided, that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole
judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal
or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or
postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 or
3.2(a) hereof.
Section 3.5. Eurodollar Rate Lending Unlawful; Inability to Determine Rate.
(a) If any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, upon notice thereof to Borrower
and Agent, be conclusive and binding on Borrower) that, after the Closing Date, (i) the
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law makes it unlawful, or (ii) any
Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make or continue any Loan
as, or to convert (if permitted pursuant to this Agreement) any Loan into, a Eurodollar Loan, the
obligations of such Lender to make, continue or convert any such Eurodollar Loan shall,
25
upon such
determination, be suspended until such Lender shall notify Agent that the circumstances causing
such suspension no longer exist, and all outstanding Eurodollar Loans payable to such Lender shall
automatically convert (if conversion is permitted under this Agreement) into a Base Rate Loan, or
be repaid (if no conversion is permitted) at the end of the then current Interest Periods with
respect thereto or sooner, if required by law or such assertion.
(b) If Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable
means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with
respect to a proposed Eurodollar Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest
Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost
to the Lenders of funding such Loan, Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender.
Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain such Eurodollar Loan shall be
suspended until Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon
receipt of such notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to
or continuation of such Eurodollar Loan or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such
request into a request for a borrowing of a Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.
Section 3.6. Replacement of Lenders. Borrower shall be permitted to replace any
Lender that requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof, or
asserts its inability to make a Eurodollar Loan pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof; provided that (a)
such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (b) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (c) prior to any such
replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 3.4 hereof so as to eliminate the
continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof or, if it has
taken any action, such request has still been made, (d) the replacement financial institution shall
purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date
of replacement and assume all commitments and obligations of such replaced Lender, (e) Borrower
shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 3.3 hereof if any Eurodollar Loan owing to
such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating
thereto, (f) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be satisfactory
to the Agent, (g) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance
with the provisions of Section 10.10 hereof (provided that Borrower (or the succeeding Lender, if
such Lender is willing) shall be obligated to pay the assignment fee referred to therein), and (h)
until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, Borrower shall pay all additional amounts
(if any) required pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof, as the case may be.
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Section 4.1. Conditions to Each Credit Event. The obligation of the Lenders, the
Fronting Lender and the Swing Line Lender to participate in any Credit Event shall be conditioned,
in the case of each Credit Event, upon the following:
(a) all conditions precedent as listed in Section 4.2 hereof required to be satisfied prior to
the first Credit Event shall have been satisfied prior to or as of the first Credit Event;
(b) Borrower shall have submitted a Notice of Loan (or with respect to a Letter of Credit,
complied with the provisions of Section 2.2(b) hereof) and otherwise complied with Section 2.5
hereof;
(c) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or immediately after such Credit Event
would exist; and
(d) each of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI hereof shall be true in
all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such Credit Event, except to the extent
that any thereof expressly relate to an earlier date.
Each request by Borrower for a Credit Event shall be deemed to be a representation and
warranty by Borrower as of the date of such request as to the satisfaction of the conditions
precedent specified in subsections (c) and (d) above.
26
Section 4.2. Conditions to the First Credit Event. Borrower shall cause the
following conditions to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date. The obligation of the
Lenders, the Fronting Lender and the Swing Line Lender to participate in the first Credit Event is
subject to Borrower satisfying each of the following conditions prior to or concurrently with such
Credit Event:
(a) Notes. Borrower shall have executed and delivered to (i) each Lender requesting a
Revolving Credit Note such Lenders Revolving Credit Note, and (ii) the Swing Line Lender the Swing
Line Note, if requested by the Swing Line Lender.
(b) Guaranties of Payment. Each Guarantor of Payment shall have executed and
delivered to Agent a Guaranty of Payment.
(c) Confirmation of Security Documents and Security Agreements. Each (i) Credit Party
that was a Credit Party prior to the Closing Date shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for
the benefit of the Lenders, a Confirmation of Security Documents, and (ii) Credit Party that was
not a Credit Party prior to the Closing Date, shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, a Security Agreement; and such other documents or instruments, as may be
reasonably required by Agent to create or perfect the Liens of Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, in the assets of such Credit Party, all to be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders.
(d) Pledge Agreements. Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary that owns Pledged
Securities shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Pledge
Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, with respect to the Pledged Securities,
together with the Pledged Securities referenced therein and appropriate stock powers.
(e) Officers Certificate, Resolutions, Organizational Documents. Each Credit Party
shall have delivered to Agent an officers certificate (or comparable domestic or foreign
documents) certifying the names of the officers of such Credit Party authorized to sign the Loan
Documents, together with the true signatures of such officers and certified copies of (i) the
resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable domestic or foreign documents) of such Credit
Party evidencing approval of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the execution of
other Related Writings to which such Credit Party is a party, and (ii) the Organizational Documents
of such Credit Party.
(f) Good Standing and Full Force and Effect Certificates. Borrower shall have
delivered to Agent a good standing certificate or comparable certificate, as the case may be, for
each Credit Party, issued on or about the Closing Date by the Secretary of State or comparable
entity in the state or states where such Credit Party is incorporated or formed.
(g) Lien Searches. With respect to the property owned or leased by Borrower and each
Guarantor of Payment, Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment, if applicable, shall have caused to
be delivered to Agent (i) the results of Uniform Commercial Code lien searches, satisfactory to
Agent and the Lenders, (ii) the results of federal and state tax lien and judicial lien searches,
satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders (but only with respect to Domestic Subsidiaries created or
acquired after the date of the Original Credit Agreement), and (iii) Uniform Commercial Code
termination statements reflecting termination of all financing statements previously filed by any
Person and not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof.
(h) Legal Opinion. Borrower shall have delivered to Agent an opinion of counsel for
each Credit Party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders.
(i) Borrower Investment Policy. Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a copy of the
Borrower Investment Policy.
(j) Amended and Restated Agent Fee Letter and Other Fees. Borrower shall have (i)
executed and delivered to Agent the Amended and Restated Agent Fee Letter and paid to Agent, for
its sole account, the fees stated therein, and (ii) paid all legal fees and expenses of Agent in
connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents.
27
(k) Closing Certificate. Borrower shall have delivered to Agent and the Lenders an
officers certificate certifying that, as of the Closing Date, (i) all conditions precedent set
forth in this Article IV have been satisfied, (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists nor
immediately after the first Credit Event will exist, and (iii) each of the representations and
warranties contained in Article VI hereof are true and correct as of the Closing Date.
(l) Letter of Direction. Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a letter of direction
authorizing Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to disburse the proceeds of the Loans, which letter of
direction includes the authorization to transfer funds under this Agreement and the wire
instructions setting forth the locations to which such funds shall be sent.
(m) No Material Adverse Change. No material adverse change, in the opinion of Agent,
shall have occurred in the financial condition or operations of the Companies since June 30, 2006.
(n) Miscellaneous. Borrower shall have provided to Agent and the Lenders such other
items and shall have satisfied such other conditions as may be reasonably required by Agent or the
Lenders.
ARTICLE V. COVENANTS
Section 5.1. Insurance. Each Company shall (a) maintain insurance to such extent and
against such hazards and liabilities as is commonly maintained by Persons similarly situated; and
(b) within ten days of Agents written request, furnish to Agent such information about such
Companys insurance as Agent may from time to time reasonably request, which information shall be
prepared in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Agent and certified by a Financial Officer
of such Company.
Section 5.2. Money Obligations. Each Company shall pay in full (a) prior in each
case to the date when material penalties would attach, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges and levies (except only those so long as and to the extent that the same shall
be contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and for which adequate provisions
have been established in accordance with GAAP) for which it may be or become liable or to which any
or all of its properties may be or become subject; (b) all of its material wage obligations to its
employees in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. §§ 206-207) or any comparable
provisions; and (c) all of its other material obligations calling for the payment of money (except
only those so long as and to the extent that the same shall be contested in good faith and for
which adequate provisions have been established in accordance with GAAP) before such payment
becomes overdue.
Section 5.3. Financial Statements and Information.
(a) Quarterly Financials. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, within forty-five (45)
days after the end of each of the first three quarter-annual periods of each fiscal year of
Borrower, balance sheets of the Companies as of the end of such period and statements of income
(loss), stockholders equity and cash flow for the quarter and fiscal year to date periods, all
prepared on a Consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP, and in form and detail satisfactory to
Agent and certified by a Financial Officer of Borrower.
(b) Annual Audit Report. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, within ninety (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, an annual audit report of the Companies for that
year prepared on a Consolidated basis,
in accordance with GAAP, and in form and detail satisfactory to Agent and certified by an
independent public accountant satisfactory to Agent, which report shall include balance sheets and
statements of income (loss), stockholders equity and cash-flow for that period.
(c) Compliance Certificate. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, concurrently with the
delivery of the financial statements set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above, a Compliance
Certificate.
(d) Pro-Forma Projections. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, within ninety (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, annual pro-forma projections of the Companies for
the then current fiscal year, to be in form acceptable to Agent.
28
(e) Shareholder and SEC Documents. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, as soon as
available, copies of all notices, reports, definitive proxy or other statements and other documents
sent by Borrower to its shareholders, to the holders of any of its debentures or bonds or the
trustee of any indenture securing the same or pursuant to which they are issued, or sent by
Borrower (in final form) to any securities exchange or over the counter authority or system, or to
the SEC or any similar federal agency having regulatory jurisdiction over the issuance of
Borrowers securities.
(f) Financial Information of Companies. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, within
fifteen (15) Business Days of the written request of Agent, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably
practicable, such other information about the financial condition, properties and operations of any
Company as Agent may from time to time reasonably request, which information shall be submitted in
form and detail satisfactory to Agent and certified by a Financial Officer of the Company or
Companies in question.
Section 5.4. Financial Records. Each Company shall at all times maintain true and
complete records and books of account, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
appropriate provisions for possible losses and liabilities, all in accordance with GAAP, and at all
reasonable times (during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to such Company) permit
Agent, or any representative of Agent, to examine such Companys books and records and to make
excerpts therefrom and transcripts thereof.
Section 5.5. Franchises; Change in Business.
(a) Each Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) shall preserve and maintain at all times
its existence, and its rights and franchises necessary for its business, in each case except as
otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof.
(b) No Company shall engage in any business if, as a result thereof, the general nature of the
business of the Companies taken as a whole would be substantially changed from the general nature
of the business the Companies are engaged in on the Closing Date.
Section 5.6. ERISA Pension and Benefit Plan Compliance. No Company shall incur any
material accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA, or any material liability to
the PBGC, established thereunder in connection with any ERISA Plan. Borrower shall furnish to the
Lenders (a) as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after any Company knows or
has reason to know that any Reportable Event with respect to any ERISA Plan has occurred, a
statement of a Financial Officer of such Company, setting forth details as to such Reportable Event
and the action that such Company proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of the
notice of such Reportable Event given to the PBGC if a copy of such notice is available to such
Company, and (b) promptly after receipt thereof a copy of any notice such Company, or any member of
the Controlled Group may receive from the PBGC or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any
ERISA Plan administered by such Company; provided, that this latter clause shall not apply to
notices of general application promulgated by the PBGC or the Internal Revenue Service. Borrower
shall promptly notify the Lenders of any material taxes assessed, proposed to be assessed or that
Borrower has reason to believe is reasonably likely to be assessed against a Company by the
Internal Revenue Service with respect to any ERISA Plan. As used in this Section 5.6, material
means the measure of a matter of
significance that shall be determined as being an amount equal to five percent (5%) of Consolidated
Net Worth. As soon as practicable, and in any event within twenty (20) days, after any Company
shall become aware that an ERISA Event shall have occurred, such Company shall provide Agent with
notice of such ERISA Event with a certificate by a Financial Officer of such Company setting forth
the details of the event and the action such Company or another Controlled Group member proposes to
take with respect thereto. Borrower shall, at the request of Agent, deliver or cause to be
delivered to Agent, as the case may be, true and correct copies of any documents relating to the
ERISA Plan of any Company.
Section 5.7. Financial Covenants.
(a) Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not suffer or permit at any time the Leverage
Ratio to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.
29
(b) Interest Coverage Ratio. Borrower shall not suffer or permit at any time the
Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.50 to 1.00.
(c) Capital Expenditures. The Companies may make Consolidated Capital Expenditures so
long as no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or immediately thereafter shall begin to
exist.
Section 5.8. Borrowing. No Company shall create, incur or have outstanding any
Indebtedness of any kind; provided, that this Section 5.8 shall not apply to the following:
(a) the Loans, the Letters of Credit and any other Indebtedness under this Agreement;
(b) any loans granted to or Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into by any Company for the
purchase or lease of fixed assets (and refinancings of such loans or Capitalized Lease
Obligations), which loans and Capitalized Lease Obligations shall only be secured by the fixed
assets being purchased or leased ;
(c) the Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date, in addition to the other Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 5.8, as set forth in Schedule 5.8 hereto
(and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof but only to the extent that the principal amount
thereof does not increase after the Closing Date);
(d) Indebtedness under any Hedge Agreement, so long as such Hedge Agreement shall have been
entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(e) Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed, for
all such Indebtedness of all Foreign Subsidiaries, the greater of (i) seven and one-half percent
(7.5%) of Consolidated total assets of Borrower, or (ii) Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000)
at any time outstanding;
(f) any loans from a Company to a Company permitted under Section 5.11 hereof;
(g) Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary under an accounts receivable facility whereby no
portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) under such facility
is guaranteed by any other Company (subject to the proviso in subsection (e) hereof) and no Company
(other than such Foreign Subsidiary) provides, either directly or indirectly, any credit support of
any kind (other than a guaranty permitted under subsection (e) hereof) in connection with such
facility;
(h) Subordinated Indebtedness with terms and documentation in form and substance acceptable to
Agent;
(i) loans to Percepta and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of
up to ten percent (10%) of revenues of Percepta and its Subsidiaries for the most recently
completed four fiscal quarters;
(j) loans to a joint venture (in which a Company holds an equity interest) in an aggregate
amount at any time outstanding of up to ten percent (10%) of revenues of such joint venture for the
most recently completed four fiscal quarters;
(k) Indebtedness of a Company that has been acquired by the Companies pursuant to Section 5.13
hereof, which Indebtedness (i) is not secured, except by a security interest permitted under
Section 5.9(h) hereof, and (ii) was not incurred in anticipation of such Acquisition;
(l) Indebtedness of a Company incurred pursuant to synthetic leases;
(m) Indebtedness of a Company that is owing to any governmental entity, including, without
limitation, industrial revenue bonds and grants issued by any governmental entity to such Company
which may constitute Indebtedness until the completion of the tasks related to such grants;
provided, however, that all such Indebtedness must be either (i) unsecured, (ii) only secured by
the fixed assets purchased with proceeds from such Indebtedness, or (iii) secured with assets
(other than fixed assets) that are specifically related to the project that is
30
the subject of the
grant or financing, securing no more than the aggregate amount, for all such Indebtedness of all
Companies, of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time outstanding;
(n) Indebtedness not otherwise described in or subject to subparts (a) through (k) hereof in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) two percent (2%) of Consolidated
total assets of Borrower, or (ii) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time outstanding; and
(o) other unsecured Indebtedness, in addition to the Indebtedness listed above, so long as (i)
the maturity date (and earliest possible put date) of such Indebtedness is at least thirty (30)
days after the last day of the Commitment Period, and (ii) the Companies are in compliance (and in
pro forma compliance after giving effect to such Indebtedness) with the provisions of Section 5.7
hereof.
Section 5.9. Liens. No Company shall create, assume or suffer to exist (or enter
into a contract that creates a consensual Lien upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise)
any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that
this Section 5.9 shall not apply to the following:
(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being actively contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been established in accordance
with GAAP;
(b) other statutory Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its
property and assets that (i) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the
obtaining of advances or credit, and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
(c) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Subsidiary to a
Credit Party (other than any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date);
(d) purchase money Liens on fixed assets securing the loans and Capitalized Lease Obligations
pursuant to Section 5.8(b) hereof, provided that such Lien is limited to the purchase price and
only attaches to the property being acquired;
(e) the Liens existing on the Closing Date as set forth in Schedule 5.9 hereto and
replacements, extensions, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, but only to the extent that
the amount of debt secured thereby shall not be increased;
(f) easements or other minor defects or irregularities in title of real property not
interfering in any material respect with the use of such property in the business of any Company;
(g) any Lien granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;
(h) any Lien on fixed assets owned by a Company as a result of an Acquisition permitted
pursuant to Section 5.13 hereof;
(i) any Lien on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure the Indebtedness described in Section
5.8(e) hereof;
(j) any Lien on assets of Percepta and its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness described in
Section 5.8(i) hereof in an aggregate principal amount, for Percepta and all of its Subsidiaries,
not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000);
(k) any Lien on assets of a joint venture (that is not a Subsidiary) securing Indebtedness
described in Section 5.8(j) hereof in an aggregate principal amount, for all such joint ventures,
not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000);
(l) any U.C.C. Financing Statement filed to provide notice of (i) an operating lease entered
into in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) a synthetic lease permitted under Section 5.8(l)
hereof;
31
(m) the Liens described in Section 5.8(m) hereof; and
(n) any Lien (on assets that do not constitute Collateral) not otherwise described in or
subject to subparts (a) through (k) hereof securing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for
borrowed money) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) two percent (2%)
of Consolidated total assets of Borrower, or (ii) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time
outstanding.
No Company shall enter into any contract or agreement (other than a contract or agreement entered
into in connection with (A) the purchase or lease of fixed assets that prohibits Liens on such
fixed assets, or (B) the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.8(i) hereof
that prohibits Liens on the assets of Percepta) that would prohibit Agent or the Lenders from
acquiring a security interest, mortgage or other Lien on, or a collateral assignment of, any of the
property or assets of such Company.
Section 5.10. Regulations T, U and X. No Company shall take any action that would
result in any non-compliance of the Loans or Letters of Credit with Regulations T, U or X, or any
other applicable regulation, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Section 5.11. Investments, Loans and Guaranties. No Company shall, without the prior
written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders, (a) create, acquire or hold any Subsidiary, (b)
make or hold any investment in any stocks, bonds or securities of any kind, (c) be or become a
party to any joint venture or other partnership, (d) make or keep outstanding any advance or loan
to any Person, or (e) be or become a Guarantor of any kind (other than a Guaranty of Payment under
the Loan Documents); provided that this Section 5.11 shall not apply to the following:
(i) investments made in accordance with the Borrower Investment Policy;
(ii) the holding of each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 6.1 hereto, and
the creation, acquisition and holding of any new Subsidiary after the Closing Date so long
as such new Subsidiary shall have been created, acquired or held in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(iii) any investment in, loan to or guaranty of the Indebtedness of, Borrower or a
Domestic Subsidiary (other than any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In
Date);
(iv) any investment in, loan to or guaranty of the Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary
so long as the Companies are in compliance (and in pro forma compliance after giving effect
to such loan, investment or guaranty) with the provisions of Section 5.7 hereof;
(v) any investment in a joint venture of a Company so long as the Companies are in
compliance (and in pro forma compliance after giving effect to such investment) with the
provisions of Section 5.7 hereof;
(vi) any advance or loan to an officer or employee of a Company, so long as all such
advances and loans from all Companies (specifically excluding any advance or loan assumed
through an Acquisition) aggregate not more than the principal sum of Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) at any time outstanding;
(vii) the holding of any stock that has been acquired pursuant to an Acquisition
permitted under Section 5.13 hereof;
(viii) prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date, investments of, loans from or guaranties by,
the Companies to the Newgen Companies in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Newgen
Permitted Amount (provided that client-related performance guaranties shall not be included
in the calculation of the Newgen Permitted Amount); or
(ix) other investments of, loans from or guaranties by, the Companies in an aggregate
amount not to exceed, for all Companies, the greater of (i) two percent (2%) of Consolidated
total assets of
32
Borrower, or (ii) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); provided that (A)
client-related performance guaranties shall not be included in the calculation of the
foregoing amounts, and (B) no such investments, loans and guaranties shall be in, to or for
the benefit of, any of the Newgen Companies.
Section 5.12. Merger and Sale of Assets. No Company shall merge, amalgamate or
consolidate with any other Person, or sell, lease or transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets to
any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, except that, if no Default or Event of
Default shall then exist or immediately thereafter shall begin to exist:
(a) any Domestic Subsidiary may merge with (i) Borrower (provided that Borrower shall be the
continuing or surviving Person) or (ii) any one or more Guarantors of Payment (other than any of
the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date);
(b) any Domestic Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
assets to (i) Borrower or (ii) any Guarantor of Payment (other than any of the Newgen Companies in
excess of the Newgen Permitted Amount prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date);
(c) any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Credit Party) may merge with or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to any other Domestic Subsidiary (other than any
of the Newgen Companies in excess of the Newgen Permitted Amount prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date);
(d) any Foreign Subsidiary may merge with another Foreign Subsidiary or with a Credit Party
(other than any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date), provided that a Credit
Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
(e) any Foreign Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets
to a Credit Party (other than any of the Newgen Companies in excess of the Newgen Permitted Amount
prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date) or any other Foreign Subsidiary;
(f) Borrower may sell its corporate headquarters located at 9197 South Peoria Street,
Englewood, Colorado 80112-5833;
(g) Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary and any Foreign Subsidiary organized under the laws of
Canada may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets to a Person that is not a
Credit Party (other than the accounts (and general intangibles relating thereto and proceeds
thereof) pledged to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the Security Agreement) so
long as, after giving pro forma effect to any Disposition with net proceeds in excess of Fifteen
Million Dollars ($15,000,000), the Companies are in pro forma compliance with the provisions of
Section 5.7 hereof;
(h) any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary organized under the laws of
Canada) may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets;
(i) Acquisitions may be effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13 hereof; and
(j) prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date, Borrower may sell the Newgen Companies.
Section 5.13. Acquisitions. No Company shall effect an Acquisition; provided,
however, that a Credit Party (other than any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In
Date) may effect an Acquisition so long as:
(a) the business to be acquired shall be similar to the lines of business of the Companies;
(b) the Companies shall be in full compliance with the Loan Documents both prior to and
subsequent to such Acquisition;
(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist prior to or after giving effect to such
Acquisition;
33
(d) such Acquisition is not actively opposed by the board of directors (or similar governing
body) of the selling Persons or by a majority of the Persons whose equity interests are to be
acquired;
(e) with respect to any Acquisition the Consideration for which is in excess of Twenty-Five
Million Dollars ($25,000,000), Borrower shall have provided to Agent and the Lenders, at least ten
(10) Business Days prior to such Acquisition, historical financial statements of the target entity
and a pro forma financial statement of the Companies accompanied by a certificate of a Financial
Officer of Borrower showing pro forma compliance with Section 5.7 hereof, both before and after the
proposed Acquisition; and
(f) Borrower shall have a Liquidity Amount of no less than Twenty-Five Million Dollars
($25,000,000) after giving effect to such Acquisition.
Section 5.14. Notice. Borrower shall cause a Financial Officer of Borrower to
promptly notify Agent and the Lenders whenever any Default or Event of Default may occur hereunder
or any representation or warranty made in Article VI hereof or elsewhere in this Agreement or in
any Related Writing may for any reason cease in any material respect to be true and complete.
Section 5.15. Restricted Payments. No Company shall pay or commit itself to pay any
Restricted Payment at any time, except that (a) any Subsidiary may make Capital Distributions to
Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, and (b) so long as no Default or Event of Default
shall then exist or immediately thereafter shall begin to exist, Borrower may make Restricted
Payments (other than with respect to any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date).
Section 5.16. Environmental Compliance. Each Company shall comply in all material
respects with any and all Environmental Laws including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws
in jurisdictions in which such Company owns or operates a facility or site, arranges for disposal
or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes, accepts for transport any
hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes or holds any interest in real property or
otherwise. Borrower shall furnish to the Lenders, promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any
notice such Company may receive from any Governmental Authority or private Person or otherwise that
any material litigation or proceeding pertaining to any environmental, health or safety matter has
been filed or is threatened against such Company, any real property in which such Company holds any
interest or any past or present operation of such Company. No Company shall allow the material
release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes on, under or to any real
property in which any Company holds any ownership interest or performs any of its operations, in
violation of any Environmental Law. As used in this Section 5.16, litigation or proceeding means
any demand, claim, notice, suit, suit in equity action, administrative action, investigation or
inquiry whether brought by any Governmental Authority or private Person, or otherwise. Borrower
shall defend, indemnify and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against all costs, expenses,
claims, damages, penalties and liabilities of every kind or nature whatsoever (including attorneys
fees) arising out of or resulting from the noncompliance of any Company with any Environmental Law.
Such indemnification shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 5.17. Affiliate Transactions. No Company shall, directly or indirectly,
enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale,
lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than a
Company that is a Credit Party) on terms that shall be less favorable to such Company than those
that might be obtained at the time in a transaction with a non-Affiliate; provided, however, that
the foregoing shall not prohibit the payment of customary and reasonable directors fees to
directors who are not employees of a Company or an Affiliate.
Section 5.18. Use of Proceeds. Borrowers use of the proceeds of the Loans shall be
solely for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Companies, for capital
expenditures, for Restricted Payments and for Acquisitions.
Section 5.19. Corporate Names. No Credit Party shall change its corporate name,
unless, in each case, such Credit Party shall provide Agent with at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice thereof. Borrower shall also provide Agent with at least thirty (30) days prior
written notification of (a) any change in the location of the office
34
where any Credit Partys
records pertaining to the Collateral are kept; and (b) any change in any Credit Partys chief
executive office. In the event of any of the foregoing or as a result of any change of applicable
law with respect to the taking of security interests, or if determined by Agent to be necessary,
Agent is hereby authorized to file new Uniform Commercial Code financing statements describing the
Collateral and otherwise in form and substance sufficient for recordation wherever necessary or
appropriate, as determined in Agents reasonable discretion, to perfect or continue perfected the
security interest of Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the Collateral, based upon such new
places of business or names or such change in applicable law, and Borrower shall pay all filing and
recording fees and taxes in connection with the filing or recordation of such financing statements
and shall promptly reimburse Agent therefor if Agent pays the same. Such amounts shall be Related
Expenses hereunder.
Section 5.20. Lease Rentals. The Companies may enter into operating leases in the
ordinary course of business.
Section 5.21. Subsidiary Guaranties, Security Documents and Pledge of Stock or Other
Ownership Interest.
(a) Guaranties and Security Documents. Each Domestic Subsidiary (that is not a
Dormant Subsidiary) created, acquired or held subsequent to the Closing Date, shall immediately
execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Guaranty of Payment of all of the
Obligations and a Security Agreement, such agreements to be in form and substance acceptable to
Agent, along with any such other supporting documentation, Security Documents, corporate governance
and authorization documents, and an opinion of counsel as may be deemed necessary or advisable by
Agent.
(b) Pledge of Stock. With respect to the creation or acquisition of a First-Tier
Material Foreign Subsidiary, Borrower shall (i) pledge to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders,
sixty-five percent (65%) of the ownership interest owned by a Credit Party pursuant to the terms of
a Pledge Agreement executed by the appropriate Credit Party, and (ii) deliver to Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, the outstanding shares certificates (or other evidence of equity)
evidencing such pledged ownership interest.
(c) Perfection or Registration of Interest in Foreign Shares. With respect to any
foreign shares pledged to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, on or after the Closing Date,
Agent shall at all times, in the discretion of Agent or the Required Lenders, have the right to
perfect, at Borrowers cost, payable upon request therefor (including, without limitation, any
foreign counsel, or foreign notary, filing, registration or similar, fees, costs or expenses), its
security interest in such shares in the respective foreign jurisdiction (subject to the proviso in
the definition of First-Tier Material Foreign Subsidiary).
Section 5.22. Restrictive Agreements. Except as set forth in this Agreement,
Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create
or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any
Subsidiary to (a) make, directly or indirectly, any Capital Distribution to Borrower, (b) make,
directly or indirectly, loans or advances or capital contributions to Borrower or (c) transfer,
directly or indirectly, any of the properties or assets of such Subsidiary to Borrower; except for
such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary
non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements entered in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practices, or (iii) customary restrictions in security agreements or
mortgages securing Indebtedness or capital leases, of a Company to the extent such restrictions
shall only restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreement, mortgage or
lease.
Section 5.23. Guaranty Under Material Indebtedness Agreement. No Company shall be or
become a Guarantor of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Material Indebtedness Agreement
unless such Company shall also be Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment under this Agreement prior to
or concurrently therewith.
Section 5.24. Pari Passu Ranking. The Obligations shall, and Borrower shall take all
necessary action to ensure that the Obligations shall, at all times, rank at least pari passu in
right of payment with all other senior Indebtedness of Borrower.
35
Section 5.25. Amendment of Organizational Documents. No Credit Party or First-Tier
Material Foreign Subsidiary shall amend its Organizational Documents to change its name or state,
province or other jurisdiction of organization, or otherwise amend its Organizational Documents in
any manner adverse to the Lenders, without the prior written consent of Agent.
Section 5.26. Further Assurances. Borrower shall, promptly upon request by Agent, or
any Lender through Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any
Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do,
execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and
all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as Agent, or any
Lender through Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more
effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 6.1. Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification. Each Company
is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state or
jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and is duly qualified and authorized to do business
and is in good standing as a foreign entity in the jurisdictions set forth opposite its name on
Schedule 6.1 hereto, which are all of the states or jurisdictions where the character of
its property or its business activities makes such qualification necessary, except where a failure
to qualify will not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Foreign Subsidiary is validly
existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Schedule 6.1 hereto sets
forth, as of the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of Borrower (and whether such Subsidiary is a
Dormant Subsidiary), its state of formation, its relationship to Borrower, including the percentage
of each class of stock owned by a Company, each Person that owns the stock or other equity interest
of each Company, the location of its chief executive office and its principal place of business.
Except as set forth in Schedule 6.1, Borrower owns all of the equity interests of each of
its Subsidiaries.
Section 6.2. Corporate Authority. Each Credit Party has the right and power and is
duly authorized and empowered to enter into, execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is
a party and to perform and observe the provisions of the Loan Documents. The Loan Documents to
which each Credit Party is a party have been duly authorized and approved by such Credit Partys
board of directors or other governing body, as applicable, and are the valid and binding
obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their
respective terms. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents do not conflict
with, result in a breach in any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, or result in the
creation of a Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 5.9 hereof) upon any
assets or property of any Company under the provisions of, such Companys Organizational Documents
or any material agreement.
Section 6.3. Compliance with Laws and Contracts. Each Company:
(a) holds permits, certificates, licenses, orders, registrations, franchises, authorizations,
and other approvals from any Governmental Authority reasonably necessary for the conduct of its
business and is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws relating thereto;
(b) is in compliance in all material respects with all federal, state, local, or foreign
applicable statutes, rules, regulations, and orders including, without limitation, those relating
to environmental protection, occupational safety and health, and equal employment practices;
(c) is not in violation of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by
which its assets are subject or bound unless such violation or default could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) has ensured that no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls a
Company is (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by
the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), Department of the Treasury, or any other similar
lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation, or
(ii) a Person designated under Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of
36
Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23,
2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar executive orders;
(e) is in material compliance with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and anti-money
laundering laws and regulations; and
(f) is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.
Section 6.4. Litigation and Administrative Proceedings. Except as disclosed on
Schedule 6.4 hereto, there are (a) no lawsuits, actions, investigations, or other
proceedings pending or threatened against any Company, or in respect of which any Company may have
any liability, in any court or before any Governmental Authority, arbitration board, or other
tribunal, (b) no orders, writs, injunctions, judgments, or decrees of any court or Governmental
Authority to which any Company is a party or by which the property or assets of any Company are
bound, and (c) no grievances, disputes, or controversies outstanding with any union or other
organization of the employees of any Company, or threats of work stoppage, strike, or pending
demands for collective bargaining, in each case other than those that could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.5. Title to Assets. Each Company has good title to and ownership of all
property it purports to own, which property is free and clear of all Liens, except those permitted
under Section 5.9 hereof.
Section 6.6. Liens and Security Interests. On and after the Closing Date, except for
Liens permitted pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof, (a) there is and will be no U.C.C. Financing
Statement or similar notice of Lien outstanding covering any personal property of any Company; (b)
there is and will be no mortgage outstanding covering any real property of any Company; and (c) no
real or personal property of any Company is subject to any Lien of any kind. Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, has a valid and enforceable first consensual Lien on the Collateral. No
Company has entered into any contract or agreement (other than a contract or agreement entered into
in connection with the purchase or lease of fixed assets that prohibits Liens on such fixed assets)
that exists on or after the Closing Date that would prohibit Agent or the Lenders from acquiring a
Lien on, or a collateral assignment of, any of the property or assets of any Company.
Section 6.7. Tax Returns. All federal, state, provincial and all material local tax
returns and other reports required by law to be filed in respect of the income, business,
properties
and employees of each Company have been filed and all taxes, assessments, fees and other
governmental charges that are due and payable have been paid, except as otherwise permitted herein
and with respect to foreign tax returns, except as may be filed beyond the due date without
material penalties. The provision for taxes on the books of each Company is adequate for all years
not closed by applicable statutes and for the current fiscal year.
Section 6.8. Environmental Laws. Each Company is in material compliance with all
Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in
which any Company owns or operates, or has owned or operated, a facility or site, arranges or has
arranged for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes, accepts or
has accepted for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes or holds or has
held any interest in real property or otherwise. No material litigation or proceeding arising
under, relating to or in connection with any Environmental Law is pending or, to the best knowledge
of each Company, threatened, against any Company, any real property in which any Company holds or
has held an interest or any past or present operation of any Company. No material release,
threatened release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes is occurring, or has
occurred (other than those that are currently being cleaned up in accordance with Environmental
Laws), on, under or to any real property in which any Company holds any interest or performs any of
its operations, in violation of any Environmental Law. As used in this Section 6.8, litigation or
proceeding means any demand, claim, notice, suit, suit in equity, action, administrative action,
investigation or inquiry whether brought by any Governmental Authority or private Person, or
otherwise.
Section 6.9. Locations. The Companies have places of business or maintain their
accounts receivable at the locations set forth on Schedule 6.9 hereto. Each Companys
chief executive office is set forth on Schedule 6.9 hereto. Schedule 6.9 further
specifies whether each location, as of the Closing Date, that is owned by the Companies.
37
Section 6.10. Continued Business. Except as described in Borrowers 10-K, 10-Q or
other public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, there exists no actual, pending,
or, to Borrowers knowledge, any threatened termination, cancellation or limitation of, or any
modification or change in the business relationship of any Company and any customer or supplier, or
any group of customers or suppliers, which termination, cancellation or limitation would have a
Material Adverse Effect, and there exists no present condition or state of facts or circumstances
that would have a Material Adverse Effect or prevent a Company from conducting such business or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in substantially the same manner in which it was
previously conducted.
Section 6.11. Employee Benefits Plans. Schedule 6.11 hereto identifies each
ERISA Plan as of the Closing Date. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
with respect to an ERISA Plan. No Controlled Group member has failed to make a required material
installment or other required material payment under Section 412(a) of the Code on or before the
due date or within a reasonable time after such due date. No Controlled Group member has failed to
make contributions to an ERISA Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan in accordance with the applicable
governing documents which is reasonably likely to result in a material liability to the Controlled
Group member. No Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) has any accumulated funding
deficiency (as defined in Section 412(a) of the Code). None of the Companies have adopted or plans
to adopt any amendments that could reasonably result in a material increase in the cost of
providing benefits under the ERISA Plan. With respect to each ERISA Plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) that is intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a), (a) the ERISA Plan
and any associated trust operationally comply (or as soon as reasonably practicable are corrected
to comply) with the applicable requirements of Code Section 401(a); (b) the ERISA Plan and any
associated trust have been amended to comply with all such requirements as currently in effect,
other than those requirements for which a retroactive amendment can be made within the remedial
amendment period available under Code Section 401(b) (as extended under Treasury Regulations and
other Treasury pronouncements upon which taxpayers may rely); (c) the ERISA Plan and any associated
trust have received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service stating that
the ERISA Plan qualifies under Code Section 401(a), that the associated trust qualifies under Code
Section 501(a) and, if applicable, that any cash or deferred arrangement under the ERISA Plan
qualifies under Code Section 401(k), unless the ERISA Plan was first adopted at a time for which
the above-described remedial amendment period has not yet expired; (d) the ERISA Plan currently
satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b), subject to any retroactive amendment that may be
made within the above-described remedial amendment
period; and (e) no contribution made to the ERISA Plan is subject to an excise tax under Code
Section 4972. With respect to any Pension Plan, the accumulated benefit obligation of Controlled
Group members with respect to the Pension Plan (as determined in accordance with Statement of
Accounting Standards No. 87, Employees Accounting for Pensions) does not exceed the fair market
value of Pension Plan assets by an amount that would have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Foreign
Employee Benefit Plan is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, regulations and
rules applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for Foreign
Employee Benefit Plan. With respect to any Foreign Employee Benefit Plan, reasonable reserves have
been established in accordance with local laws or prudent business practice or where required by
ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which Foreign Employee Benefit Plan is
maintained.
Section 6.12. Consents or Approvals. No consent, approval or authorization of, or
filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is
required to be obtained or completed by any Company in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance of any of the Loan Documents, that has not already been obtained or completed.
Section 6.13. Solvency. Borrower has received consideration that is the reasonable
equivalent value of the obligations and liabilities that Borrower has incurred to Agent and the
Lenders. Borrower is not insolvent as defined in any applicable state, federal or relevant foreign
statute, nor will Borrower be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents to Agent and the Lenders. Borrower is not engaged or about to engage in any business or
transaction for which the assets retained by it are or will be an unreasonably small amount of
capital, taking into consideration the obligations to Agent and the Lenders incurred hereunder.
Borrower does not intend to, nor does it believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they mature.
Section 6.14. Financial Statements. The Consolidated financial statements of
Borrower for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, furnished to Agent and the Lenders, have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
38
fairly present the financial condition of the Companies as of
the dates of such financial statements and the results of their operations for the periods then
ending. The unaudited Consolidated financial statements of Borrower for the fiscal quarter ended
June 30, 2006, furnished to Agent and the Lenders, are materially true and complete to the best
knowledge of the Companies, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except for the absence of
footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments consistent with past practice, and fairly present the
financial condition of the Companies as of the dates of such financial statements and the results
of their operations for the periods then ending. Since the dates of such statements, there has
been no material adverse change in any Companys financial condition, properties or business or any
change in any Companys accounting procedures.
Section 6.15. Regulations. No Company is engaged principally or as one of its
important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System of the United States of America). Neither the granting of any Loan (or any
conversion thereof) or Letter of Credit nor the use of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit
will violate, or be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X or any other
Regulation of such Board of Governors.
Section 6.16. Material Agreements. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16
hereto, as of the Closing Date no Company is a party to any (a) debt instrument (excluding the Loan
Documents); (b) lease (capital, operating or otherwise), whether as lessee or lessor thereunder;
(c) contract, commitment, agreement, or other arrangement involving the purchase or sale of any
inventory by it, or the license of any right to or by it; (d) contract, commitment, agreement, or
other arrangement with any of its Affiliates (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) other than a Company; (e) management or employment contract or contract
for personal services with any of its Affiliates that is not otherwise terminable at will or on
less than ninety (90) days notice without liability; (f) collective bargaining agreement; or (g)
other contract, agreement, understanding, or arrangement with a third party that, as to subsections
(a) through (g), requires the future payment of an amount in excess of Thirty Million Dollars
($30,000,000) during any twelve-month period.
Section 6.17. Intellectual Property. Each Company owns or has the right to use all
of the material patents, patent applications, industrial designs, designs, trademarks, service
marks, copyrights and licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing necessary for the conduct
of its business without any known conflict with the rights of others.
Section 6.18. Insurance. Each Company maintains with financially sound and reputable
insurers insurance with coverage and limits as required by law and as is customary with Persons
engaged in the same businesses as the Companies. Schedule 6.18 hereto sets forth all
insurance carried by the Companies on the Closing Date, setting forth in detail the amount and type
of such insurance.
Section 6.19. Accurate and Complete Statements. Neither the Loan Documents nor any
written statement made by any Company in connection with any of the Loan Documents contains, to the
best knowledge of such Company, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein or in the Loan Documents not
misleading. After due inquiry by Borrower, there is no known fact that any Company has not
disclosed to Agent and the Lenders that has or is more than likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section 6.20. Defaults. No Default or Event of Default exists hereunder, nor will
any begin to exist immediately after the execution and delivery hereof.
ARTICLE VII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
Section 7.1. Payments. If (a) the interest on any Loan or any commitment or other
fee, or any other Obligation not listed in subpart (b) hereof, shall not be paid in full when due
and payable or within five Business Days thereafter, or (b) the principal of any Loan or any
obligation under any Letter of Credit shall not be paid in full when due and payable.
39
Section 7.2. Special Covenants. If any Company shall fail or omit to perform and
observe Section 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13 or 5.15 hereof.
Section 7.3. Other Covenants. If any Company shall fail or omit to perform and
observe any agreement or other provision (other than those referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2
hereof) contained or referred to in this Agreement or any Loan Document that is on such Companys
part to be complied with, and that Default shall not have been fully corrected within thirty (30)
days after the earlier of (a) any Financial Officer of such Company becomes aware of the occurrence
thereof, or (b) the giving of written notice thereof to Borrower by Agent or the Required Lenders
that the specified Default is to be remedied.
Section 7.4. Representations and Warranties. If any representation, warranty or
statement made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any Related Writing or any other material
information furnished by any Company to Agent or the Lenders or any thereof or any other holder of
any Note, shall be false or erroneous in any material respect.
Section 7.5. Cross Default. If any Company shall default in the payment of principal
or interest due and owing under any Material Indebtedness Agreement (other than the Newgen Lease
prior to the Newgen Opt-In Date) beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto or in the
performance or observance of any other provision, term or condition contained in any Material
Indebtedness Agreement under which such obligation is created, if the effect of such default is to
allow the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the holder thereof to
cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.
Section 7.6. ERISA Default. The occurrence of one or more ERISA Events that (a) the
Required Lenders determine could have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) results in a Lien on any of
the assets of any Company.
Section 7.7. Change in Control. If any Change in Control shall occur.
Section 7.8. Money Judgment. A final judgment or order for the payment of money
shall be rendered against any Company (other than any of the Newgen Companies prior to the Newgen
Opt-In Date) by a court of competent jurisdiction, that remains unpaid or unstayed and undischarged
for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of sixty (60) days after the
date on which the right to appeal has expired; provided that such occurrence shall constitute an
Event of Default only if the aggregate of all such judgments for all such Companies shall exceed
Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).
Section 7.9. Material Adverse Change. There shall have occurred any condition or
event that Agent or the Required Lenders determine has or is more likely than not to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
Section 7.10. Security. If any Lien granted in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document in favor of Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall be determined to be (a) void, voidable
or invalid, or is subordinated or not otherwise given the priority contemplated by this Agreement
and the Credit Parties have failed to promptly execute appropriate documents to correct such
matters, or (b) unperfected as to any material amount of Collateral (as determined by Agent, in its
reasonable discretion).
Section 7.11. Validity of Loan Documents. (a) Any material provision, in the
reasonable opinion of Agent, of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be
valid, binding and enforceable against any Credit Party; (b) the validity, binding effect or
enforceability of any Loan Document against any Credit Party shall be contested by any Credit
Party; (c) any Credit Party shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any
Loan Document; or (d) any Loan Document shall be terminated, invalidated or set aside, or be
declared ineffective or inoperative or in any way cease to give or provide to Agent and the Lenders
the benefits purported to be created thereby. In addition to any other material Loan Documents,
this Agreement, each Note and each Guaranty of Payment shall be deemed to be material.
Section 7.12. Solvency. If any Company (other than any of the Newgen Companies prior
to the Newgen Opt-In Date, or a Dormant Subsidiary) shall (a) except as permitted pursuant to
Section 5.12 hereof, discontinue business, (b) generally not pay its debts as such debts become
due, (c) make a general assignment for the benefit of
40
creditors, (d) apply for or consent to the
appointment of a receiver, a custodian, a trustee, an interim trustee or liquidator of all or a
substantial part of its assets, (e) be adjudicated a debtor or insolvent or have entered against it
an order for relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, or under any other bankruptcy
insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, corporate or similar statute or law, foreign, federal state or
provincial, in any applicable jurisdiction, now or hereafter existing, as any of the foregoing may
be amended from time to time, or other applicable statute for jurisdictions outside of the United
States, as the case may be, (f) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or have an involuntary
proceeding filed against it and the same shall continue undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days
from commencement of such proceeding or case, or file a petition or an answer seeking
reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to take advantage of any other law
(whether federal or state, or, if applicable, other jurisdiction) relating to relief of debtors, or
admit (by answer, by default or otherwise) the material allegations of a petition filed against it
in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other proceeding (whether federal or state, or, if
applicable, other jurisdiction) relating to relief of debtors, (g) suffer or permit to continue
unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order entered by a
court of competent jurisdiction, that approves a petition seeking its reorganization or appoints a
receiver, custodian, trustee, interim trustee or liquidator of all or a substantial part of its
assets, or (h) have an administrative receiver appointed over the whole or substantially the whole
of its assets.
ARTICLE VIII. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT
Notwithstanding any contrary provision or inference herein or elsewhere:
Section 8.1. Optional Defaults. If any Event of Default referred to in Section 7.1,
7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 or 7.11 hereof shall occur, Agent may, with the
consent of the Required Lenders, and shall, at the written request of the Required Lenders, give
written notice to Borrower to:
(a) terminate the Commitment, if not previously terminated, and, immediately upon such
election, the obligations of the Lenders, and each thereof, to make any further Loan and the
obligation of the Fronting Lender to issue any Letter of Credit immediately shall be terminated;
and/or
(b) accelerate the maturity of all of the Obligations (if the Obligations are not already due
and payable), whereupon all of the Obligations shall become and thereafter be immediately due and
payable in full without any presentment or demand and without any further or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby waived by Borrower.
Section 8.2. Automatic Defaults. If any Event of Default referred to in Section 7.12
hereof shall occur:
(a) all of the Commitment shall automatically and immediately terminate, if not previously
terminated, and no Lender thereafter shall be under any obligation to grant any further Loan, nor
shall the Fronting Lender be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit; and
(b) the principal of and interest then outstanding on all of the Loans, and all of the other
Obligations, shall thereupon become and thereafter be immediately due and payable in full (if the
Obligations are not already due and payable), all without any presentment, demand or notice of any
kind, which are hereby waived by Borrower.
Section 8.3. Letters of Credit. If the maturity of the Obligations shall be
accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, Borrower shall immediately deposit with Agent,
as security for the obligations of Borrower and any Guarantor of Payment to reimburse Agent and the
Lenders for any then outstanding Letters of Credit, cash equal to the sum of the aggregate undrawn
balance of any then outstanding Letters of Credit. Agent and the Lenders are hereby authorized, at
their option, to deduct any and all such amounts from any deposit balances then owing by any Lender
(or any affiliate of such Lender) to or for the credit or account of any Company, as security for
the obligations of Borrower and any Guarantor of Payment to reimburse Agent and the Lenders for any
then outstanding Letters of Credit.
Section 8.4. Offsets. If there shall occur or exist any Event of Default referred to
in Section 7.12 hereof or if the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1
or 8.2 hereof, each Lender shall have the
41
right at any time to set off against, and to appropriate
and apply toward the payment of, any and all of the Obligations then owing by Borrower or a
Guarantor of Payment to such Lender (including, without limitation, any participation purchased or
to be purchased pursuant to Sections 2.2(b), 2.2(c) or 8.5 hereof), whether or not the same shall
then have matured, any and all deposit (general or special) balances and all other indebtedness
then held or owing by such Lender (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies or any
affiliate of such Lender, wherever located) to or for the credit or account of Borrower or any
Guarantor of Payment, all without notice to or demand upon Borrower or any other Person, all such
notices and demands being hereby expressly waived by Borrower.
Section 8.5. Equalization Provision. Each Lender agrees with the other Lenders that
if it, at any time, shall obtain any Advantage over the other Lenders or any thereof in respect of
the Obligations (except as to Swing Loans and Letters of Credit prior to Agents giving of notice
to participate and except under Article III hereof), it shall purchase from the other Lenders, for
cash and at par, such additional participation in the Obligations as shall be necessary to nullify
the Advantage. If any such Advantage resulting in the purchase of an additional participation as
aforesaid shall be recovered in whole or in part from the Lender receiving the Advantage, each such
purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price restored (but without interest unless the
Lender receiving the Advantage is required to pay interest on the Advantage to the Person
recovering the Advantage from such Lender) ratably to the extent of the recovery. Each Lender
further agrees with the other Lenders that if it at any time shall receive any payment for or on
behalf of Borrower on any Indebtedness owing by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (whether by
voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by reason of offset of any deposit or other
indebtedness, by counterclaim or cross-action, by the enforcement of any right under any Loan
Document, or otherwise), it will apply such payment first to any and all Obligations owing by
Borrower to that Lender (including, without limitation, any participation purchased or to be
purchased pursuant to this Section 8.5 or any other Section of this Agreement). Borrower agrees
that any Lender so purchasing a participation from the other Lenders or any thereof pursuant to
this Section 8.5 may exercise all of its rights of
payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such
Lender was a direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.
Section 8.6. Other Remedies. The remedies in this Article VIII are in addition to,
not in limitation of, any other right, power, privilege, or remedy, either in law, in equity, or
otherwise, to which the Lenders may be entitled. Agent shall exercise the rights under this
Article VIII and all other collection efforts on behalf of the Lenders and no Lender shall act
independently with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX. THE AGENT
The Lenders authorize KeyBank National Association and KeyBank National Association hereby
agrees to act as agent for the Lenders in respect of this Agreement upon the terms and conditions
set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, and upon the following terms and conditions:
Section 9.1. Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints
and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
hereunder as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Neither Agent nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers,
attorneys or employees shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or
them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), or be responsible in any manner to
any of the Lenders for the effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or due execution of
this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, (b) be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain
or to inquire as to the performance or observance or any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof or thereof on the part of Borrower or any other Company, or the financial condition of
Borrower or any other Company, or (c) be liable to any of the Companies for consequential damages
resulting from any breach of contract, tort or other wrong in connection with the negotiation,
documentation, administration or collection of the Loans or Letters of Credit or any of the Loan
Documents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any
other Loan Document, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility except those expressly set
forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender
or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against
Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term agent
42
herein and in other Loan Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary
or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law.
Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or
reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
Section 9.2. Note Holders. Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder
thereof (or, if there is no Note, the holder of the interest as reflected on the books and records
of Agent) until written notice of transfer shall have been filed with Agent, signed by such payee
and in form satisfactory to Agent.
Section 9.3. Consultation With Counsel. Agent may consult with legal counsel
selected by Agent and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by Agent
in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.
Section 9.4. Documents. Agent shall not be under any duty to examine into or pass
upon the validity, effectiveness, genuineness or value of any Loan Document or any other Related
Writing furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or the value of any collateral obtained
hereunder, and Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and genuine and
what they purport to be.
Section 9.5. Agent and Affiliates. KeyBank National Association (KeyBank) and
its affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from,
acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, financial advisory,
underwriting or other business with the Companies and Affiliates as though KeyBank were not Agent
hereunder and without notice to or consent of any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that, pursuant
to such activities, KeyBank or its affiliates may receive information regarding any Company or any
Affiliate (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of
such Company or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that Agent shall be under no obligation to provide
such information to other Lenders. With respect to Loans and Letters of Credit (if any), KeyBank
and its affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender
and may exercise the same as though KeyBank were not Agent, and the terms Lender and Lenders
include KeyBank and its affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual capacities.
Section 9.6. Knowledge of Default. It is expressly understood and agreed that Agent
shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, unless Agent has been
notified by a Lender in writing that such Lender believes that a Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and specifying the nature thereof or has been notified by Borrower
pursuant to Section 5.14 hereof.
Section 9.7. Action by Agent. Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, so
long as Agent shall be entitled, pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof, to assume that no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion
with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights that may be vested in it by, or
with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions that it may be able to take
under or in respect of, this Agreement. Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this
Agreement by acting upon any notice, certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by
it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper party or parties, or with respect to
anything that it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment, or that
may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the premises. Without limiting the foregoing, no
Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agents acting or
refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.
Section 9.8. Release of Collateral or Guarantor of Payment. In the event of a
transfer of assets permitted by Section 5.12 hereof (or otherwise permitted pursuant to this
Agreement) where the proceeds of such transfer are applied in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to the extent required to be so applied, Agent, at the request and expense of Borrower,
is hereby authorized by the Lenders to (a) release such Collateral from this Agreement, (b) release
a Guarantor of Payment in connection with such permitted transfer, and (c) duly assign, transfer
and deliver to the affected Company (without recourse and without any representation or warranty)
such Collateral as is then (or has been) so transferred or released and as may be in possession of
Agent and has not theretofore been released pursuant to this Agreement.
43
Section 9.9. Notice of Default. In the event that Agent shall (a) have been notified
by a Lender in writing that such Lender believes that a Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or (b) have actual knowledge of a Default or Event of Default due to the default
in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to Agent for the account of the
Lenders, Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and shall take such action and assert such rights
under this Agreement as the Required Lenders shall direct and Agent shall inform the other Lenders
in writing of the action taken. Agent may take such action and assert such rights as it deems to
be advisable, in its discretion, for the protection of the interests of the holders of the
Obligations.
Section 9.10. Delegation of Duties. Agent may execute any of its duties under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall
be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining
to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or
attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, as
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
Section 9.11. Indemnification of Agent. The Lenders agree to indemnify Agent (to the
extent not reimbursed by Borrower) ratably, according to their respective Commitment Percentages,
from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys fees) or disbursements of any kind or
nature whatsoever that
may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent in its capacity as agent in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by
Agent with respect to this Agreement or any Loan Document, provided that no Lender shall be liable
for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys fees) or disbursements resulting from Agents gross
negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or from any
action taken or omitted by Agent in any capacity other than as agent under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document. No action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders
shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section
9.11. The undertaking in this Section 9.11 shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of
the Notes, if any, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, termination of the
Commitment, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Loan
Documents, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the agent.
Section 9.12. Successor Agent. Agent may resign as agent hereunder by giving not
fewer than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Borrower and the Lenders. If Agent shall
resign under this Agreement, then either (a) the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the
Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders (with the consent of Borrower so long as an Event of
Default has not occurred and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or (b) if a
successor agent shall not be so appointed and approved within the thirty (30) day period following
Agents notice to the Lenders of its resignation, then Agent shall appoint a successor agent that
shall serve as agent until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent. Upon its
appointment, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties as agent, and the
term Agent shall mean such successor effective upon its appointment, and the former agents
rights, powers and duties as agent shall be terminated without any other or further act or deed on
the part of such former agent or any of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 9.13. Fronting Lender. The Fronting Lender shall act on behalf of the
Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by the Fronting Lender and the documents
associated therewith. The Fronting Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (a)
provided to Agent in Article IX hereof with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the
Fronting Lender in connection with the Letters of Credit and the applications and agreements for
letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term Agent, as used in
Article IX hereof, included the Fronting Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (b) as
additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Fronting Lender.
Section 9.14. Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, (a) Agent (irrespective of
whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower)
shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to (i) file and
prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the
Loans, and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may
be necessary or advisable in order to
44
have the claims of the Lenders and Agent (including any claim
for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Agent and
their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and Agent) allowed in
such judicial proceedings, and (ii) collect and receive any monies or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and (b) any custodian, receiver,
assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event
that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to Agent
any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights
of any Lender or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such
proceeding.
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1. Lenders Independent Investigation. Each Lender, by its signature to
this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that Agent has made no representation or warranty, express
or implied, with respect to the creditworthiness, financial condition, or any other condition of
any Company or with respect to the statements contained in any information memorandum furnished in
connection herewith or in any other oral or written communication between Agent and such Lender.
Each Lender represents that it has made and shall continue to make its own independent
investigation of the creditworthiness, financial condition and affairs of the Companies in
connection with the extension of credit hereunder, and agrees that Agent has no duty or
responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or
other information with respect thereto (other than such notices as may be expressly required to be
given by Agent to the Lenders hereunder), whether coming into its possession before the first
Credit Event hereunder or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender further represents that it
has reviewed each of the Loan Documents.
Section 10.2. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No omission or course of dealing on
the part of Agent, any Lender or the holder of any Note or, if there is no Note, the holder of the
interest as reflected on the books and records of Agent) in exercising any right, power or remedy
hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder or under any of the
Loan Documents. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and in addition to any other rights,
powers or privileges held by operation of law, by contract or otherwise.
Section 10.3. Amendments, Consents. No amendment, modification, termination, or
waiver of any provision of any Loan Document nor consent to any variance therefrom, shall be
effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for
which given. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, unanimous consent of the Lenders
shall be required with respect to (a) any increase in the Commitment hereunder (except as specified
in Section 2.9(b) hereof), (b) the extension of the maturity of the Loans, the payment date of
interest or any scheduled principal payment, the date of payment of commitment fees payable
hereunder, (c) any reduction in the rate of interest on the Loans (provided that the institution of
the Default Rate and a subsequent removal of the Default Rate shall not constitute a decrease in
interest rate of this Section), or in any amount of interest or scheduled principal due on any
Loan, or the payment of commitment fees hereunder, (d) any change in the manner of pro rata
application of any payments made by Borrower to the Lenders hereunder, (e) any change in any
percentage voting requirement, voting rights, or the Required Lenders definition in this Agreement,
(f) the release of any Guarantor of Payment or material amount of Collateral securing the
Obligations, except as contemplated in Section 9.8 hereof and as otherwise permitted under this
Agreement (including without limitation, releases which occur automatically and without any
additional consent by Agent or any Lender), or (g) any amendment to this Section 10.3 or Section
8.5 hereof. Notice of amendments or consents ratified by the Lenders hereunder shall be forwarded
by Agent to all of the Lenders. Each Lender or other holder of a Note (or interest in any Loan)
shall be bound by any amendment, waiver or consent obtained as authorized by this Section,
regardless of its failure to agree thereto.
Section 10.4. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing and, if to Borrower, mailed or delivered to it,
addressed to it at the address specified on the
45
signature pages of this Agreement, if to a Lender,
mailed or delivered to it, addressed to the address of such Lender specified on the signature pages
of this Agreement, or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party
in a written notice to each of the other parties. All notices, statements, requests, demands and
other communications provided for hereunder shall be given by overnight delivery or first class
mail with postage prepaid by registered or certified mail, addressed as aforesaid, or sent by
facsimile with telephonic confirmation of receipt, except that all notices hereunder shall not be
effective until received.
Section 10.5. Costs, Expenses and Taxes. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all
reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and all Related Expenses, including, but not limited to, (a)
syndication, administration, travel and out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, of Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation
and closing of the Loan Documents and the administration of the Loan Documents, the collection and
disbursement of all funds
hereunder and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) extraordinary
expenses of Agent in connection with the administration of the Loan Documents and the other
instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and (c) the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
expenses of special counsel for Agent, with respect to the foregoing, and of local counsel, if any,
who may be retained by said special counsel with respect thereto. Borrower also agrees to pay on
demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and the Lenders, including reasonable attorneys
fees and expenses, in connection with the restructuring or enforcement of the Obligations, this
Agreement or any Related Writing. In addition, Borrower shall pay any and all stamp, transfer,
documentary and other taxes, assessments, charges and fees payable or determined to be payable in
connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, and the other instruments and
documents to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to hold Agent and each Lender harmless from and
against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or failure to
pay such taxes or fees.
Section 10.6. Indemnification. Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold
harmless Agent and the Lenders (and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, attorneys,
agents and employees) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys fees) or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent or
any Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or
not such Lender or Agent shall be designated a party thereto) or any other claim by any Person
relating to or arising out of any Loan Document or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of the
Loans or any of the Obligations, or any activities of any Company or its Affiliates; provided that
no Lender nor Agent shall have the right to be indemnified under this Section 10.6 for its own
gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. All
obligations provided for in this Section 10.6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 10.7. Obligations Several; No Fiduciary Obligations. The obligations of the
Lenders hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action
taken by Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute Agent or the Lenders a
partnership, association, joint venture or other entity. No default by any Lender hereunder shall
excuse the other Lenders from any obligation under this Agreement; but no Lender shall have or
acquire any additional obligation of any kind by reason of such default. The relationship between
Borrower and the Lenders with respect to the Loan Documents and the Related Writings is and shall
be solely that of debtor and creditors, respectively, and neither Agent nor any Lender shall have
any fiduciary obligation toward any Credit Party with respect to any such documents or the
transactions contemplated thereby.
Section 10.8. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile
signature, each of which counterparts when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
Section 10.9. Binding Effect; Borrowers Assignment. This Agreement shall become
effective when it shall have been executed by Borrower, Agent and each Lender and thereafter shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Agent and each of the Lenders and their
respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower shall not have the right to assign its
rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Agent and all of the
Lenders.
Section 10.10. Lender Assignments.
46
(a) Assignments of Commitments. Each Lender shall have the right at any time or times
to assign to an Eligible Transferee (other than to a Lender that shall not be in compliance with
this Agreement), without recourse, all or a percentage of all of the following: (i) such Lenders
Commitment, (ii) all Loans made by that Lender, (iii) such Lenders Notes, if any, and (iv) such
Lenders interest in any Letter of Credit or Swing Loan, and any participation purchased pursuant
to Section 2.2(b), 2.2(c) or 8.5 hereof. If a Lender (that is also a Fronting Lender) shall,
through an assignment made pursuant to this Section 10.10, cease to be a Lender under this
Agreement, the Letters of Credit issued by such Lender shall be terminated and replaced by a Letter
of Credit issued by another Fronting Lender on or prior to the date of such assignment (or be
otherwise dealt with in a manner acceptable to Agent, Borrower and the Fronting Lender that is
assigning its interest as a Lender).
(b) Prior Consent. No assignment may be consummated pursuant to this Section 10.10
without the prior written consent of Borrower and Agent (other than an assignment by any Lender to
any affiliate of such Lender which affiliate is an Eligible Transferee and either wholly-owned by a
Lender or is wholly-owned by a Person that wholly owns, either directly or indirectly, such Lender,
or to another Lender), which consent of Borrower and Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
provided, however, that Borrowers consent shall not be required if, at the time of the proposed
assignment, any Default or Event of Default shall then exist. Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time make a collateral assignment of all or any portion of
its rights under the Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank, and no such assignment shall release
such assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.
(c) Minimum Amount. Each such assignment shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser
of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of the assignors Commitment and interest herein or the entire
amount of the assignors Commitment and interest herein.
(d) Assignment Fee. Unless the assignment shall be to an affiliate of the assignor or
the assignment shall be due to merger of the assignor or for regulatory purposes, either the
assignor or the assignee shall remit to Agent, for its own account, an administrative fee of Three
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500).
(e) Assignment Agreement. Unless the assignment shall be due to merger of the
assignor or a collateral assignment for regulatory purposes, the assignor shall (i) cause the
assignee to execute and deliver to Borrower and Agent an Assignment Agreement, and (ii) execute and
deliver, or cause the assignee to execute and deliver, as the case may be, to Agent such additional
amendments, assurances and other writings as Agent may reasonably require.
(f) Non-U.S. Assignee. If the assignment is to be made to an assignee that is
organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof, the
assignor Lender shall cause such assignee, at least five Business Days prior to the effective date
of such assignment, (i) to represent to the assignor Lender (for the benefit of the assignor
Lender, Agent and Borrower) that under applicable law and treaties no taxes will be required to be
withheld by Agent, Borrower or the assignor with respect to any payments to be made to such
assignee in respect of the Loans hereunder, (ii) to furnish to the assignor Lender (and, in the
case of any assignee registered in the Register (as defined below), Agent and Borrower) either U.S.
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, as applicable
(wherein such assignee claims entitlement to complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax
on all payments hereunder), and (iii) to agree (for the benefit of the assignor, Agent and
Borrower) to provide to the assignor Lender (and, in the case of any assignee registered in the
Register, to Agent and Borrower) a new Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN, as applicable, upon the
expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form and comparable statements in accordance
with applicable U.S. laws and regulations and amendments duly executed and completed by such
assignee, and to comply from time to time with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations with regard
to such withholding tax exemption.
(g) Deliveries by Borrower. Upon satisfaction of all applicable requirements
specified in subsections (a) through (f) above, Borrower shall execute and deliver (i) to Agent,
the assignor and the assignee, any consent or release (of all or a portion of the obligations of
the assignor) required to be delivered by Borrower in connection with the Assignment Agreement, and
(ii) to the assignee, if requested, and the assignor, if applicable, an appropriate Note or Notes.
After delivery of the new Note or Notes, the assignors Note or Notes, if any, being replaced shall
be returned to Borrower marked replaced.
47
(h) Effect of Assignment. Upon satisfaction of all applicable requirements set forth
in subsections (a) through (g) above, and any other condition contained in this Section 10.10, (i)
the assignee shall become and thereafter be deemed to be a Lender for the purposes of this
Agreement, (ii) the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent that
its interest has been assigned, (iii) in the event that the assignors entire interest has been
assigned, the assignor shall cease to be and thereafter shall no longer be deemed to be a Lender
and (iv) the signature pages hereto and Schedule 1 hereto shall be automatically amended,
without further action, to reflect the result of any such assignment.
(i) Agent to Maintain Register. Agent shall maintain at the address for notices
referred to in Section 10.4 hereof a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a
register (the Register) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the
Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and Borrower, Agent
and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the
Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for
inspection by Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable
prior notice.
Section 10.11. Sale of Participations. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell participations
to one or more Eligible Transferees (each a Participant) in all or a portion of its rights or
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all
or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans and participations owing to it and the Note, if any,
held by it); provided that:
(a) any such Lenders obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall
remain unchanged;
(b) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
performance of such obligations;
(c) the parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in
connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and each of the other
Loan Documents;
(d) such Participant shall be bound by the provisions of Section 8.5 hereof, and the Lender
selling such participation shall obtain from such Participant a written confirmation of its
agreement to be so bound; and
(e) no Participant (unless such Participant is itself a Lender) shall be entitled to require
such Lender to take or refrain from taking action under this Agreement or under any other Loan
Document, except that such Lender may agree with such Participant that such Lender will not,
without such Participants consent, take action of the type described as follows:
(i) increase the portion of the participation amount of any Participant over the amount
thereof then in effect, or extend the Commitment Period, without the written consent of each
Participant affected thereby; or
(ii) reduce the principal amount of or extend the time for any payment of principal of
any Loan, or reduce the rate of interest or extend the time for payment of interest on any
Loan, or reduce the commitment fee, without the written consent of each Participant affected
thereby.
Borrower agrees that any Lender that sells participations pursuant to this Section shall still be
entitled to the benefits of Article III hereof, notwithstanding any such transfer; provided,
however, that the obligations of Borrower shall not increase as a result of such transfer and
Borrower shall have no obligation to any Participant.
Section 10.12. Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender and Agent (for itself and not on
behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of
the Patriot Act, such Lender and Agent are required to obtain, verify and record information that
identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Credit
Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or Agent, as applicable, to identify the
Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. Borrower shall provide, to the extent
commercially
48
reasonable, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by
Agent or a Lender in order to assist Agent or such Lender in maintaining compliance with the
Patriot Act.
Section 10.13. Severability of Provisions; Captions; Attachments. Any provision of
this Agreement that shall be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of
such provision in any other jurisdiction. The several captions to sections and subsections herein
are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in interpreting the provisions of this
Agreement. Each schedule or exhibit attached to this Agreement shall be incorporated herein and
shall be deemed to be a part hereof.
Section 10.14. Investment Purpose. Each of the Lenders represents and warrants to
Borrower that it is entering into this Agreement with the present intention of acquiring any Note
issued pursuant hereto (or, if there is no Note, the interest as reflected on the books and records
of Agent) for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of distribution or resale, it being
understood, however, that each Lender shall at all times retain full control over the disposition
of its assets.
Section 10.15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any Note and any other Loan
Document or other agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or executed on or as of the
Closing Date integrate all of the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and
supersede all oral representations and negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
Section 10.16. Legal Representation of Parties. The Loan Documents were negotiated
by the parties with the benefit of legal representation and any rule of construction or
interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement or any other Loan Document to be construed or
interpreted against any party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof or
thereof.
Section 10.17. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement, each of
the Notes and any Related Writing shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Ohio and the respective rights and obligations of Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders
shall be governed by Ohio law, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Borrower hereby
irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Ohio state or federal court sitting in
Cleveland, Ohio, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the
Obligations or any Related Writing, and Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in
respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Ohio state or federal
court. Borrower, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby irrevocably waives, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue
in any action or proceeding in any such court as well as any right it may now or hereafter have to
remove such action or proceeding, once commenced, to another court on the grounds of FORUM NON
CONVENIENS or otherwise. Borrower agrees that a final, nonappealable judgment in any such action
or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]
49
Section 10.18. Jury Trial Waiver. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER,
AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER
SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF,
ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG
THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT
EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
9197 South Peoria Street
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
Englewood, Colorado 80112-5833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: Vice President Treasurer
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
127 Public Square
|
|
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, |
|
|
|
|
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306
|
|
as Agent and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
Attn: Institutional Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Kalinowski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
Signature Page
1 of 5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
Jury Trial Waiver. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
1125 17th Street, 3rd Floor
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. |
|
|
|
|
Denver, Colorado 80202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn:
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page
2 of 5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
Jury Trial Waiver. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
231 South LaSalle Street
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. |
|
|
|
|
Chicago, Illinois 60697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn:
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page
3 of 5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
Jury Trial Waiver. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
191 Peachtree Street NE
|
|
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn:
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page
4 of 5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
Jury Trial Waiver. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
50 South LaSalle Street, B-2
|
|
THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
Chicago, Illinois 60675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn:
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page
5 of 5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
SCHEDULE 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENT |
|
|
COMMITMENT |
|
|
|
|
LENDERS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
AMOUNT |
|
|
MAXIMUM AMOUNT |
|
KeyBank National Association |
|
|
43.35 |
% |
|
$ |
65,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
65,000,000 |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
|
16.66 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Bank of America, N.A. |
|
|
16.66 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Wachovia Bank, National
Association |
|
|
13.33 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
The Northern Trust Company |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Total Commitment Amount |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
150,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
150,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
SCHEDULE 2
GUARANTORS OF PAYMENT
Newgen Results Corporation
TeleTech Customer Care Management (Colorado), LLC
TeleTech Stockton, LLC
TeleTech Services Corporation
TeleTech Customer Care Management (West Virginia), Inc.
TeleTech Government Solutions, LLC
TeleTech International Holdings, Inc.
TTEC Nevada, Inc.
TeleTech Customer Service, Inc.
Direct Alliance Corporation
S-2
SCHEDULE 2.2
EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount USD |
|
Bank |
|
Maturity |
|
L/C No. |
|
Beneficiary |
US LOCs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,250,000 |
|
|
Key Bank |
|
6/23/2007 |
|
|
S309219 |
|
|
State of Arizona |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
881,500 |
|
|
BofA |
|
8/1/2007 |
|
|
7410023 |
|
|
Royal Indemnity Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750,000 |
|
|
BofA |
|
8/1/2007 |
|
|
7403379 |
|
|
Royal Indemnity Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,700,000 |
|
|
BofA |
|
9/30/2007 |
|
|
7405878 |
|
|
Liberty Mutual Insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,394,985 |
|
|
BofA |
|
3/31/2007 |
|
|
7412262 |
|
|
Union Bank of California |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
Key Bank |
|
10/31/2007 |
|
|
S309677 |
|
|
Old Republic Insurance Co. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTL LOCs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Est. USD Equivalent) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$236,400 (EUR185,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001653 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
$61,300 (EUR 48,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001666 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
$76,700 (EUR 60,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001657 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
$85,600 (EUR 67,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001672 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
$102,200 (EUR 80,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001673 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
$76,700 (EUR 60,000) |
|
BofA |
|
6/29/2007 |
|
|
68001671 |
|
|
TPI Client guarantee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,415,385 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-3
SCHEDULE 3
PLEDGED SECURITIES
TeleTech Canada, Inc. (Ontario, Canada)
TeleTech Customer Services Spain S.L.
S-4
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF
REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(Borrower), promises to pay, on the last day of the Commitment Period, as defined in the Credit
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), to the order of ___(Lender) at the main office of
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent, as hereinafter defined, 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio
44114-1306, the principal sum of
.................................................................................................................................................................................... DOLLARS
or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans, as defined in the Credit Agreement
made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2(a) of the Credit Agreement, whichever is less,
in lawful money of the United States of America.
As used herein, Credit Agreement means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
September 28, 2006, among Borrower, the Lenders, as defined therein, and KeyBank National
Association, as lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative agent for the Lenders (Agent),
as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified. Each capitalized
term used herein that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.
Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan
from time to time outstanding, from the date of such Revolving Loan until the payment in full
thereof, at the rates per annum that shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on each date provided for
in such Section 2.3(a); provided, however, that interest on any principal portion that is not paid
when due shall be payable on demand.
The portions of the principal sum hereof from time to time representing Base Rate Loans and
Eurodollar Loans, and payments of principal of any thereof, shall be shown on the records of Lender
by such method as Lender may generally employ; provided, however, that failure to make any such
entry shall in no way detract from the obligations of Borrower under this Note.
If this Note shall not be paid at maturity, whether such maturity occurs by reason of lapse of
time or by operation of any provision for acceleration of maturity contained in the Credit
Agreement, the principal hereof and the unpaid interest thereon shall bear interest, until paid, at
a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate. All payments of principal of and interest on this Note
shall be made in immediately available funds.
This Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement. Reference
is made to the Credit Agreement for a description of the right of the undersigned to anticipate
payments hereof, the right of the holder hereof to declare this Note due prior to its stated
maturity, and other terms and conditions upon which this Note is issued.
Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, Borrower expressly waives presentment,
demand, protest and notice of any kind. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to conflicts of laws provisions.
JURY TRIAL WAIVER. BORROWER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT
TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION
WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
E-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-2
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF
SWING LINE NOTE
$ 25,000,000 September 28, 2006
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(Borrower), promises to pay to the order of KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (Swing Line Lender) at
the main office of KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent, as hereinafter defined, 127 Public
Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306, the principal sum of
TWENTY-FIVE
MILLION AND
00/100............................................................................................................. DOLLARS
or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swing Loans, as defined in the Credit Agreement (as
hereinafter defined) made by Swing Line Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of the Credit
Agreement, whichever is less, in lawful money of the United States of America on the earlier of the
last day of the applicable Commitment Period, as defined in the Credit Agreement, or, with respect
to each Swing Loan, the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto.
As used herein, Credit Agreement means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
September 28, 2006, among Borrower, the Lenders, as defined therein, KeyBank National Association,
as lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative agent for the Lenders (Agent), as the same
may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified. Each capitalized term used
herein that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.
Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Loan from
time to time outstanding, from the date of such Swing Loan until the payment in full thereof, at
the rates per annum that shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(b) of
the Credit Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on each date provided for in such Section
2.3(b); provided, however, that interest on any principal portion that is not paid when due shall
be payable on demand.
The principal sum hereof from time to time and the payments of principal and interest thereon,
shall be shown on the records of Swing Line Lender by such method as Swing Line Lender may
generally employ; provided, however, that failure to make any such entry shall in no way detract
from the obligation of Borrower under this Note.
If this Note shall not be paid at maturity, whether such maturity occurs by reason of lapse of
time or by operation of any provision for acceleration of maturity contained in the Credit
Agreement, the principal hereof and the unpaid interest thereon shall bear interest, until paid, at
a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate. All payments of principal of and interest on this Note
shall be made in immediately available funds.
This Note is the Swing Line Note referred to in the Credit Agreement. Reference is made to
the Credit Agreement for a description of the right of the undersigned to anticipate payments
hereof, the right of the holder hereof to declare this Note due prior to its stated maturity, and
other terms and conditions upon which this Note is issued.
Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, Borrower expressly waives presentment,
demand, protest and notice of any kind. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to conflicts of laws provisions.
JURY TRIAL WAIVER. BORROWER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE
A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG
BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR
INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER
E-3
NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-4
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF
NOTICE OF LOAN
[Date] , 20____
KeyBank National Association, as Agent
127 Public Square
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-0616
Attention: Institutional Banking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, Teletech Holdings, Inc., refers to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of September 28, 2006 (the Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein
as therein defined), among the undersigned, the Lenders, as defined in the Credit Agreement, and
KeyBank National Association, as Agent, and hereby gives you notice, pursuant to Section 2.5 of the
Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Loan under the Credit Agreement, and in
connection therewith sets forth below the information relating to the Loan (the Proposed Loan) as
required by Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement:
|
(a) |
|
The Business Day of the Proposed Loan is , 20___. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The amount of the Proposed Loan is $ . |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Proposed Loan is to be a Base Rate Loan ___/ Eurodollar Loan ___
/ Swing Loan ___.
(Check one.) |
|
|
(d) |
|
If the Proposed Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period requested is
one month ___, two months ___, three months ___, six months ___.
(Check one.) |
The undersigned hereby certifies on behalf of Borrower that the following statements are true on
the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Loan:
(i) the representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document are correct,
before and after giving effect to the Proposed Loan and the application of the proceeds
therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;
(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Loan,
or the application of proceeds therefrom, that constitutes a Default or Event of Default;
and
(iii) the conditions set forth in Section 2.5 and Article IV of the Credit Agreement
have been satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-5
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
For Fiscal Quarter ended
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:
(1) I am the duly elected Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of Teletech Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (Borrower);
(2) I am familiar with the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated
as of September 28, 2006, among the undersigned, the lenders named on Schedule 1 thereto
(together with their respective successors and assigns, collectively, the Lenders), as defined in
the Credit Agreement, and KeyBank National Association, as Agent (as the same may from time to time
be amended, restated or otherwise modified, the Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being
used herein as therein defined), and the terms of the other Loan Documents, and I have made, or
have caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and
condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached
financial statements;
(3) The review described in paragraph (2) above did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of,
the existence of any condition or event that constitutes or constituted a Default or Event of
Default, at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of
the date of this Certificate;
(4) The representations and warranties made by Borrower contained in each Loan Document are
true and correct as though made on and as of the date hereof; and
(5) Set forth on Attachment I hereto are calculations of the financial covenants set forth in
Section 5.7 of the Credit Agreement, which calculations show compliance with the terms thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate the ___day of ___, 20___.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-6
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT
This Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (this Assignment Agreement) between
(the Assignor) and (the Assignee) is dated as of
___, 20_. The parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Preliminary Statement. Assignor is a party to an Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006 (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated,
or otherwise modified, the Credit Agreement), among Teletech Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (Borrower), the lenders named on Schedule 1 thereto (together with their
respective successors and assigns, collectively, the Lenders and, individually, each a Lender),
and KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, As lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative agent for
the Lenders (Agent). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.
2. Assignment and Assumption. Assignor hereby sells and assigns to Assignee, and
Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from Assignor, an interest in and to Assignors rights and
obligations under the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Assignment Effective Date (as
hereinafter defined), equal to the percentage interest specified on Annex 1 hereto
(hereinafter, the Assigned Percentage) of Assignors right, title and interest in and to (a) the
Commitment, (b) any Loan made by Assignor that is outstanding on the Assignment Effective Date, (c)
Assignors interest in any Letter of Credit outstanding on the Assignment Effective Date, (d) any
Note delivered to Assignor pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and (e) the Credit Agreement and the
other Related Writings. After giving effect to such sale and assignment and on and after the
Assignment Effective Date, Assignee shall be deemed to have a Commitment Percentage under the
Credit Agreement equal to the Commitment Percentage set forth in subpart II.A on Annex 1
hereto and an Assigned Amount as set forth on subpart I.B of Annex 1 hereto (hereinafter,
the Assigned Amount).
3. Assignment Effective Date. The Assignment Effective Date (the Assignment
Effective Date) shall be [___, ___] (or such other date agreed to by Agent). On or
prior to the Assignment Effective Date, Assignor shall satisfy the following conditions:
(a) receipt by Agent of this Assignment Agreement, including Annex 1 hereto, properly
executed by Assignor and Assignee and accepted and consented to by Agent and, if necessary pursuant
to the provisions of Section 10.10(b) of the Credit Agreement, by Borrower;
(b) receipt by Agent from Assignor of a fee of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500),
if required by Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement;
(c) receipt by Agent from Assignee of an administrative questionnaire, or other similar
document, which shall include (i) the address for notices under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the
address of its Lending Office, (iii) wire transfer instructions for delivery of funds by Agent,
(iv) and such other information as Agent shall request; and
(d) receipt by Agent from Assignor or Assignee of any other information required pursuant to
Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement or otherwise necessary to complete the transaction
contemplated hereby.
4. Payment Obligations. In consideration for the sale and assignment of Loans
hereunder, Assignee shall pay to Assignor, on the Assignment Effective Date, the amount agreed to
by Assignee and Assignor. Any interest, fees and other payments accrued prior to the Assignment
Effective Date with respect to the Assigned Amount shall be for the account of Assignor. Any
interest, fees and other payments accrued on and after the Assignment Effective Date with respect
to the Assigned Amount shall be for the account of Assignee. Each of Assignor and Assignee agrees
that it will hold in trust for the other party any interest, fees or other amounts which it may
receive to which the other party is entitled pursuant to the preceding sentence and to pay the
other party any such amounts which it may receive promptly upon receipt thereof.
7
5. Credit Determination; Limitations on Assignors Liability. Assignee represents and
warrants to Assignor, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (a) that it is capable of making and has made
and shall continue to make its own credit determinations and analysis based upon such information
as Assignee deemed sufficient to enter into the transaction contemplated hereby and not based on
any statements or representations by Assignor, (b) Assignee confirms that it meets the requirements
to be an assignee as set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement; (c) Assignee confirms that
it is able to fund the Loans and the Letters of Credit as required by the Credit Agreement; (d)
Assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by
the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Related Writings are required to be performed by it as a
Lender thereunder; and (e) Assignee represents that it has reviewed each of the Loan Documents. It
is understood and agreed that the assignment and assumption hereunder are made without recourse to
Assignor and that Assignor makes no representation or warranty of any kind to Assignee and shall
not be responsible for (i) the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or collectability of the Credit Agreement or any Related Writings, (ii) any
representation, warranty or statement made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any of
the Related Writings, (iii) the financial condition or creditworthiness of Borrower or Guarantor of
Payment, (iv) the performance of or compliance with any of the terms or provisions of the Credit
Agreement or any of the Related Writings, (v) the inspection of any of the property, books or
records of Borrower, or (vi) the validity, enforceability, perfection, priority, condition, value
or sufficiency of any collateral securing or purporting to secure the Loans or Letters of Credit.
Neither Assignor nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or attorneys shall be liable
for any mistake, error of judgment, or action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the
Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Credit Agreement or the Related Writings, except for its or their
own bad faith or willful misconduct. Assignee appoints Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to Agent by the
terms thereof.
6. Indemnity. Assignee agrees to indemnify and hold Assignor harmless against any and
all losses, cost and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) and liabilities
incurred by Assignor in connection with or arising in any manner from Assignees performance or
non-performance of obligations assumed under this Assignment Agreement.
7. Subsequent Assignments. After the Assignment Effective Date, Assignee shall have
the right, pursuant to Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement to assign the rights which are
assigned to Assignee hereunder, provided that (a) any such subsequent assignment does not violate
any of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, any of the Related Writings, or any law,
rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree and that any consent required under
the terms of the Credit Agreement or any of the Related Writings has been obtained, (b) the
assignee under such assignment from Assignee shall agree to assume all of Assignees obligations
hereunder in a manner satisfactory to Assignor, and (c) Assignee is not thereby released from any
of its obligations to Assignor hereunder.
8. Reductions of Aggregate Amount of Commitments. If any reduction in the Total
Commitment Amount occurs between the date of this Assignment Agreement and the Assignment Effective
Date, the percentage of the Total Commitment Amount assigned to Assignee shall remain the
percentage specified in Section 1 hereof and the dollar amount of the Commitment of Assignee shall
be recalculated based on the reduced Total Commitment Amount.
9. Acceptance of Agent; Notice by Assignor. This Assignment Agreement is conditioned
upon the acceptance and consent of Agent and, if necessary pursuant to Section 10.10 of the Credit
Agreement, upon the acceptance and consent of Borrower; provided, that the execution of this
Assignment Agreement by Agent and, if necessary, by Borrower is evidence of such acceptance and
consent.
10. Entire Agreement. This Assignment Agreement embodies the entire agreement and
understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.
11. Governing Law. This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Ohio, without regard to conflicts of laws.
8
12. Notices. Notices shall be given under this Assignment Agreement in the manner set
forth in the Credit Agreement. For the purpose hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto (until
notice of a change is delivered) shall be the address set forth under each partys name on the
signature pages hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
9
13. JURY TRIAL WAIVER. EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY
RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
OTHERWISE, AMONG AGENT, ANY OF THE LENDERS, AND BORROWER, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS INSTRUMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER AGREEMENT, INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment Agreement by their duly
authorized officers as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
ASSIGNOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
ASSIGNEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted and Consented to this
__ day of ______, 20__: |
|
Accepted and Consented to this
__ day of ______, 20__: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Agent |
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
ANNEX 1
TO
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT
On and after the Assignment Effective Date, after giving effect to all other assignments being
made by Assignor on the Assignment Effective Date, the Commitment of Assignee, and, if this is less
than an assignment of all of Assignors interest, Assignor, shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. INTEREST BEING ASSIGNED TO ASSIGNEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Assigned Percentage
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Assigned Amount
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II. ASSIGNEES COMMITMENT (as of the Assignment Effective Date) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Assignees Commitment Percentage
under the Credit Agreement
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Assignees Commitment Amount under
the Credit Agreement
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III. ASSIGNORS COMMITMENT (as of the Assignment Effective Date) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Assignors Commitment Percentage
under the Credit Agreement
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Assignors Commitment Amount
under the Credit Agreement
|
|
$ |
11
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF
REQUEST FOR EXTENSION
, 20__
KeyBank National Association, as Agent
127 Public Square
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-0616
Attention: Institutional Banking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, Teletech Holdings, Inc. (Borrower), refers to the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006 (as the same may from time to time be amended,
restated or otherwise modified, the Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein
as therein defined), among Borrower, the Lenders, as defined in the Credit Agreement, and KeyBank
National Association, as lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative agent for the Lenders
(Agent), and hereby gives you notice, pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement that the
undersigned hereby requests an extension as set forth below (the Extension) under the Credit
Agreement, and in connection with the Extension sets forth below the information relating to the
Extension as required by Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.
The undersigned hereby requests Agent and the Lenders to extend the Commitment Period from
___, 200___to ___, 200_.
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof,
and will be true on the date of the Extension: (a) the representations and warranties contained in
each Loan Document are correct, before and after giving effect to the Extension and the application
of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; (b) no event has occurred and is
continuing, or would result from such Extension, or the application of proceeds therefrom, which
constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and (c) the conditions set forth in Section 2.12 and
Article IV of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
exv10w40
Exhibit 10.40
FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
This FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this Amendment) is made as of the 24th day of
October, 2006 among:
(a) TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (Borrower);
(b) the Lenders, as defined in the Credit Agreement; and
(c) KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as the lead arranger, sole book runner and
administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement (Agent).
WHEREAS, Borrower, Lenders and Agent are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006, that provides, among other things, for loans and
letters of credit aggregating One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000), all upon certain
terms and conditions (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise
modified, the Credit Agreement);
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to increase the Total Commitment Amount by exercising the accordion
provision set forth in Section 2.9(b) of the Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders desire to amend the Credit Agreement to modify
certain provisions thereof and add certain provisions thereto;
WHEREAS, each capitalized term used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement, but not
otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning given such term in the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of the Credit
Agreement revised herein are amended effective as of the date of this Amendment;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein and for
other valuable consideration, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders agree as follows:
1. Amendment to Introduction. The Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete its
introductory paragraph therefrom and to insert in place thereof the following:
This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be
amended, restated or otherwise modified, this Agreement) is made effective as of the
28th day of September, 2006 among:
(a) TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (Borrower);
(b) the lenders listed on Schedule 1 hereto and each other Eligible Transferee,
as hereinafter defined, that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section
2.9(b) or 10.10 hereof (collectively, the Lenders and, individually, each a Lender);
(c) KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative
agent for the Lenders under this Agreement (Agent); and
(d) WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as syndication agent (Syndication Agent).
2. Amendment to Definitions. Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
to delete the definition of Total Commitment Amount therefrom and to insert in place thereof the
following:
Total Commitment Amount shall mean (a) for any date prior to the First Amendment
Effective Date, the Closing Commitment Amount, and (b) on the First Effective Date and
thereafter, One Hundred Eighty Million Dollars ($180,000,000), as such amount may be
increased up to the Maximum Commitment Amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof, or
decreased pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof.
3. Addition to Definitions. Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to
add the following new definition thereto:
First Amendment Effective Date shall mean October 24, 2006.
4. Addition to Agency Provisions. Article IX of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended to add the following new Section 9.15 thereto:
Section 9.15. Other Agents. As used in this Agreement, the term Agent shall
only include Agent. The Syndication Agent shall not have any rights, obligations or
responsibilities hereunder in such capacity.
5. Amendment to Schedule 1. The Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete
Schedule 1 (Commitments of Lenders) therefrom and to insert in place thereof a new
Schedule 1 in the form of Schedule 1 hereto.
6. Closing Deliveries. Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment,
Borrower shall:
(a) deliver to Agent, for delivery to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a Revolving Credit Note
in the amount specified in Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement;
(b) execute and deliver to Agent, for its sole benefit, the First Amendment Agent Fee
Letter, and pay to Agent, for its sole account, the fees stated therein;
(c) execute and deliver to Agent the First Amendment Closing Fee Letter and pay to
Agent, for the benefit of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the fees stated therein;
(d) cause each Guarantor of Payment to execute the attached Acknowledgement and
Agreement; and
2
(e) pay all legal fees and expenses of Agent in connection with this
Amendment.
7. Representations and Warranties. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent
and the Lenders that (a) Borrower has the legal power and authority to execute and deliver this
Amendment; (b) the officers executing this Amendment have been duly authorized to execute and
deliver the same and bind Borrower with respect to the provisions hereof; (c) the execution and
delivery hereof by Borrower and the performance and observance by Borrower of the provisions hereof
do not violate or conflict with the organizational agreements of Borrower or any law applicable to
Borrower or result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default under any other
agreement, instrument or document binding upon or enforceable against Borrower; (d) no Default or
Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement, nor will any occur immediately after the
execution and delivery of this Amendment or by the performance or observance of any provision
hereof; (e) Borrower is not aware of any claim or offset against, or defense or counterclaim to,
Borrowers obligations or liabilities under the Credit Agreement or any Related Writing; and (f)
this Amendment constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Borrower in every respect, enforceable
in accordance with its terms.
8. References to Credit Agreement. Each reference that is made in the Credit
Agreement or any Related Writing shall hereafter be construed as a reference to the Credit
Agreement as amended hereby. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, all terms and
provisions of the Credit Agreement are confirmed and ratified and shall remain in full force and
effect and be unaffected hereby. This Amendment is a Related Writing. The notice address for Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A. set forth on the signature pages of this Amendment shall be the notice address of
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. for purposes of Section 10.4 of the Credit Agreement.
9. Waiver. Borrower, by signing below, hereby waives and releases Agent and each of
the Lenders, and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, affiliates and
subsidiaries, from any and all claims, offsets, defenses and counterclaims of which Borrower is
aware, such waiver and release being with full knowledge and understanding of the
circumstances and effect thereof and after having consulted legal counsel with respect thereto.
10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, by
different parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile signature, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute but one and the same agreement.
11. Headings. The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.
12. Severability. Any term or provision of this Amendment held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder
of this Amendment and the effect thereof shall be confined to the term or provision so held to be
invalid or unenforceable.
3
13. Governing Law. The rights and obligations of all parties hereto shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
4
14. JURY
TRIAL WAIVER. BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND AGENT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,
EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING
IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND AGENT, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT
OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR
DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date
first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Christy T. O Connor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christy T. O Connor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Asst. Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Agent and as a
Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jeff Kalinowski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Kalinowski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
Commercial Banking |
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., |
|
|
|
|
1700 Lincoln Street, 8th Floor |
|
as Syndication Agent and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
Denver, Colorado 80274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: Joe Gavan |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Joe Gavan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Gavan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ David L. Ericsion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
David L. Ericsion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jonathan M. Phillips
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Jonathan M. Phillips
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jiong Liu |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Jiong Liu
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Morgan A. Lyons |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Morgan A. Lyons
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Vice
President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF
SUBSIDIARIES
Carabunga.com. Inc.
Direct Alliance Corporation
Global One Insurance Company (name
change from Global One Captive Insurance Company)
Global One Colorado, Inc.
Newgen Results Corporation
Percepta Holdings, Inc.
Percepta, LLC
TeleTech@Home, Inc.
TeleTech Customer Care Management
(CA), LLC
TeleTech Customer Care Management
(CO), LLC
OnDemand, LLC
TeleTech Loan Services, LLC
InCulture, LLC
TeleTech Customer Care Management
(WV), Inc.
TeleTech Customer Services, Inc.
TeleTech Facilities Management
(Postal Customer Support), Inc.
TeleTech Financial Services
Management, LLC
TeleTech Government Solutions, LLC
TeleTech International Holdings,
Inc.
TeleTech Services Corporation
TeleTech South America Holdings,
Inc.
TeleTech Stockton, LLC
TTEC Nevada, Inc.
Customer Solutions Mauritius
Finsource, Inc.
TeleTech Financial Solutions Pty
Ltd.
Percepta Philippines, Inc.
Sevtoy PTY Limited
TeleTech Asia Limited
TeleTech (Hong Kong) Limited
TeleTech Customer Care Management
Philippines, Inc.
TeleTech Customer Management Pte.
Ltd.
TeleTech Korea, Ltd.
TeleTech New Zealand
TT Interaction Management SDN. BHD
Newgen Results Canada, Ltd.
Percepta, ULC
TeleTech Canada, Inc.
TeleTech Services (India) Ltd.
TeleTech Offshore Investments, BV
Percepta Germany GmbH
Percepta UK Limited
TeleTech UK Ltd.
TeleTech Customer Care Management
(Ireland) Limited
TeleTech Customer Services Spain
S.L.
TeleTech Europe BV
TeleTech Germany GmbH
TeleTech International Pty Ltd.
TT International C.V.
Apoyo Empresarial de Servicios, S.
de R.L. de C.V.
Comlink, S.A.
Servicios SSI Integrales
Servicios y Administraciones de
Bajio S. de R.L. de C.V.
TeleTech Argentina S.A.
TeleTech Brasil Servicios De
Informatica Ltda
TeleTech Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
TeleTech Venezuela, C.A.
TeleTech Customer Care Management
Costa Rica, S.A.
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement File Nos.
333-17569,
333-60001,
333-64575,
333-78477,
333-82405,
333-47142,
333-48190,
333-51550,
333-52352 of
our reports dated February 7, 2007, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.,
TeleTech Holdings Inc. managements assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. included in this Annual Report
(Form 10-K)
for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Denver, Colorado
February 7, 2007
exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
b.
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
c.
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
d.
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
|
|
|
b.
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kenneth
D. Tuchman
|
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: February 7, 2007
exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, John R. Troka, Jr. Interim Chief Financial Officer of
TeleTech Holdings, Inc., certify that:
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
b.
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
c.
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
d.
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
|
|
|
b.
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ John
R. Troka, Jr.
|
John R. Troka, Jr.
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Date: February 7, 2007
exv32
EXHIBIT 32
Written Statement
of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C.
Section 1350)
The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer and the Acting
Chief Financial Officer of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the
Company), each hereby certifies that, to his
knowledge on the date hereof:
|
|
|
|
a.
|
The Annual Report on
Form 10-K
of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed
on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the Report) fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
|
|
|
b.
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kenneth
D. Tuchman
|
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
February 7, 2007
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ John
R. Troka, Jr.
|
John R. Troka, Jr.
Interim Chief Financial Officer
February 7, 2007